Becoming supernatural audiobook by Dr Joe Dispenza

this is audible becoming supernatural how common people are doing the uncommon by new york times best-selling author dr joe dispenza read by adam boyce before you begin the diagrams referred to in this book have been made available for you to download at www.drjodispenza.com forward slash bsn introduction getting ready to become supernatural i realize that writing this book is a risk for me and my reputation there are certain people in the world including some in the scientific community who might call my work pseudoscience especially after becoming supernatural makes its debut i used to be overly concerned

about those critics opinions in the early days of my career i always wrote with skeptics in mind trying to make sure that they would approve of my work on some level i thought it was important to be accepted by that community but one day when i was standing in front of an audience in london and a woman holding the microphone was telling her story about how she overcame her disease how she healed herself through the practices i've written about in other books i had an epiphany it became very clear that those skeptics and rigid scientists

who hold their own beliefs about what is possible aren't going to like me or my work no matter what i do once i had that realization i knew that i'd been wasting a lot of my vital energy i was no longer interested in convincing that particular culture especially those studying the normal and natural about human potential i was totally passionate about anything but normal and i wanted to study the supernatural i got very clear that i should give up my futile efforts to convince that community of anything instead direct my energy to a whole other

part of the population that does believe in possibility and does want to listen to what i have to share what a relief it was to fully embrace that idea and to let go of any attempt to make a difference in that other world as i listened to the sweet lady in london who wasn't a monk or a nun or an academic or a scholar i knew that in telling her story to the audience she was helping others see some part of themselves in her those hearing her journey might then believe it would be possible for

them to accomplish the same i'm at that point in my life where i'm okay with people saying anything about me and i certainly do have my flaws but i now know more than ever that i am making a difference in people's lives i say that with utter humility i have labored for years and taking complex scientific information and making it simple enough for people to apply to their lives in fact in the last four years my team of researchers my staff and i have gone through extensive strides to scientifically measure record and analyze these transformations

in people's biology to prove to the world that common people can do the uncommon this book is about more than just healing although it includes stories of people who have made significant changes in their health and have actually reversed diseases along with the tools you'll need to do the same these accomplishments are becoming quite common in our community of students the material you are about to read lives outside of convention and is not usually seen or understood by most of the world the content of this book is based on an evolution of teachings and practices

that have culminated in our students ability to delve deeper into the more mystical of these and of course i'm hoping it will bridge the world of science with the world of mysticism i wrote this book to take what i've always thought was possible to the next level of understanding i wanted to demonstrate to the world that we can create better lives for ourselves and that we are not linear beings living linear lives but dimensional beings living dimensional lives hopefully reading it will help you understand that you already have all the anatomy chemistry and physiology you

need to become supernatural sitting latent within you waiting to be awakened and activated in the past i hesitated to talk about this realm of reality because i feared it might divide an audience based on their own personal beliefs however i have wanted to write this book for a long time now over the years i have had profoundly rich mystical experiences that have changed me forever those inner events have influenced who i am today i want to introduce you to that world of dimension and show you some of the measurements we took in the studies we

did in our advanced workshops around the world i started collecting data on our students in these workshops because we witnessed significant changes in their health and i knew they were changing their biology during the meditations in real time we have thousands and thousands of brain scans that prove those changes were not just imagined in the minds but actually took place in their brains several of the students we measured accomplish those changes within four days the length of our advanced workshops the scientific teams i've assembled have taken brain scan recordings using quantitative electroencephalogram eeg measurements before

and after workshops as well as real-time measurements during the meditations and practices themselves i was not only impressed with the changes but shocked by them they were that dramatic the brains of our students function in a more synchronized and coherent fashion after participating in the advanced retreats around the world this increased order in their nervous systems helps them get very clear about a future they can create and they are able to hold that intention independent of the conditions in their external environment and when their brains are working right they are working right i will present

scientific data that shows how much their brains improved in just a few days which means you can do the same for your brain at the end of 2013 something mysterious started occurring we started seeing brain scan recordings that puzzled the researchers and neuroscientists who came to our events to study my work the high amount of energy in the brain that we were recording while a student was in certain meditations had never been recorded up until this point and yet we were seeing these off the charts readings again and again when we interviewed the participants they

reported that their subjective experience during the meditation was very real and mystical and that this either profoundly changed their view of the world or dramatically improved their health i knew in those moments that these participants were having transcendental experiences in their inner world of meditation that were more real than anything they had ever experienced in their outer world and we were capturing those subjective experiences objectively that has become a new normal for us now and as a matter of fact we can often predict when these high amplitudes of energy in the brain will occur based

on certain indicators and science that we have seen for years now in these pages i want to demystify what it is to have an interdimensional experience as well as provide the science biology and chemistry of the organs systems and neurotransmitters that make this happen it is my hope that this information will give you a road map for how to create such experiences for yourself we have also recorded amazing changes in heart rate variability hrv that's when we know a student is opening their heart and maintaining elevated emotions like gratitude inspiration joy kindness appreciation and compassion

which cause the heart to beat in a coherent fashion that is with rhythm order and balance we know that it takes a clear intention a coherent brain and an elevated emotion a coherent heart to begin to change a person's biology from living in the past to living in the future that combination of mind and body of thoughts and feelings also seems to influence matter and that's how you create reality so if you're going to truly believe in a future that you are imagining with all of your heart let's make sure it's open and fully activated

why not through practice and quantitative feedback get good at doing it and make it skill so we partnered with the heart map institute hmi a sharp group of researchers based in boulder creek california who helped us measure the responses of thousands of our participants it is our desire for our students to develop the ability to regulate an internal state independent of the conditions in their external environment and to know when they are creating hard coherence and when they are not in other words when we measure those internal changes we can tell a person that they

created a more balanced pattern in the heart measurement and that they are doing a great job and should keep doing exactly what they're doing or we can let them know that they are not making any biological changes and then give them the proper instruction and provide several opportunities to practice getting better at the process that's what feedback does it helps us know when we are doing something correctly and when we aren't when we can change some feeling or thought inside of us we can see changes outside of us and when we observe that we did

it correctly we will pay attention to what we did and do it again that action creates a constructive habit by demonstrating how others perform such feats i want to show you how powerful you can be our students know how to influence the autonomic nervous system ans the system that maintains health and balance by automatically taking care of all of our bodily functions while we have the free will to live our lives it is this subconscious system that gives us our health and gives life to our bodies once we know how to gain access to this

system we can not only make our health better but we can also transform unwanted self-limiting behaviors beliefs and habits into more productive ones i'll present some of the data we've been collecting for years we've also taught our students that when they can create heart coherence their hearts create a measurable magnetic field that projects beyond their body that magnetic field is an energy and that energy is a frequency and all frequency carries information the information carried on that frequency can be an intention or thought that can influence the heart of another person at a different location

by moving it into coherence and balance i will show you evidence that a group of people sitting in a room together can influence others sitting at some distance in the same room to go into heart coherence at the exact same time the evidence clearly shows that we are bound by an invisible field of light and information that influences us and others given that imagine what can happen when we all do this at the same time to change the world that's exactly what we're up to as a community of individuals who are passionate about making a

difference in the future of this earth and the people and other life forms that inhabit it we have created project coherence in which thousands of people come together at the exact same time on the exact same day to increase the frequency of this planet and of everyone who lives here sound impossible not at all more than 23 peer-reviewed articles and more than 50 peace-gathering projects show such events can lower incidents of violence war crime and traffic accidents and at the same time increase economic growth my wish is to show you the science of how you

can contribute to changing the world we've also measured the energy in the room during our workshops and watched how it changes when you have a community of 550 to 1500 people raising their energy together and creating heart and brain coherence we've seen significant changes time and time again although the instrument we use to measure this is not approved by the scientific community in the united states it has been acknowledged in other countries including russia in every event we're wonderfully surprised by the amount of energy certain groups have been able to demonstrate we have also assessed

the invisible field of vital energy surrounding the body of thousands of students to determine whether they can increase their own light field after all everything in our material universe is always emitting light and information including you when you are living in survival mode under the burden of the hormones of stress such as adrenaline you draw from this invisible field of energy and turn it into chemistry and as you do so the field around your body shrinks we discovered a very advanced piece of equipment that can measure the emission of photons particles of light to determine

whether a person is building a field of light around them or diminishing their own light field when more light is emitted there's more energy and hence more life when a person has less light and information surrounding their body they are more matter and thus emit less vital energy extensive research proves that the body's cells and various systems communicate not only by the chemical interactions we are familiar with but also by a field of coherent energy light that carries a message information that causes the environment within and all around the cell to give instructions to other

cells and biological systems we've measured the amount of vital energy that our students bodies emit because of the inward changes they've made during our meditations and i want to show you what changes they can create in only four days or less other centres in your body besides the heart are also under the control of the autonomic nervous system i call them energy centers each has its own frequency its own intent or consciousness its own glands its own hormones its own chemistry its own individual little brain and so its own unique mind you can influence these

centers to function in a more balanced and integrated fashion but to do that you must first learn how to change your brain waves so you can enter this subconscious operating system in fact moving from beta brainwaves where the thinking brain is constantly analyzing and putting much attention on the outer world to alpha brainwaves which indicates you're calmly placing more attention on the inner world is key by consciously slowing your brain waves down you can more readily program the autonomic nervous system students who've done my various meditation practices over the years have learned how to change

their brain waves as well as sharpen the type of focus it takes to be present long enough to produce measurable effects we've discovered an instrument that can measure those changes and again i'll show you some of the research we've also measured several different biological markers related to changing gene expression a process known as making epigenetic changes in this book you will learn that you are not in fact beholden to your genes and the gene expression is changeable once you begin to think act and feel differently during our event students leave their familiar lives for four

to five days to instead spend time in an environment that doesn't remind them of who they think they are in doing so they separate themselves from the people they know the things they own the automatic behaviors they demonstrate in their daily lives and the places they routinely go and they begin to change their inner states through four different types of meditations walking sitting standing and lying down and through each one of these they learn to become someone else we know it's true because our studies show significant changes in our students gene expression and they've then

reported significant changes in their health once we can show someone measurable results proving they truly have altered neurotransmitters hormones genes proteins and enzymes through thought alone they can better justify their efforts and prove to themselves that they really are transforming as i share these ideas with you in this book walking you through the process and explaining the science behind the work that we're doing and why you'll be learning a lot of fairly detailed information but don't worry i will review certain key concepts in different chapters i do this intentionally to remind you of what you

have already learned so we can build a bigger model of understanding in that moment at times the material i present may be challenging because i've taught this material to audiences for years i know it can be a lot i'll be reviewing and reminding you of what you've learned so you do not have to go back in the book to search for the information although you can always review the earlier chapters if you feel you need to of course all of this information will prime you for your own personal transformation so the better you can wrap

your mind around these concepts the more easily you can surrender to the meditations at the end of most of the chapters using them as tools to have your own personal experience in chapter one i tell three stories that will give you a basic understanding of what it means to become supernatural in the first story you'll meet a woman named anna who developed several serious health conditions because of a trauma that kept her anchored to the past the emotions of stress triggered her genes and the corresponding hormones created some very challenging health conditions for her it

is a very tough tale i intentionally chose the story included it in all its details because i wanted to demonstrate to you that no matter how bad things can get you have the power to change them just as this amazing woman did she applied many of the meditations in this book to modify her personality and heal herself to me she is a living example of truth but she's not the only one who has kept overcoming herself on a daily basis until she became someone else she joins a whole student body of participants who have done

the same and if they can do it so can you i also share two of my own personal stories here experiences that have changed me at a very deep level this book is as much about the mystical as it is about healing and creating new opportunities in our lives i share these stories because i want to prime you for what is possible when we leave this realm of space time the newtonian world we learned about in high school science class and activate our pineal gland so we can move into the realm of time space the

quantum world many of our students have had similar mystical and interdimensional experiences which seemed as real as this material reality because the second half of the book delves into the physics neuroscience neuroendocrinology and even genetics of how this happens i hope these stories will pique your curiosity acting as teasers to open your mind to what's possible there's a future you are you who already exists in the eternal present moment who is actually calling himself or herself to the more familiar you who is reading this book and that future you is more loving more evolved more

conscious more present more kind more exuberant more mindful more willful more connected more supernatural and more whole that is who is waiting for you to change your energy to match his or her energy on a daily basis so you can find that future you who actually exists in the eternal now chapter two covers one of my favorite topics i wrote it so you could fully comprehend what it means to be in the present moment since all potentials in the fifth dimension known as the quantum or the unified field exist in the eternal present moment the

only way you can create a new life heal your body or change your predictable future is to get beyond yourself this elegant moment which we have witnessed in thousands of brain scans arrives when a person finally surrenders the memory of themselves for something greater so many people spend the majority of their lives unconsciously choosing to live by the same routines on a regular basis or they automatically romance their past feeling the same way every day as a result they program their brain and body to be in a predictable future or a familiar past never living

in the present moment it takes practice to get there but it's always worth the effort finally finding the sweet spot of the generous present moment is going to require you to exercise a will that is greater than any of your automatic programs but i'll encourage you every step of the way the chapter starts off with a basic review of some scientific principles so that we can establish a common terminology to develop models of understanding throughout the book i'm going to make it pretty simple talking about brain function that is the mind nerve cells and networks

different parts of the nervous system chemicals emotions and stress brain waves attention and energy and a few other subjects is necessary to get you to where you want to go i have to establish the language to explain why we are doing what we are doing before i teach you how to do it in the meditations that appear throughout the book if you want more explicit in-depth information i invite you to read any of my previous books including breaking the habit of being yourself and you are the placebo chapter three is your introduction to the quantum

world the fifth dimension i want you to understand that there is an invisible field of energy and information that exists beyond this three-dimensional realm of space and time and we have access to it in fact once you are in the present moment and you've entered this realm which exists beyond your senses you are now ready to create your intended reality when you can take all your attention off your body the people in your life the objects you own the places you go and even time itself you will literally forget about your identity that has been

formed by living as a body in this space and time it is in this moment that you as pure consciousness enter the realm called the quantum field which exists beyond this space and time you can't enter this immaterial place with your problems your name your schedules and routines your pain or your emotions you can't enter as somebody you must enter as nobody in fact once you know how to move your awareness from the known the material physical world to the unknown the immaterial world of possibility and you become comfortable there you can change your energy

to match the frequency of any potential in the quantum field that already exists there spoiler alert actually all potential futures exist there so you can create whatever you want when a vibrational match occurs between your energy and the energy of that potential you select in the unified field you will draw that experience to you i'll show you how it all works chapter 3 ends with a brief description of a meditation i have developed to help give you an actual experience of the quantum each of the teaching chapters from this point on will also end with

a brief description of a different meditation if you want to follow along as i guide you you can purchase a cd or download an audio recording from any of these meditations from my website dr joe dispenza dot com of course you can also opt to try any of the meditations in this book on your own without listening to a recording for this purpose i have made free detailed descriptions available giving the steps of each of these meditations on my website at dr joe dispenza dot com forward slash bsn meditations if you are meditating on your

own i recommend you listen to music while you do so the best type of music is without vocals and i prefer slow and trancing it's best to use music that stops you from thinking and that doesn't evoke past memories you'll find a suggested music list on my website mentioned earlier in chapter 4 i introduce you to one of the most popular meditations in our community it's called the blessing of the energy centers each center is under the control of the autonomic nervous system i will give you the science of how you can program these centers

for health and the greatest good during a meditation if you've been doing my introductory level meditations where you have been placing your attention on different parts of your body and the space around your body i want you to know that all of your training was for this meditation practicing that has helped you sharpen your skill to focus your attention and change your brain wave so you can enter the operating system of the autonomic nervous system once you are there you can program the operating system with the right orders to heal you balance your health and

improve your energy in your life in chapter five i introduce you to a breath that we use at the start of many of our meditations this breath enables you to change your energy run an electrical current through your body and create a more powerful electromagnetic field around you as i will explain most people's energy is stored in the body because they have conditioned their body to become the mind from years of thinking acting and feeling the same way it is this process relating to living in survival mode that causes most of the creative energy to

be rooted in the body therefore we must have a way to pull that energy out of the body and deliver it back to the brain where it will be available for a higher purpose than mere survival i'll give you the physiology of the breath so you can put more intention behind it when you begin to free yourself from the past once you start to liberate all that energy back into the brain then you will learn how to recondition your body to a new mind i'm going to show you how to teach your body emotionally how

to live in the future present reality instead of the past present reality where we spend most of our time science tells us that the environment signals the gene since emotions are the chemical end products of experiences in our environment when you embrace the elevated emotions in your meditations you will not only raise your body's energy but you will also start to signal new genes in new ways ahead of the environment there's nothing like a good story or two in chapter six i give you a few examples of students who applied themselves to the meditations in

the previous chapters these case histories should serve as teaching tools to help you fully understand the material i've presented so far most of the people you will read about are no different from you they're common people who have done the uncommon another reason i share these stories is so you can personally relate to these people once you have the thought if they can do it so can i you will naturally believe in yourself more i always tell our community when you choose to prove to yourself how powerful you really are you have no idea who

you will be helping in the future these people are proof that it's possible for you in chapter seven i introduce what it means to create heart coherence like brain coherence the heart functions in the same organized way when we are truly present when we can sustain elevated emotional states and when we feel safe enough to fully open up to possibility the brain thinks that the heart knows this is the center of oneness wholeness and unity consciousness it is where opposites meet representing the union of polarities think of this center as your connection to the unified

field when it is activated you go from selfish states to selfless states when you can maintain internal states independent of conditions in your external environment you are mastering your environment it takes practice to get good at keeping your heart open and if you do it will keep beating longer chapter 8 shares one of the other favorite activities we do at our advanced workshops combining a kaleidoscope with videos called mind movies that our students make of their future we use the kaleidoscope to induce a trance because when you're in trance you are more suggestible to information

suggestibility is your ability to accept believe and surrender to information without any analysis if you do this properly it is indeed possible to program your subconscious mind so it makes sense that when you use the kaleidoscope to change your brain waves with your eyes open instead of closed in a meditation you can lower the volume of the analytical mind to open the door between the conscious mind and the subconscious mind and when you follow that with a mind movie with scenes of yourself or pictures of what the future you want looks like you program yourself

into that new future so many of our students have created amazing new lives and opportunities when they took the time to make their mind movie and then watch it with the kaleidoscope some students are already on their third mind movie because everything in their first two has already happened in chapter nine i introduce the walking meditation this meditation incorporates both standing and walking i find this practice such a valuable tool in helping us literally walk into our future many times we can have an amazing seated meditation and connect to something bigger than us but when

we open our eyes and come back to our senses we go unconscious again and return to a series of unconscious programs emotional reactions and automatic attitudes i developed this meditation because i want our community to be able to embody the energy of their future and do it with their eyes open as well as closed in time as you practice this you might naturally begin to think like a wealthy person act like an unlimited being and feel an expansive joy for existence because you installed the circuits and conditioned your body to become that person chapter 10

shares another set of case studies to engage your level of understanding with allegory these fascinating stories will help you connect the dots so you can hear the information from another angle and read about people who have experienced it firsthand i hope they will inspire you to do your practice with more conviction certainty and trust so that you can experience the truth for yourself chapter 11 opens your mind to what's possible in the interdimensional world beyond the senses in quiet moments i often find my mind drifting to the mystical one of my favorite topics i love

those transcendental experiences that are so lucid and real that i can never go back to business as usual because i know too much during those inner events the level of awareness and energy is so profound that when i come back to my senses and my personality i often naturally think to myself i got this all wrong the this i'm referring to is the way reality really is not how i've been conditioned to perceive it to be in this chapter i take you on a journey from this realm of space-time where space is eternal and we

experience time as we move through space to the realm of time space where time is eternal and we experience space or spaces or various dimensions as we move through time it is going to challenge your very understanding of the nature of reality all i can say is that if you hang in there you will get it it might take you a few readings to fully understand it but as you study the material and contemplate it your contemplation builds the circuits in your brain in preparation for the experience once you are beyond your associations to this

material world and you are in the unified field chock full of infinite possibilities biological systems exist for taking that energy that's beyond the vibration of matter and turning it into imagery in the brain that's where the pineal gland comes in the subject of chapter 12. think of your pineal gland a tiny gland perched in the central back area of your brain as an antenna that can transduce frequencies and information and turn them into vivid imagery when you activate your pineal gland you're going to have a full on sensory experience without your senses that eternal event

will be more real to you in your mind while your eyes were closed than any past external experience you've ever had in other words in order to lose yourself fully in the inward experience it has to be so real that you are there when this happens this little gland transmutes melatonin into some very powerful metabolites that cause you to have that type of experience we will study the properties of this gland and then you will learn how to activate it chapter 13 introduces you to one of our most recent endeavors project coherence when we witnessed

the measurements of so many of our students going into hard coherence at the exact same time on the exact same day during the exact same meditation we knew that they were affecting each other non-locally energetically as opposed to physically the energy they were emitting in the form of elevated motions carried their intention that the greatest good happen to everyone gathered in the room imagine a large body of people all elevating their energy and then placing the intention on that energy that lives be enriched bodies be healed dreams come true futures be realized and the mystic

will become common in our lives when we saw how our students were able to open the hearts of others we knew it was time to start doing global meditations to help change the world thousands and thousands of people from all over the world have joined in and participated in changing and healing this planet and the people on it after all are we doing this work to make the world a better place i'll give you the science of how this all works and i do mean science enough peer reviewed studies on the power of peace gathering

projects have been published to prove it works so instead of just studying history why not make history the book finishes with chapter 14 which shares some pretty wild case studies of some of the mind-blowing mystical experiences people have had doing this work once again i share them so you can see that even the most mystical adventures can be yours if you work at it so are you ready to become supernatural chapter one opening the door to the supernatural as spring was ending in the first glimpse of summer was approaching what first appeared to be a

typical sunday afternoon in june 2007 turned out to be anything but typical for anna willems the french doors from the living room to the garden were open wide and the thin white curtains danced lightly in the breeze as scents from the garden floated inside streams of sunlight shone brightly all around anna as she lounged comfortably the chorus of birds chirped and trilled outside and anna could hear the distant melody of children's laughter and playful splashing coming from a neighbor's swimming pool anna's 12 year old son reclined on the sofa reading a book and she could

hear her 11 year old daughter in the room directly above her singing to herself as she played a psychotherapist anna worked as a manager and board member for a major psychiatric institution in amsterdam whose profits totaled more than 10 million euros annually she often caught up on professional reading on the weekends and on this day she was sitting in a red leather chair reading a journal article little did anna know that what looked like the perfect world to anyone peering into her living room that day would become a nightmare within minutes anna felt a bit

distracted noticing that her attention wasn't fully engaged in the material she was attempting to study she set her papers down and paused suddenly wondering again where her husband had gone here left the house early that morning while she was taking a shower without saying where he was headed he had simply disappeared the children had told her that their father had said goodbye giving each of them a big hug before he left she tried to reach him on his cell phone many times but he hadn't returned her calls she tried one more time no answer something

definitely felt odd at 3 30 pm the doorbell rang and when anna opened the front door she found two police officers standing outside are you mrs williams one of them asked when she confirmed she was indeed mrs williams the officers asked if they could come in and talk to her concerned and a bit confused she complied then they delivered the news earlier that morning her husband had jumped off one of the tallest buildings in the center of the city not surprisingly the fall was fatal anna and her two children sat in shock and disbelief anna's

breath momentarily stopped and as she then gasped for air she started to shake uncontrollably the moment seemed frozen in time while her children sat paralyzed in shock anna tried to hide her pain and stress for their sakes an intense pain suddenly shot through her head and she simultaneously felt a deep hollow ache in her gut her neck and shoulders instantly stiffened as her mind frenetically raced from thought to thought the hormones of stress had overtaken her anna was now in survival mode how stress hormones take over from a scientific standpoint living in stress is living

in survival when we perceive a stressful circumstance that threatens us in some way one for which we cannot predict or control the outcome a primitive nervous system called the sympathetic nervous system turns on and the body mobilizes an enormous amount of energy in response to the stressor physiologically the body is automatically tapping into the resources it will need to deal with the current danger the pupils dilate so we can see better the heart rate and respiratory rate increase so we can run fight or hide more glucose is released into the bloodstream to make more energy

available to our cells and our blood flow is shunted to the extremities and away from our internal organs so we can move quickly if we need to the immune system initially dials up and then dials down as adrenaline and cortisol flood the muscles providing a rush of energy to either escape or fend off the stressor circulation moves out of our rational forebrain and is instead related to our hindbrain so we have less capacity to think creatively and instead rely more on our instinct to instantly react in anna's case the stressful news of her husband's suicide

through her brain and body into just such a state of survival in the short term all organisms can tolerate adverse conditions by fighting hiding or fleeing from an impending stressor all of us are built for dealing with short-term bursts of stress when the event is over the body normally returns to balance within hours increasing its energy levels and restoring its vital resources but when the stress doesn't end within hours the body never returns to balance in truth no organism in nature can endure living in emergency mode for extended periods of time because of our large

brains human beings are capable of thinking about their problems reliving past events or even forecasting future worst case situations and thus turning on the cascade of stress chemicals by thought alone we can knock our brains and bodies out of normal physiology just by thinking about an all too familiar past or trying to control an unpredictable future every day anna relived that event over and over in her mind what she didn't realize was that her body did not know the difference between the original event that created the stress response and the memory of the event which

created the same emotions as the real life experience all over again anna was producing the same chemistry in her brain and body as if the event were actually happening again and again subsequently her brain was continuously wiring the event into her memory bank and her body was emotionally experiencing the same chemicals from the past at least a hundred times each day by repeatedly recalling the experience she was unintentionally anchoring her brain and body to the past emotions are the chemical consequences or feedback of past experiences as our senses record incoming information from the environment clusters

of neurons organize into networks when they freeze into a pattern the brain makes a chemical that is then sent throughout the body that chemical is called an emotion we remember events better when we can remember how they feel the stronger the emotional quotient from any event either good or bad the stronger the change in our internal chemistry when we notice a significant change inside of us the brain pays attention to whoever or whatever is causing the change outside of us and it takes a snapshot of the outer experience that's called a memory therefore the memory

of an event can become branded neurologically in the brain and that scene becomes frozen in time in our gray matter just as it did piranha the combination of various people or objects at a particular time and place from that stressful experience is etched into our neural architecture as a holographic image that's how we create a long-term memory therefore the experience becomes imprinted in the neural circuitry and the emotion is stored in the body and that's how our past becomes our biology in other words when we experience a traumatic event we tend to think neurologically within

the circuitry of that experience and we tend to feel chemically within the boundaries of the emotions from that event so our entire state of being how we think and how we feel becomes biologically stuck in the past as you can imagine anna was feeling a rush of negative emotions tremendous sadness pain victimization grief guilt shame despair anger hatred frustration resentment shock fear anxiety worry overwhelm anguish hopelessness powerlessness isolation loneliness disbelief and betrayal and none of those emotions dissipated quickly as anna analyzed her life within the emotions of the past she kept suffering more and more

because she couldn't think greater than how she constantly felt and since emotions are a record of the past she was thinking in the past and every day she felt worse as a psychotherapist she could rationally and intellectually understand what was happening to her but all her insights couldn't get beyond her suffering people in her life started treating her as the person who had lost her husband and that became her new identity she associated her memories and feelings with the reason she was in a present state when anyone asked her why she felt so bad she

told the story of the suicide each time reliving the pain anguish and suffering over again all along anna kept firing the same circuits in her brain and reproducing the same emotions conditioning her brain and body further into the past every day she was thinking acting and feeling as if the past was still alive and since how we think how we act and how we feel is our personality anna's personality was completely created by the past from a biological standpoint in repeatedly telling the narrative of her husband's suicide anna literally couldn't get beyond what had happened

a downward spiral begins anna could no longer work and had to take leave of absence during that time she found out that her husband although a successful lawyer had made a mess of their personal finances she would have to pay off significant debts that she had previously been unaware of and she didn't have the money to even begin not surprisingly even more emotional psychological and mental stress began to add up anna's mind went in circles constantly flooded with questions how will i take care of our children how will all of us deal with this trauma

and our future and how will it affect our lives why did my husband leave without saying goodbye to me how could i not know he was so unhappy did i fail as a wife how could he leave me with two young children and how will i manage to raise them by myself then judgments crept into her thoughts he shouldn't have committed suicide and left me in this financial mess what a coward how dare he leave his children without a father he didn't even write a message for the children and me i hate him for not

even leaving a note what a jerk to leave me and make me raise these kids alone did he have any idea what this might do to us all of these thoughts carried a strong emotional charge further affecting her body nine months later on march 21 2008 anna woke up paralyzed from the waist down within hours she was lying in a hospital bed a wheelchair beside her diagnosed with neuritis inflammation of the peripheral nervous system after several tests the doctors could not find anything structural as the cause of the problem so they told anna that she

must have an autoimmune condition her immune system was attacking the nervous system in her lower spine breaking down the protective layer that coast the nerves and causing paralysis in both of her legs she could not hold her urine had difficulty controlling her bowels and had no feeling or motor control in her legs and feet when the fight or flight nervous system is switched on and stays on because of chronic stress the body utilizes all its energy reserves to deal with the constant threat it receives from the outer environment therefore the body has no energy left

in its inner environment for growth and repair compromising the immune system so because of her repeated inner conflict anna's immune system was attacking her body she had finally physically manifested the pain and suffering she'd emotionally experiencing in her mind in short anna could not move her body because she wasn't moving forward in her life she was stuck in her past for the next six weeks anna's doctors treated her with huge doses of intravenous dexamethasone and other corticosteroids to reduce inflammation because of the added stress and the types of drugs she was taking which can further

weaken the immune system she also developed an aggressive bacterial infection for which her doctors gave her huge doses of antibiotics after two months anna was released from the hospital and had to use a walker and crutches to get around she still could not feel her left leg and found standing very difficult she couldn't walk properly although she could hold her bowels a bit better she still couldn't control her urine as you can imagine this new situation was adding to anna's already high stress levels she had lost her husband to suicide she could not work very

much to support herself and her children she was in serious financial crisis and she had been living in a hospital paralyzed for more than two months her mother had to move in to help anna was an emotional mental and physical wreck and although she had the best doctors and the latest medications from a reputable hospital she was not getting any better by 2009 two years after the death of her husband she was diagnosed with clinical depression so she started taking even more medication consequently anna's mood swung widely from anger to grief to pain to suffering

to hopelessness to frustration to fear to hatred because those emotions influenced her actions her behavior became somewhat irrational at first she fought with almost everybody around her accepted children but then she started to have conflicts with her youngest daughter the dark knight of the soul in the meantime many more physical problems started showing up and anna's journey became even more painful the mucous membranes in her mouth started to develop large ulcerations that spread into her upper esophagus as a result of another autoimmune disease called erosive lichen planus to treat it she had to use corticosteroid

ointments in her mouth in addition to more pills these new medications cause anna's saliva production to stop she couldn't eat solid foods so she lost her appetite anna was living with all three types of stress physical chemical and emotional at the same time in 2010 anna found herself in a dysfunctional relationship with a man who traumatized her and her children with verbal abuse power games and constant threats she lost all her money her job and her feeling of safety when she lost her house she had to move in with her abusive boyfriend stress levels continued

climbing her ulceration started to spread to other mucous membranes including her vagina her anus and further down her esophagus her immune system had totally collapsed and now she was experiencing several different skin conditions food allergies and weight problems then she started having problems swallowing and developing heartburn for which the doctors prescribed still more medications anna started a small psychotherapy practice at home in october she could only handle seeing clients for two sessions a day in the morning after a children went to school three days a week in the afternoon she was so tired and sick

that she would lie in bed until her children returned from school she tried to be there for them as much as possible but she had no energy and didn't feel well enough to leave the house anna hardly saw anyone she had no social life all the circumstances in her body and in her life constantly reminded her how bad things were she automatically reacted to everyone and everything her thinking was chaotic and she could not concentrate she had no vitality or energy to live anymore often when she exerted herself her heart rate exceeded 200 beats per

minute she found herself sweating and gasping for breath all the time and she felt an enormous pain in her chest on a regular basis anna was passing through her darkest night of the soul suddenly she understood why her husband had taken his life she wasn't sure she could go on any more and started thinking of committing suicide herself she thought it can't get any worse than this and then it did in january 2011 anna's medical team found a tumor near the entrance of her stomach and diagnosed her with esophageal cancer of course this news severely

increased anna's stress levels the doctors suggested a rigorous course of chemotherapy no one asked about her emotional and mental stress they only treated the physical symptoms but anna's stress response was fully turned on and it couldn't turn off it's amazing how this can happen to so many people because of a shock or trauma in their lives they never get beyond those corresponding emotions and their health and their lives break down if an addiction is something that you think you can't stop then objectively it looks as though people like anna become addicted to the very emotions

of stress that are making them sick the rush of adrenaline and the rest of the stress hormones arouses their brain and body providing a rush of energy in time they become addicted to the rush of that chemistry and then they use the people and conditions in their lives to reaffirm their addiction to the emotion just to keep feeling that heightened state anna was using her stressful conditions to recreate that rush of energy and without realizing it she became emotionally addicted to a life she hated science tells us that such chronic long-term stress pushes the genetic

buttons that cause disease so if anna was turning the stress response on by thinking about her problems in her past her thoughts were making us sick and since stress hormones are so powerful she had become addicted to her own thoughts that were making her feel so bad anna agreed to start chemotherapy but after her first session she had an emotional and mental breakdown one afternoon after her kids went to school anna collapsed on the floor crying she had finally reached the bottom it occurred to her that if she continued this way she would not survive

for long and she would leave her children alone without either parent she started to pray for help she knew in her heart that something needed to change in utter sincerity and surrender she asked for guidance support and a way out promising that if her prayers were answered she would be thankful and grateful every day for the rest of her life and she would help others to do the same anna's turning point the choice to change became anna's quest she first decided to stop all the treatments and all the medications for her various physical illnesses although

she continued to take her antidepressants she didn't tell the doctors and nurses that she was not coming back for treatment she simply did not show up anymore no one ever called her to ask why only her family doctor contacted anna to express concern on that cold winter's day in february 2011 when anna was on the floor crying for help she made a choice with a firm intention to change herself in her life and the amplitude of that decision carried a level of energy that caused her body to respond to her mind it was that decision

to change that gave her the strength to rent a house for herself and her children and to move away from the negative relationship she was in it was as if that moment redefined her she knew she had to start all over when i first saw anna it was one month later one of the few friends she had left had reserved a seat for anna at a friday evening talk that i was giving her friend made anna an offer if she liked the evening lecture she could stay for a full two-day weekend workshop anna agreed to

go the first time i saw her she was sitting in a packed conference room on the left side on the outer aisle her crutches leaning against the wall near where she sat as usual i was carrying on that night about how our thoughts and feelings affect our bodies in our lives i lectured about how stressed chemicals can create disease i touched on neuroplasticity psychoneuroimmune epigenetics neuroendocrinology and even quantum physics i'll go into more detail on all of these later in this book but for now it's enough to know that the latest research in these branches

of science point to the power of possibility that night filled with inspiration and i thought if i created the life i have now including my paralysis my depression my weakened immune system my ulcerations and even my cancer maybe i can uncreate everything with the same passion i created it with and with that potent new understanding anna decided to heal herself immediately after her first weekend workshop she started meditating twice a day of course sitting and doing meditations was difficult at the beginning she had a lot of doubt to overcome and some days she did not

feel mentally or physically well but she did her meditations anyway she also had a lot of fear when a family doctor called to check up on her because she'd stopped her treatments and medications he told anna that she was being naive and stupid and that she would get worse and die soon imagine the memory of an authority figure telling you that even so anna did her meditations every day and began to move beyond her fears she was often consumed with financial burdens her children's needs and various physical limitations yet she never used those conditions as

an excuse to not do her inner work she even attended four more of my workshops during that year by going within and changing her unconscious thoughts automatic habits and reflexive emotional states which had become hardwired in her brain and emotionally conditioned in her body anna was now more committed to believing in a new future than believing in her same familiar past she used her meditations combining a clear intention with an elevated emotion to change her state of being from biologically living in the same past to living in a new future every day anna was unwilling

to get up from her meditations as the same person who sat down she decided that she wouldn't finish until her whole state of being was in love with life to the materialists who defines reality with the senses of course anna had no tangible reason to be in love with life she was a depressed widowed single parent who was in financial debt and had no real job she had cancer and suffered from paralysis and ulcerations in her mucous membranes and she was in a poor living situation with no partner or significant other and no energy to

tend to her children but in the meditations anna learned that she could teach her body emotionally what her future would feel like ahead of the actual experience her body as the unconscious mind did not know the difference between the real event and the one she was imagining and emotionally embracing she also knew through her understanding of epigenetics that the elevated emotions of love joy gratitude inspiration compassion and freedom could signal new genes to make healthy proteins affecting her body's structure and function she fully understood that if the stress chemicals that had been coursing through her

body had been turning on unhealthy genes then by fully embracing those elevated motions with a passion greater than the stressful emotions she could turn on new genes and change her health for a year her health didn't change very much but she kept doing her meditations in fact she did all the meditations i designed for students she knew it had taken several years to create her current health conditions and so it would take some time to recreate something new so she kept doing the work striving to become so conscious of her unconscious thoughts behaviors and emotions

that she would not let anything she did not want to experience slip by her awareness after that first year anna noticed that she was slowly starting to get better mentally and emotionally anna was breaking the habit of being herself inventing a whole new self instead anna knew from attending my workshops that she had to move her autonomic nervous system back into balance because the ans controls all the automatic functions that happen beyond the brain's conscious awareness digestion absorption blood sugar levels body temperature hormonal secretions heart rate and so on the only way she could slip

into the operating system and affect the ans was to change her internal state on a regular basis so first anna began each meditation with the blessing of the energy centers these specific areas of the body are under the control of the ans as i mentioned in the introduction each center has its own energy or frequency which emits specific information or has its own consciousness its own glands its own hormones its own chemistry its own individual little mini brain and therefore its own mind each centre is influenced by the subconscious brain sitting under our conscious thinking

brain anna learned how to change her brain waves so she could enter the operating system of the ans located in the mid brain and reprogram each center to work in a more harmonious manner every day with focus and passion she rested her attention in each area of her body as well as the space around each centre blessing it for greater health and the greater good slowly but surely she began to influence her health by reprogramming her autonomic nervous system back to balance anna also learned a specific breathing technique i teach in our work to liberate

all the emotional energy that is stored in the body when we keep thinking and feeling the same way by constantly thinking the same thoughts anna had been creating the same feelings and then by feeling those familiar emotions she would think more of the same corresponding thoughts she learned that the emotions of the past were stored in her body but she could use this breathing technique to liberate that stored energy and free herself from her past so every day the level of intensity that was greater than her addiction to past emotions she practiced the breath and

got better and better at doing it after she learned to move that stored energy in her body she learned how to recondition her body to a new mind by embracing the heart-centered emotions of her future before the future unfolded since anna also studied the model of epigenetics i teach in our workshops and lectures she learned that genes don't create disease instead the environment signals the gene to create disease anna understood that if her emotions were the chemical consequences of experiences in her environment and if she lived every day by the same emotions from her past

she was selecting and instructing the same genes that might be causing her poor health conditions if she could instead embody the emotions of her future life by embracing those emotions before the experience actually happened she could change her genetic expression and actually change her body to be biologically aligned with her new future anna did an additional meditation that involved resting retention in the center of her chest activating the ans with those elevated states to create and maintain a very efficient type of heart rate we called a coherent heart rate which i'll explain in detail later

in the book for extended periods of time she learned that when she felt resentment in patience frustration anger and hatred those states induce the stress response and cause the heart to be incoherently and out of order anna learned in my workshops that one she could sustain this new heart-centered state just as she had gotten used to feeling all of those negative emotions on a regular basis in time she could feel these new emotions more fully and deeply of course it took quite a bit of effort to trade anger fear depression and resentment for joy love

gratitude and freedom that anna never gave up she knew that those elevated motions would release more than a thousand different chemicals that would repair and restore her body and she went for it anna then practiced a walking meditation i designed in which she walked as her new self every day instead of sitting down and meditating with her eyes closed she started these meditations standing up with her eyes closed while standing she got into the meditative state that she knew would change her state of being and then while still in that state she opened her eyes

staying in a meditative state and walked as a future self by doing so she was embodying a new habit of thinking acting and feeling on a regular basis what she was creating would soon become her new personality she never wanted to go unconscious again and return to her old self because of all this work anna could see that her thought patterns had changed she was no longer firing the same circuits in her brain in the same way so those circuits stopped wiring together and started pruning apart as a result she stopped thinking in the same

old ways emotionally she began to feel glimpses of gratitude and pleasure for the first time in years in her meditation she was conquering some aspect of her body and her mind every day anna calmed down and became much less addicted to the emotions derived from stress hormones she even started to feel love again and she kept going overcoming overcoming and overcoming every day on her way to becoming someone else anna grabs a hold of possibility in may 2012 anna attended one of my four-day progressive workshops held in upstate new york on the third day during

the last of four meditations she completely surrendered and finally let go for the first time since she had started meditating she found herself floating in an infinite black space aware that she was aware of herself she had moved beyond the memory of who she was and became pure consciousness totally free of her body of her association to the material world and of linear time she felt so free that she no longer cared about her health conditions she felt so unlimited that she couldn't identify with her present identity she felt so elevated that she was no

longer connected to her past in this state anna had no problems she left her pain behind and she was truly free for the first time she wasn't her name her gender her disease her culture or her profession she was beyond space and time she had connected to a field of information called the quantum field where all possibilities exist suddenly she saw herself in a brand new future standing on a huge stage holding a microphone and talking to a crowd as she told them the entire story of her healing she wasn't imagining or visualizing the scene

it was as if she got a download of information a glimpse of herself as a totally different woman in a new reality her inner world appeared much more real to her than her outer world and she was having a full-on sensory experience without using her senses the moment anna experienced this new life in the meditation a burst of joy and light came into her body and she felt relief on a deep visceral level she knew she was something or someone greater much grander than her physical body in this state of intense joy she felt such

delight and such immense gratitude that she burst into laughter and at that moment anna knew she was going to be okay from then on she developed so much trust joy love and gratitude that her meditations became easier and easier and she began to go much deeper as anna moved out of her past she felt this new energy opening her heart further and further instead of seeing her meditations as something she had to do every day she started looking forward to them it became her way of life doing the work became her habit her energy and

vitality returned she stopped taking antidepressants her thought patterns completely changed and her feelings were different she felt like she was in a new state of being so her actions changed drastically anna's health and life improved tremendously that year the next year she attended several more events by keeping connected to the work anna started to develop relationships with more people in our community and she received more and more support to keep her going on a journey back to health like many of our students she sometimes found it challenging not to take a few steps back into

the old programs and the old patterns of thinking feeling and acting when she returned home after a workshop but even so she kept doing her meditations every day in september 2013 anna's doctors gave her a very thorough medical checkup that included many different tests one year and nine months after a cancer diagnosis and six years after her husband's suicide anna's cancer had completely healed and the tumor in her esophagus had vanished her blood tests showed no cancer markers the mucous membranes in her esophagus vagina and anus were completely healed only a few minor problems remained

the mucous membranes in her mouth were still slightly red although she no longer had any ulcerations and because of the medication she had taken for the ulcerations she still didn't produce saliva anna had become a new person a new person who is healthy the disease existed in the old personality by thinking acting and feeling differently anna reinvented a new self in a sense she had become reborn in the same life in december 2013 anna came to an event in barcelona with a friend who had introduced her to my work after hearing me tell the participants

a story about a remarkable healing of another student in our community anna decided it was time to share her story with me she wrote it all down and gave the letter to my personal assistant like many letters i get from students the first line read you are not going to believe this after i read what she'd written the next day i asked anna to come up on stage and share her story with the audience and there she was a year and a half after the vision she'd had during her meditation in new york unbeknownst to

me standing on a stage talking to an audience about her journey healing herself after the barcelona event anna was inspired to work on her mouth even more about six months later i was lecturing in london and anna attended i spoke in detail about epigenetics suddenly a light went on for anna i've healed myself of all these medical conditions including cancer she thought i should be able to signal the gene for my mouth to produce more saliva a few months later during another workshop in 2014 anna suddenly felt saliva dripping in her mouth ever since then

anna's mucus membranes and her saliva production have returned to normal the ulcerations never came back today anna is a healthy vital happy stable person with a very sharp and clear mind spiritually she has grown so much that she goes very deep in her meditations and has had many mystical experiences she is living a life full of creation love and joy she has become one of my corporate trainers regularly teaching this work to organizations and companies in 2016 she founded a successful psychiatric institution employing more than 20 therapists and practitioners she is financially independent and earns

enough money to live a rich life she travels around the world visits beautiful places and meets very inspiring people she has a very loving and joyful partner as well as new friends and new relationships that honor both her and her children when you ask anna about her past health problems she will tell you that having those challenges was the best thing that ever happened to her think about it what if the worst thing that ever happened to you turns out to be the best thing that has ever happened to you she often tells me that

she loves her present life and i always respond of course you do you created your life every day by not getting up from your meditations until you were in love with that life so now you get to love your life it was through the course of her transformation that anna had in effect become supernatural she had overcome her identity which was connected to her past and she literally created a new healthy future and her biology responded to a new mind anna is now the living example of truth and possibility and if anna healed herself so

can you getting mystical healing all sorts of physical conditions may be a very impressive benefit of doing this work but it's not the only one because this book is also about the mystical i want to open your mind to a realm of reality that will be just as transformative as healing but that works on a deeper and different level becoming supernatural can also involve embracing a greater awareness of yourself and who you are in this world and in other words as well let me share some stories about this from my own life to illustrate exactly

what i mean and to show you what is possible for you too one rainy winter evening in the pacific northwest as i sat on my couch after a very long day i listened to the branches of the tall fur trees outside my window filtering the gusts of wind through their canopies my children were in bed deep asleep and at last i had a moment to myself as i got comfortable i began to review all the things i needed to accomplish the following day by the time i'd made my mental list i was too exhausted to

think so i just sat still for a few minutes my mind empty as i watch the shadows from the flames in the fireplace flicker and dance on the walls i began to move into trance my body was tired but my mind was clear i wasn't thinking or analyzing anymore i was simply staring into space being in the present moment as my body relaxed more and more i slowly and consciously let it fall asleep as i simultaneously kept my mind conscious and awake i wouldn't let my attention narrow in on any object in the room but

instead kept my focus open this was a game i often played with myself i liked the practice because every once in a while if everything lined up i had very profound transcendental experiences it was as if a door of swords opened somewhere between wakefulness sleep and normal dreaming and i slipped into a very lucid mystical moment i reminded myself to not expect anything but to simply stay open it took a lot of patience to not rush it or get frustrated or try to make something happen but instead to slowly slip into that other world that

day i had finished writing an article about the pineal gland after spending several months researching all the magical derivatives of melatonin that this little alchemical center had up its sleeve i was overjoyed about linking the scientific world in the spirit world the weeks my entire mind had been consumed with thinking about the role of the pineal metabolites as a possible connection to the mystical experiences most ancient cultures knew how to elicit such as native american shamanic visions the hindu experience of samadhi and other similar rituals involving altered states of consciousness some concepts that had been

loose ends for years had suddenly clicked for me and my discoveries left me feeling more whole i thought i was one step closer to understanding the bridge to higher dimensions of space and time all the information i had learned inspired me to a deeper awareness about what is possible for human beings yet i was still curious to learn more curious enough to move my awareness to where the pineal gland existed in my head i casually thought speaking to the gland where are you anyway as i rested my attention in the space the pineal gland occupies

in my brain and as i was drifting off into the blackness suddenly out of nowhere a vivid image of my pineal gland appeared in my mind as a three-dimensional round knob his mouth was wide open in a spasm and it was releasing a white milky substance i was shocked by the intensity of the holographic image but was too relaxed to be aroused or react so i simply surrendered and observed it was so real i knew what i was seeing before me was my own tiny pineal gland in the next instant a huge timepiece appeared right

in front of me it was one of those old-fashioned pocket watches with a chain and the vision was incredibly vivid the moment i put my attention on the timepiece i received very clear information i suddenly knew that linear time as i believed it to be with a definite past present and future was not the way the world really works instead i understood that everything is actually happening in an eternal present moment in this infinite amount of time there exists infinite spaces dimensions or possible realities to experience if there is only one eternal moment happening then

it makes sense that we would have no past in this incarnation let alone no past lives but i could see every past and future like i was looking at an old-fashioned piece of movie film with an endless number of frames with the frames representing not single moments but windows of limitless possibilities that existed as scaffolding and went on in all directions forever it was much like looking into two mirrors opposite one another and seeing infinite spaces or dimensions reflected in both directions but to understand what i was seeing imagine that those infinite dimensions are above

and below you in front and behind you and to your left and to your right and each one of those limitless possibilities already existed i knew that by putting my attention on any one of those possibilities i would actually experience that reality i also realized i wasn't separate from anything i sense oneness with everything everyone every place and every time i can only describe it as the most familiar unfamiliar feeling i've ever had in my life the pineal gland as soon as i understood i was being shown serves as a dimensional timepiece that when activated

can dial into any time when i saw the hands of the timepiece move forward or backward i understood that like a time machine set to any particular time there is also a reality or a dimension to experience in a particular space this amazing vision was showing me that the pineal gland like a cosmic antenna had the ability to tune into information beyond our physical senses and to hook us up to other realities that already exist in the eternal moment while the download of information i receive seem limitless no words exist that can completely describe the

magnitude of this experience experiencing my past and future selves simultaneously as the hands of the watch move backward to a past time a dimension of space and time came to life i immediately found myself in a reality relevant to me personally although amazingly that past moment was still occurring in the present moment i was experiencing while sitting on my couch in the living room i next became aware that i was in a physical space at that specific time i observed myself as a young child again while simultaneously having the experience of being the adult me

on the couch the child version of me was about seven years old and had a very high fever i remember how much i loved fevers at that age because i could go deep within and have the kind of abstract dreams and visions that often come with the delirium produced by high body temperatures this specific time i was in my room in bed with the covers up the bridge of my nose and my mother had just left the room i was happy i was alone the moment she closed the door i somehow innately knew to do

exactly what i had just been doing in my living room as an adult continuously relaxing my body and remaining somewhere between sleep and wakefulness as i stayed present to whatever came up up to this point in my present life i had completely forgotten about the memory of this childhood experience but when i lived it again in that moment i saw myself in the midst of a lucid conscious dream comprehending possible realities like the squares on a chessboard as i observed myself as this young boy i was deeply moved by what he was attempting to understand

and i wondered how he could grasp such complicated concepts at his age in that moment as i watched him i fell in love with that little guy and the second i embraced that emotion i somehow felt a simultaneous connection to both that point in time and the one i was experiencing as my present time back in washington state i had such a strong knowingness that what i was doing then and what i am doing now were happening at the same time and that those moments were significantly connected in that split second the love i felt

for him as my present self was drawing that young boy to the future i was living now then the experience got even stranger that scene faded away and the watch appeared again i became aware that the hands of the timepiece could also move forward filled with a sense of wonder and without any trepidation or fear i simply observed the watch move forward in time instantaneously i was standing barefoot in my backyard in washington in the cold night it's difficult to explain what time it was because it was the same night i was in my living

room but the me who was outside the house was the me from the future in that now again words are limited here but the only way i can explain this experience is that the future personality called joe dispenza had changed immensely i was so much more evolved and i felt amazing euphoric in fact i was so aware or should i say as that person i am so aware by aware i mean super conscious as if all my senses were heightened 100 everything i saw touched felt smelled tasted and heard was amplified my senses were so

elevated that i was acutely aware of and paying attention to everything around me wanting to experience the moment completely and because my awareness increased so drastically so did my consciousness and therefore my energy feeling so full of this intense energy caused me to be more conscious of everything i sensed simultaneously i can describe this feeling only as consistent unwavering highly organized energy it was nothing like the chemical emotions we normally feel as human beings in fact in that moment i knew i couldn't even feel those normal human emotions i'd evolved beyond them i did however

feel love although it was an evolved form of love that was not chemical but electric i felt almost as though i was on fire passionately in love with life i was in an incredibly pure form of joy i was also walking around my backyard in the middle of winter with no shoes and no jacket yet i was so aware of the feeling of the cold that it was actually intensely enjoyable i didn't have an opinion about how ice cold the ground under my feet was i just loved having my feet touch the frozen grass on

the earth and i felt very connected to both the feeling and the grass i understood that if i entertain the typical thoughts and judgments i normally would have about being cold it would cause me to create a sense of polarity dividing the energy i was experiencing if i judged it i would lose the feeling of wholeness the amazing feeling of energy that i was experiencing inside my body was so much greater than the conditions in my surrounding environment the cold and as a result i effortlessly embraced the cold with zeal it was simply life in

fact it was so pleasurable that i didn't want the moment to end i wanted it to last forever i walked as this upgraded version of myself with strength and knowingness i felt very empowered and calm yet overflowing with joy for existence and love for life passing through my garden i intentionally walked on huge basalt columns that were laid on their sides stacked like huge stairs to create levels to sit at the fire pit i love the experience of walking barefoot on those huge pieces of stone i truly honored their magnificence as i continued walking i

approached the fountain that i had built and i smiled at the memory of my brother and me creating such a marvel suddenly i saw a tiny woman in a glowing white garment she was no more than two feet tall and she was standing a little behind the fountain with another woman of normal size who was dressed similarly and was also radiant and full of light the other woman stood in the background observing seemingly acting as the tiny woman's protector when i looked at the tiny woman she turned to me and gazed into my eyes i

felt an even stronger energy of love as if she was sending it to me even as this evolved version of myself i realized i had never felt anything like that before the feelings of wholeness and love amplified exponentially and i thought to myself wow is there even more love than the love i was just experiencing moments ago it wasn't at all a romantic love it was more of that exhilarating electrifying energy and it was being awakened from inside of me i knew she was acknowledging that there was indeed even more love within me to experience

i also knew she was more evolved than i was when i felt that electricity it carried a message to look toward the kitchen window and i instantly remembered why i was there i turned and looked into the kitchen where my present self a few hours before i went to the couch to relax was busy washing dishes from the backyard i smiled i was so in love with him i saw his sincerity i saw his struggles i saw his passion i saw his love i saw his mind busy as always constantly attempting to dovetail concepts into

meaning and among other things i saw some of his future like a great parent i was proud of him and i had nothing but admiration for who he was in that moment as i was feeling that intense energy increase inside of me while i observed him i witnessed him suddenly stop washing the dishes and look out the window staring out and panning the backyard while i was still my future self i was able to remember the moment as my present self and i remembered that i had indeed stopped and looked outside in that instant because

i felt a spontaneous feeling of love in my chest and i sensed that i was being watched or that someone was outside i further recalled that while i was washing a glass i actually leaned forward to minimize the glaze in the window from the kitchen light above me and peered into the darkness for a few minutes before returning to the remaining items in the sink my future self was doing to my present self what the beautiful luminous lady had done to me moments before now i understood why she was there and like looking at the

child in the previous scene once again the love that my future self was feeling for my present self somehow connected me to my future self my future me was there to call my present self to that future and i knew that it was love that made that bond possible the evolved version of me had such a sense of knowing the paradox is that it is all me living at the same time in fact there is an infinite number of me's not just the one in the past the one in the present and the one in

the future there are so many more possible me's in the realm of infinity and there is not just one infinity but multiple infinities and all of this is happening in the eternal now when i came back to physical reality as we know it on the couch which paled in comparison to the other dimensional world i was just in my first thought was wow my view of reality is so limited the rich inner experience provided such a sense of clarity and the understanding that my beliefs that is what i thought i knew about life god myself

time space and what is even possible to experience in this infinite realm was so very limited and i hadn't even realized it until that moment i knew i was like an infant with little comprehension of the magnitude of how big this thing we call reality is i understood without fear or anxiety what the phrase the unknown meant for the first time in my life and i knew i would never be the same person again i'm sure you can imagine that when something like this happens trying to explain it to your family or friends suggests some

chemical imbalance in the brain i was hesitant to talk about the event to anyone because i didn't even have the words to describe the experience and i didn't want to jinx it from happening again for months i was very preoccupied with reviewing the entire process that i thought may have created the experience i was also mystified about the concept of time and i couldn't stop thinking about it aside from the paradigm shift about the eternal moment in time i discovered something more i realized after the transcendental event that night when i came back to the

world of three dimensions that the whole experience had transpired in about 10 minutes i had just lived two extensive events and i should have taken much more time for the entire experience to unfold this time dilation further peaked my interest in committing more of my energy to investigating what had happened to me once i understood more i hoped i might be able to reproduce the experience the days after that important night the center of my chest was electric in the same way i had felt when the beautiful tiny woman activated something within me i kept

thinking how can this feeling still be lingering inside of me unless something real happened when i put my attention on the center of my chest i noticed the feeling amplify understandably i wasn't very interested in any social interaction during this period because the people and conditions in the outer world distracted from that feeling in my inner world and the special feeling diminished in time it finally faded completely but i never stopped thinking about the idea that there is always more love to experience and that the energy i had embraced in that realm still lived within

me i wanted to activate it again but i didn't know how for a long time even though i tried and tried to reproduce the experience nothing happened i now realize that the expectation of the same outcome combined with the frustration of trying to force it to happen is the worst combination for creating another mystical experience or anything for that matter i became lost in my own personal analysis trying to figure out how it occurred and how i could make it happen again i decided to add a few new approaches instead of trying to recreate the

experience in the evening i decided to wake up early in the morning and meditate since melatonin levels are the highest between 1 am and 4 am the mystical chemical metabolites of melatonin are the very substrates responsible for creating a lucid event i decided i would practice my inner work at four every morning before i share what happened next i want to ask you to keep in mind that this was an unusually difficult time in my life i was deciding whether it was worth it for me to continue to teach i'd experienced a fair amount of

chaos in my life after appearing in the 2004 documentary what the bleep do we know i was considering stepping away from the public world and disappearing into a simpler life it seems so much easier just to walk away living a past incarnation in the present moment one morning about an hour and a half after i started my meditation in a seated position i finally reclined i put some pillows under my knees so i wouldn't fall asleep too quickly allowing me to linger between wayfulness and sleep as i lay down i simply put my attention in

the place the pineal gland occupies in my head but this time instead of trying to make something happen i just let go and said to myself whatever apparently that was the magic word i know what that means now i surrendered got out of the way let go of any specific outcome and simply opened up to possibility the next thing i knew i was experiencing myself as a stout man in a very hot region of the world that seemed to be what we now call greece or turkey the train was rocky the ground was parched and

stoned buildings like those in greco-roman times were interspersed with many small tents made of brightly colored fabrics i was wearing a one-piece skirted burlap garment that fell from my shoulders to my mid thighs and i had a thick rope tied around my waist like a belt i wore sandals roped up to my calves i had thick curly hair and my body felt strong my shoulders were broad and my arms and legs were muscular i was a philosopher and a long time student of some charismatic movement i was simultaneously the self in that experience and my

present self observing me in that particular time and space again i was way more conscious than normal i was super conscious all my senses were heightened and i was very aware of everything i could smell the familiar musk of my body and could taste the salt of my perspiration dripping from my face i love the taste i felt grounded in the physicality and strength of my body i was aware of deep pain in my right shoulder but it did not consume my attention i saw the brightness of the blue sky and the richness of the

green trees and mountains as if i were living in technicolor i heard seagulls in the distance and i knew i was near a large body of water i was on a pilgrimage and mission of sorts i was traveling about the country teaching the philosophy that i had studied and lived by my whole life i was under the tutelage of a grand master whom i loved very deeply because of the care patience and wisdom he had given me for so many years it was my time now to be initiated and to deliver a message to change

the minds and hearts of the culture i knew that the message i was disseminating was counter to the current beliefs of that time and that the government and religious orders of the day would challenge me the main message of the philosophy i studied with free people from living in any type of obligation to something or someone outside of them it would also inspire individuals to demonstrate a code of principles that would empower them to have more enriched and meaningful lives i was passionate about this idealism and i worked daily to live in alignment with the

doctrines of course the message would omit the need for religion and for any dependence on governments and it would free people from personal pain and suffering as the scene came to life i had just finished addressing a crowd in a relatively populated village the gathering was just breaking up when suddenly several men quickly moved through the masses to arrest me before i could even try to escape i was seized i knew that they had planned their strategy well if they had begun to move about while i had been talking to the crowd i would have

spotted them they timed it perfectly i surrendered without resistance and they took me to a prison cell where i was left alone locked in a small stone cube with narrow slits for windows i sat there knowing my destiny nothing i could do would prepare me for what was about to happen within two days i was taken to the center of the city where hundreds of people gathered many of them the same people who had listened to me speak just a few days earlier but now they eagerly anticipated the chance to watch my trial and impending

torture i was stripped to a small cloth undergarment and then strapped to a large horizontal stone slab with large grooves notched into the corners through which ropes sled the ropes had metal cuffs on the ends that were fastened to my wrists and ankles then it began a man standing to my left started to crank a lever that moved the slab slowly from a horizontal position forward to a more vertical position as the stone block moved upward the ropes pulled my limbs tighter in all four directions when i made it to about 45 degrees the real

pain began someone who seemed to be a magistrate yelled out asking me if i would continue teaching my philosophy i did not look up or answer he then ordered the man to crank the lever further at a certain point i started to hear audible noises and pops evidence of my spine dislocating in certain areas as the observer of this scene i watched the look on my face as the pain increased it was like looking into a mirror and seeing myself i became acutely aware that it was me on that slab the metal cuffs around my

wrists and ankles now tore into my skin and the sharp metal burned i was bleeding one of my shoulders dislocated and i heaved and grunted in pain my body was convulsing and shaking as i tried to resist the tearing of my limbs by flexing and holding my muscles tight in resistance letting go would have been unbearable suddenly the magistrate hollowed out again asking me if i would continue to teach i had a thought i will agree to stop teaching and then when they let me down from this public display of torture i will simply start

again i reasoned that this was the right answer it would appease the magistrate and stop the pain and my death while enabling me to continue my mission i slowly shook my head from side to side in silence then the magistrate pressed me to verbally say no but i would not speak he then motioned quickly to the tormentor on my left to push the crank even harder i looked down at the man as he turned the gears with a clear intention to hurt me i saw his face and as we looked into each other's eyes i

as the observer instantly recognized this person as someone in my present life as joe dispenza the same person but in a different body something clicked within me as i witnessed this scene i recognize that this tormentor is still tormenting others including me in my current incarnation and i understand that person's role in my life it was an odd familiar feeling or knowing and it made perfect sense as the slab accelerated upward my lower back snapped and my body started to lose control that was the moment that broke me i wept from the blinding pain and

also felt such a deep sadness consume my whole being when the weight of the heavy stone was released it fell quickly back to the horizontal position i lay there quivering uncontrollably in silence i was then dragged back to the small prison cell where i lay curled up in the corner for three days i couldn't stop the flashbacks of my torture i was so humiliated that i never could speak in public again the very thought of returning to my mission created such a visceral response in my body that i stopped even thinking about it one night

they released me and without being noticed head down another shame i disappeared i was unable to look anyone in the eye ever again i felt like i had failed in my mission i spent the rest of my life in a cave by the sea trapping fish and living in silence as a hermit as i witnessed this poor man's plight and his choice to hide from the world i understood that this was a message for me i knew that in my present life i could not disappear or hide from the world again and that my soul

wanted me to see that i had to continue my work i had to make the effort to stand up for a message and never again retract from adversity i also recognized that i hadn't failed at all i had done my best i knew that the young philosopher still lived in the eternal present moment as a myriad of possible me's and that i could change my future and his by never again being afraid to live for the truth instead of dying for each of us has myriad possible incarnations that exist in the eternal present moment all

waiting to be discovered when the mystery of the self is unveiled we can wake up to the understanding that we are not linear beings living a linear life but instead dimensional beings living dimensional lives the beauty behind the infinite probabilities that await us is that the only way we can change those futures is to change ourselves in the present infinite moment chapter 2 the present moment if you want to experience the supernatural in your own life by healing your body creating new opportunities you could never have imagined before and having transcendent mystical experiences you first

need to master the concept of the present moment the eternal now there's a lot of talk about being present or being in the now these days while most people understand the basics of what that means not to think about the future or live in the past i want to offer you a completely different understanding of the concept it's going to require that you get beyond the physical world including your body your identity and your environment and even beyond time itself this is where you turn possibility into reality after all if you don't get beyond who

you think you are and the way you've been conditioned to believe the world works it's not possible to create a new life or a new destiny so in a very real sense you have to get out of your own way transcend the memory of yourself as an identity and allow something greater than you something mystical to take over in this chapter i'm going to explain how that works first let's take a look at how the brain functions when any neurological tissue in the brain or the body is activated it creates mind consequently from a neuroscientific

understanding mind is the brain in action for instance you have a specific mind to drive your car you have another mind to take a shower you have a different mind when you sing a song or listen to music you use a specific level of mind to execute each of those complex functions because you've probably done each of these tasks thousands of times so your brain turns on in a very specific way whenever you do any of them when your brain is in action as you drive your car for example you are in fact turning on

a specific sequence pattern and combination of neurological networks those neural networks or neural nets are simply clusters of neurons that work together as a community just like an automatic software program or a macro because you've done that particular action so many times in other words the neurons that fire together to accomplish the task become more wired together as you consciously choose to perform the task of driving your vehicle we could say that you are automatically selecting and instructing those neurons in your brain to turn on to create a level of mind for the most part

your brain is a product of the past it has been shaped and molded to become a living record of everything you have learned and experienced up to this point in your life learning from a neuroscientific standpoint is when neurons in your brain assemble to form thousands of synaptic connections and those connections then assemble into complex three-dimensional neurological networks think of learning as your brain getting an upgrade when you pay attention to knowledge or information and it makes sense to you this interaction with the environment leaves biological impressions in your brain when you experience something new

your senses write the story neurologically in your brain and even more neurons come together to make even more enriched connections upgrading your brain even further experiences not only enhance the brain circuitry but they also create emotions think of emotions as the chemical residue from past experiences or chemical feedback the stronger the emotional quotient from an event in your life the more the experience leaves a lasting impression in your brain that's how long-term memories are formed so if learning means making new connections in your brain memories are when you maintain those connections the more you repeat

a thought choice behavior experience or emotion the more those neurons fire and wire together and the more they will sustain a long-term relationship in anna's story in the previous chapter you learn most of your experiences come from your interaction with your external environment since your senses plug you into the external environment and neurologically record the narrative in your brain when you experience a highly charged emotional event bad or good that moment becomes embossed neurologically in your brain as a memory therefore when an experience changes how you normally feel chemically and heightens your attention to what

caused it you will associate a specific person or thing with where your body is at a particular time and place that's how you create memories by interacting with the outer world it's safe to say that the only place the past actually exists is in your brain and in your body how your past becomes your future let's take a closer look at what happens biochemically inside your body when you think of thought or feel an emotion when you think a thought or have a memory a biochemical reaction begins in your brain causing the brain to release

certain chemical signals that's how immaterial thoughts literally become matter they become chemical messengers these chemical signals make your body feel exactly the way you were just thinking once you notice you are feeling a particular way then you generate more thoughts equal to how you're feeling and then you release more chemicals from your brain to make you feel the way you've been thinking for example if you have a fearful thought you start to feel fear the moment you feel fear that emotion influences you to think more fearful thoughts and those thoughts trigger the release of even

more chemicals in the brain and body to make you continue to feel more fear the next thing you know you get caught in a loop where your thinking creates feeling and your feeling creates thinking if thoughts are the vocabulary of the brain and feelings of the vocabulary of the body and the cycle of how you think and feel becomes your state of being then your entire state of being is in the past when you fire and wire the same circuits in your brain over and over again because you keep thinking the same thoughts you are

hardwiring your brain into the same patterns as a result your brain becomes an artifact of your past thinking and in time it becomes easier to automatically think in the same ways at the same time as you repeatedly feel the same emotions over and over again since as i just said emotions are the vocabulary of the body and the chemical residue of past experiences you are conditioning your body into the past so now let's look at what that means for you on a day-to-day basis given what you just learned about feelings and emotions being the chemical

end products of past events the moment you wake up in the morning and search for the familiar feeling called you you are starting your day in the past so when you start to think about your problems those problems which are connected to the memories of past experiences of different people things at certain times and places create familiar feelings such as unhappiness futility sadness pain grief anxiety worry frustration unworthiness or guilt if those emotions are driving your thoughts and you cannot think greater than how you feel then you are also thinking in the past and if

those familiar emotions influence the choices you were going to make that day the behaviors you're going to exhibit or the experiences you are going to create for yourself then you're going to appear predictable and your life is going to stay the same now let's say after you wake up you turn off your alarm and as you lie there in bed you check your facebook your instagram your whatsapp your twitter your texts your emails and then the news now you are really remembering who you are as you reaffirm your personality and connect your past present personal

reality then you go to the bathroom you use the toilet brush your teeth take a shower get dressed and then head for the kitchen you drink some coffee and eat breakfast maybe you watch the news or check your email again it's the same routine you follow every day then you drive to work using the same old route and when you get there you interact with the same co-workers you saw the day before you spend your day performing pretty much the same duties you performed yesterday you might even react to the same challenges at work with

the same emotions then after work you drive home maybe you stop at the same grocery store and buy the food you like and always eat you cook the same food for dinner and watch the same television show at the same time while sitting in the same place in your living room then you get ready for bed in the same way you always do you brush your teeth with your right hand starting from the upper right side of your mouth you crawl into the same side of the bed maybe you read a little and then you

go to sleep if you keep doing these same routines over and over again they will become a habit a habit is a redundant set of automatic unconscious thoughts behaviors and emotions that you acquire through frequent repetition basically it means your body is now on autopilot running a series of programs and over time your body becomes the mind you've done this routine so many times that your body automatically knows how to do certain things better than your brain or conscious mind you just switch on the autopilot and go unconscious which means you'll wake up the next

morning and essentially do the same things all over again in a very real sense your body is dragging you into the same predictable future based on what you have been repeatedly doing in the same familiar past you will think the same thoughts and then make the same choices that lead to the same behaviors that create the same experiences to produce the same emotions over time you've created a set of hard-wired neurological networks in the brain and you have emotionally conditioned your body to live in the past and that past becomes your future if you were

looking at a timeline of your day starting with waking up in the morning and continuing until you go to bed that night you could pick up that timeline of yesterday or today your past and place it in the space reserved for tomorrow the future because essentially the same actions you took today are the ones you are going to take tomorrow and the day after that and the day after that let's face it if you keep the same routine as yesterday it makes sense that your tomorrow is going to be a lot like your yesterday your

future is just a rerun of your past that's because your yesterday is creating your tomorrow take a look at figure 2.1 each of those vertical lines represent the same thought that leads to the same choice that initiates an automatic behavior that creates a known experience that produces a familiar feeling or an emotion if you keep reproducing the same sequence in time all those individual steps merge into one automatic program this is how you lose your free will to a program the arrow represents an unknown experience dropping in somewhere between your driving to work in traffic

knowing you are going to be late again and you trying to stop by the dry cleaners on your way we could say that your mind and body are in the known the same predictable future based on what you did in the same familiar past and in that known certain future there's no room for the unknown in fact if something new happened if something unknown were to unfold in your life at that moment to change the same predictable timeline of your day you'd probably be annoyed at the disruption of your routine you'd likely consider it troublesome

problematic and downright inconvenient you might say can you come back tomorrow this is not the right time the fact is there's no room for the unknown in a predictable life but being predictable is not how the unknown works the unknown is unfamiliar uncertain but it's also exciting because it occurs in ways you cannot expect or anticipate so let me ask you how much room in your routine predictable life do you have for the unknown by staying in the known following the same sequence each day of thinking the same thoughts making the same choices demonstrating the

same programmed habits recreating the same experiences that stamp the same networks of neurons into the same patterns to reaffirm the same familiar feeling called you you are repeating the same level of mind over and over again in time your brain becomes automatically programmed to do any one of those particular sequences more easily and effortlessly the next time and then the next time and so on as each of these individual steps merge into one complete step thinking a familiar thought of an experience of somebody or something at some place in some time will automatically create the

anticipation of the feeling of the experience if you can predict the feeling of any experience you are still in the known for instance the thought of having a meeting with the same team of people you have worked with for years can automatically cause you to call up the emotion of what the future event will feel like when you can predict the feeling of that future event because you've had enough past experiences to make it known to you you are probably going to be creating more of the same and of course you are right but that's

because you are the same by the same means if you are in the automatic program and cannot predict the feeling of an experience in your life you will probably be hesitant to engage it we need to look at one more aspect of thinking and feeling to get the full picture of what's happening when we keep living in the same state of being this thinking feeling loop also produces a measurable electromagnetic field that surrounds our physical bodies in fact our bodies are always emitting light energy or frequencies that carry a specific message information or intention by

the way when i say light i'm not just referring to the light we see but to all spectrums of light including x-rays cell phone waves and microwaves in the same way we also receive vital information that is carried on different frequencies so we are always sending and receiving electromagnetic energy here's how that works when we think of thought those networks of neurons that fire in our brain create electrical charges when those thoughts also cause a chemical reaction that results in a feeling or an emotion as well as when a familiar feeling or emotion is driving

our thoughts those feelings create magnetic charges they merge with the thoughts that create the electric charges to produce a specific electromagnetic field equal to your state of being think of emotions as energy in motion when someone experiencing a strong emotion walks into a room their energy aside from their body language is often very palpable we have all felt another person's energy and intent when they were angry or very frustrated we felt it because they were emitting a strong signal of energy that carries specific information the same is true of a very sexual person a person

who is suffering or a person who has a calm loving energy all those energies can be sensed and felt as you might expect different emotions produce different frequencies the frequencies of creative elevated emotions like love joy and gratitude are much higher than the emotions of stress such as fear and anger because they carry different levels of conscious intent and energy see figure 2.2 which details some of the different frequencies associated with various emotional states you'll read more about this concept later in the book so if we are recreating the past day after day thinking the

same thoughts and feeling the same emotions we are broadcasting the same electromagnetic field over and over again sending out the same energy with the same message from the perspective of energy and information this means the same energy of our past continues to carry the same information which then keeps creating the same future our energy then is essentially equal to our past the only way we can change our lives is to change our energy to change the electromagnetic field we are constantly broadcasting in other words to change our state of being we have to change how

we think and how we feel if where you place your attention is where you place your energy the key concept you'll read more about later in this chapter then the moment you place your attention on a familiar emotion your attention and your energy are in the past if those familiar emotions are connected to a memory of some past event involving a person or an object at a particular place and time then your attention and your energy are in the past as well as a consequence you are siphoning your energy out of the present moment into

your past by the same means if you start to think about all the people you have to see the things you have to do and the places you have to go at certain times in your routine day you are cycling your attention and energy into a predictable known future take a look at figure 2.3 which illustrates this point all of your energy is now completely co-mingled with those known experiences in that specific line of time your energy is creating more of the same and your body is going to follow your mind to the same events

in your same reality your energy is being directed out of the present moment and into the past and the future as a result you have very little energy left to create an unknown experience in a new timeline figure 2.3 also shows how the electromagnetic energy you emanate is a vibrational match with everything known to you so as you start your day when you have the thought of the toilet the next thing you know there you are walking toward the toilet then you have the thought of the shower and you find yourself in the shower adjusting

the water temperature you have the thought of the coffee maker and you're projecting your attention and energy to the coffee maker and as you automatically walk to the kitchen to make your morning cup of java once again your body is following your mind and if you've done that for the last 22 years your body is going to effortlessly coast right over there your body is always following your mind but in this case it's been repeatedly following your mind to the known that's because that's where your attention and therefore your energy is so now let me

ask you this could it ever be possible for your body to start following your mind to the unknown if so you can see that you would have to change where you put your attention and that would lead to changing your energy which would require you to change how you think and how you feel long enough for something new to happen while it may sound incredible this is indeed possible it makes sense that just as your body has been following your mind to every known experience in your life like the coffee maker each morning if you

were to start investing your attention and energy into the unknown your body would then be able to follow your mind into the unknown a new experience in your future priming your mind and body for a new future if you are familiar with my work you know that i'm in love with the concept of mental rehearsal i'm fascinated by how we can change the brain as well as the body by thought alone think about that for a moment if you focus your attention on specific imagery in your mind and become very present with a sequence of

repeated thoughts and feelings your brain and body will not know the difference between what is occurring in the outer world and what is happening in your inner world so when you are fully engaged and focused the inner world of imagination will appear as an outer world experience and your biology will change accordingly that means you can make your brain and body look as if a physical experience has already happened without having the actual experience what you put your attention on and mentally rehearse over and over again not only becomes who you are from a biological

perspective it also determines your future here's a good example a team of harvard researchers took a group of volunteers who had never before played the piano and divided the group in half one half practiced a simple five-finger piano exercise for two hours a day over a period of five days the remaining half did the same thing but just by imagining they were sitting at the piano without physically moving their fingers in any way the before and after brain scans showed that both groups created a dramatic number of new neural circuits a new neurological programming in

the region of their brains that controls finger movements even though one group did so by thought alone think about this the folks who mentally rehearsed the actions had brains that looked like the experience had already happened even though they never lifted a finger if you were to put them in front of a piano after five days of mental rehearsal many of them would be able to play the exercise they imagined pretty well even though they had never before tickled the ivories by mentally imagining the activity every day they installed the neurological hardware in preparation for

the experience they repeatedly fired and wired those brain circuits with their attention and intention and over time the hardware became an automatic software program in their brains and it became easier to do the next time so if they were to start to play after five days of mental practice their behaviors would become easily aligned with their conscious intentions because they primed their brains for the experience ahead of time that's how powerful the mind can be once trained similar studies show the same kinds of results with muscle training in a pioneering study at the cleveland clinic

10 research subjects between the ages of 20 and 35 imagine flexing one of their biceps as hard as they could in five training sessions a week for 12 weeks every other week the researchers recorded the subject's electrical brain activity during their sessions and measured their muscle strength by the end of the study the subjects had increased their bicep strength by 13.5 percent even though they hadn't actually been using their muscles at all they maintained this gain for three months after the training session stopped more recently a research team made up of scientists from the university

of texas at san antonio the cleveland clinic and the kesler foundation research center in west orange new jersey asked subjects to visualize contracting their elbow flexor muscles as they did so they were instructed to urge the muscles to flex as strong and hard as possible adding a firm intention to their strong mental energy for 15 minutes sessions five days a week for 12 weeks one group of subjects was instructed to use what is called external or third person imagery imagining themselves performing the exercise by observing themselves in a scene in their head separate from the

experience like watching a movie of themselves the second group was instructed to use internal or first person imagery imagining that their bodies as they existed right then in real time were doing the exercise making it more immediate and realistic a third group the control did no practice the group using external imagery as well as the control group showed no significant change but the group using internal imagery showed a 10.8 increase in strength another team of researchers from ohio university went so far as to wrap the wrists of 29 volunteers in surgical casts for one month

ensuring they wouldn't be able to move their wrists even unintentionally half the group practice mental imagery exercises for 11 minutes a day five days a week imagining they were flexing their immobilized wrist muscles while actually remaining completely still the other half the control group did nothing at the end of the month when all the casts came off the muscles of the imagery group were twice as strong as those of the control group each of these three muscle studies show how mental rehearsal not only changes the brain but can also change the body by thought alone

in other words by practicing the behaviors in their mind and consciously reviewing the activity on a regular basis the bodies of the subjects looked like they had been physically performing the activity and yet they never did the exercises those who added the emotional component of doing the exercise as hard as possible to the intensity of the mental imagery made the experience even more real and the results more pronounced in the piano playing study the brains of the research subjects looked as though the experience they'd imagine had already happened because they had primed their brains for

that future in a similar way the subjects in the muscle flexing studies changed their bodies to look as if they had previously experienced that reality just by mentally rehearsing the activity through thought alone you can see why when you wake up in the morning and start thinking about the people you have to see the places you have to go and the things you have to do in your busy schedule that's mentally rehearsing and then you add an intense emotion to it like suffering or unhappiness or frustration just like the elbow flexor volunteers who urge their

muscles to flex without moving them at all you are conditioning your brain and body to look like that future has already happened since experience enriches the brain and creates an emotion that signals the body when you continuously create an inward experience that is as real as an outer experience over time you're going to change your brain and body just like any real experience would in fact when you wake up and start thinking about your day neurologically biologically chemically and even genetically which i will explain in the next section it looks as though that day has

already happened for you and in fact it has once you actually start the day's activities just as in the experiments above your body is naturally and automatically going to behave equal to your conscious or unconscious intentions if you've been doing the same things for years on end those circuits as well as the rest of your biology are more readily and easily activated that's because not only do you prime your biology every day with your mind but you also recreate the same physical behaviors in order to reinforce those experiences further in your brain and body and

it actually becomes easier to go unconscious every day because you keep mentally and physically reinforcing the same habits over again creating the habit of behaving by habit making genetic changes we used to think that genes create a disease and that we were at the mercy of our dna so if many people in someone's family died of heart disease we assume that their chances of also developing heart disease would be pretty high but we now know through the science of epigenetics that it's not the gene that creates disease but the environment that programs our genes to

create disease and not just the external environment outside our body cigarette smoke or pesticides for example but also the internal environment within our body the environment outside our cells what do i mean by the environment within our body as i said previously emotions are chemical feedback the end products of experiences we have in our external environment so as we react to a situation in our external environment that produces an emotion the resulting internal chemistry can signal our genes to either turn on up regulating or producing an increased expression of the gene or to turn off

down regulating or producing a decreased expression of the gene the gene itself doesn't physically change the expression of the gene changes and that expression is what matters most because that is what affects our health and our lives thus even though someone may have a genetic predisposition for a particular disease for example if their genes continue to express health instead of expressing that disease they won't develop the condition and will remain healthy think of the body as a finely tuned instrument that produces proteins every one of our cells except red blood cells makes proteins which are

responsible for the body's physical structure and physiological function for example muscle cells make specific proteins known as actin and myosin and skin cells make the proteins collagen and elastin immune cells make antibodies thyroid cells make thyroxine and bone marrow cells make hemoglobin some of our eye cells make keratin while our pancreatic cells make enzymes like protease lipase and amylase there isn't an organ or a system in the body that does not rely on or produce proteins they are a vital part of our immune system digestion cellular repair and bone and muscle structure you name it

they're a part of it in a very real way then the expression of proteins is the expression of life and is equal to the health of the body in order for a cell to make a protein a gene must be expressed that's the job of the genes to facilitate making proteins when the signal from the environment outside of the cell reaches the cell membrane the chemical is accepted by a receptor outside of the cell and makes its way to the dna inside the cell then a gene makes a new protein that's equal to that signal

so if the information coming from outside of the cell does not change the gene keeps making the same protein and the body stays the same over time the gene will begin to down regulate it will either shut off its healthy expression of proteins or it will eventually wear out like making a copy of a copy of a copy causing the body to express a different quality of proteins different classifications of stimuli up regulate and down regulate genes we activate experience dependent genes for example by doing new things or learning new information these genes are responsible

for stem cells getting the instructions to differentiate transforming into whatever type of cell the body needs at that particular time to replace cells that are damaged we activate behavioral state-dependent genes when we are in high levels of stress or arousal or in alternate states of awareness like dreaming you can think of these genes as the fulcrum of mind-body connection because they provide a link between our thoughts and our bodies allowing us to influence our physical health through various behaviors meditation prayer or social rituals for example when genes are altered in this way sometimes within minutes

those altered genes can then be passed on to the next generation so when you change your emotions you can change the expression of your genes turning some on and others off because you are sending a new chemical signal to your dna which can then instruct your genes to make different proteins up regulating or down regulating to make all kinds of new building blocks that can change the structure and function of your body for example if your immune system has been subject to living in the emotions of stress for too long and has certain genes activated

for inflammation and disease you can turn on new genes for growth and repair and switch off the old genes responsible for disease and at the same time these epigenetically altered genes will begin to follow new instructions making new proteins and programming the body for growth repair and healing this is how you can successfully recondition your body to a new mind so as you read earlier in this chapter this means that if you're living by the same emotions day in and day out your body believes it's in the same environmental conditions and those feelings influence you

to make the same choices causing you to demonstrate the same habits that then create the same experiences that then produce the same emotions all over again thanks to these automatic programmed habits your cells are constantly being exposed to the same chemical environment outside your body and your environment as well as outside the cells but within your body that chemistry keeps signaling the same genes in the same way and so you're stuck because when you stay the same your genetic expression stays the same and now you are headed for a genetic destiny because you don't have

any new information coming from the environment but what if the circumstances in your life change for the better shouldn't that also change the chemical environment surrounding your cells yes that happens but not all the time if you've spent years conditioning your body to the cycle of thinking and feeling and then feeling and thinking without realizing it you've also conditioned your body to become addicted to these emotions so simply changing the external environment by say getting a new job doesn't necessarily break the addiction any more than someone addicted to drugs would be able to stop their

cravings just by winning a lottery or moving to hawaii because of the thinking feeling loop sooner or later after the novelty of the experience is over most people return to their baseline emotional state and the body believes it's in the same old experience that created the same old emotions so if you were miserable in your old job but managed to get a new one you might be happy for a few weeks or even a few months but if you had spent years conditioning your body to be addicted to misery you would eventually return to that

old emotion because your body would crave its chemical fix your outer environment may have changed but your body will always believe its internal chemistry more than its external conditions so it remains emotionally locked into your old state of being still addicted to those old emotions that's just another way of saying you're still living in the past and because the internal chemistry hasn't changed you can't change the expression of your genes to make new proteins in order to improve the structure or the function of your body so there's no change in your health or your life

that's why i say you have to think greater than the way you feel to make any real lasting changes in the winter of 2016 at our advanced workshop in tacoma washington my team and i performed a study on the effect elevated emotions had on immune function taking saliva samples from 117 test subjects at the start of the workshop and then again four days later at the workshop's conclusion we measured immunoglobulin a iga a protein marker for the strength of the immune system iga is an incredibly powerful chemical one of the primary proteins responsible for healthy

immune function and the internal defense system it's constantly fighting a barrage of bacteria viruses fungi and other organisms that invade or are already living within the body's internal environment it's so powerful that it's better than any flu shot or immune system booster you could possibly take when it's activated it's the primary internal defense system in the human body when stress levels and therefore the levels of stress hormones like cortisol go up this lowers levels of iga thereby compromising and down regulating the immune system's expression of the gene that makes this protein during our four day

workshop we asked our study participants to move into an elevated emotional state such as love joy inspiration or gratitude for nine to ten minutes three times a day if we could elevate our emotions we wondered could we boost our immune system in other words could our students up regulate the genes for iga simply by changing their emotional states the results amazed us average iga levels shot up by 49.5 percent the normal range for iga is from 37 to 87 milligrams per deciliter mg dl but some people measured more than 100 mg dl at the end

of the workshop our test subjects show significant measurable epigenetic changes without having any significant experiences in their external environment by attaining states of elevated emotions even for just a few days their bodies began to believe that they were in a new environment so they were able to signal new genes and change their genetic expression in this case the protein expression of the immune system see figure 2.4 this means that you might not need a pharmacy or an exogenous substance to heal you you have the power from within to up regulate the genes that make iga

within a few days something as simple as moving into an elevated state of joy love inspiration or gratitude for five to ten minutes a day can produce significant epigenetic changes in your health and body where attention goes energy flows since where you place your attention is where you place your energy when you wake up in the morning and immediately start putting your attention and energy on all the people you have to see that day the places you have to go the objects you own and the things you have to do in the three-dimensional world your

energy becomes fractured all of your creative energy is flowing away from you as figure 2.5 illustrates to all things in the outer world that compete for your attention your cell phone your laptop your bank account your house your job your co-workers your spouse your kids your enemies your pets your medical conditions and so on take a glance at figure 2.5 it is obvious that most people's attention and energy are directed to their outer material world it begs the question how much energy do you have left in your inner world of thoughts and feelings to create

a new reality consider for a moment that each of these people or things you give so much attention to is unknown in your life because you've experienced it as i mentioned earlier in the chapter you have a neurological network in your brain for each one of those things since they are mapped in your brain you perceive and so experience them from your past and the more you keep experiencing them the more automatic and enriched the neural circuits for each of them become because the redundancy of the various experiences keeps assembling and refining more and more

circuits that's what experience does it enriches the brain so you have a neurological network about your boss a neurological network about money a neurological network about your partner a neurological network about your kids a neurological network for your financial situation a neurological network for your house and neurological networks about all your physical world possessions because you've experienced all of those people or things at different times and places when your attention and therefore your energy is divided between all these outer world objects people problems and issues there's no energy left for you to put on your

inner world of thoughts and feelings so there's no energy left for you to use to create something new why because how you think and how you feel literally creates your personal reality therefore if you are thinking and feeling equal to everything that you know that's the known you keep reaffirming the same life in fact we could say that your personality is no longer creating your personal reality now your personal reality is creating your personality your external environment is controlling your thoughts and feelings there's a biological match between your inner world of thoughts and feelings and

your outer world past present reality made of people and objects at certain times and places you are continuously keeping your life the same because you are keeping your attention thoughts and your energy feelings the same finally if how you think and how you feel broadcast an electromagnetic signature that influences every area of your life you are broadcasting the same electromagnetic energy and your life never changes we could say that your energy is equal to everything in your past present reality and you are recreating the past that's not the only limitation that occurs though when you

place all your attention and energy on the outer world and you keep reacting to the same conditions in the same way in a state of chronic stress which causes the brain to be in a constant state of arousal your inner world becomes imbalanced and your brain begins to work inefficiently and then you become less effective in creating anything at all in other words you become a victim of your life instead of the creator of your life living by the hormones of stress now let's take a closer look at how we end up getting addicted to

our negative emotions or more precisely what we call the hormones of stress the moment we react to any condition in our outer world that tends to be threatening whether the threat is real or imagined our body releases stress hormones in order to mobilize enormous amounts of energy in response to that threat when this occurs the body moves out of balance that's exactly what stress is this is a natural and healthy response because in antiquity that chemical cocktail of adrenaline and cortisol and similar hormones were released when we were facing some danger in the outer world

maybe a predator was chasing us for example and we had to make a decision to fight run or hide when we are in survival mode we automatically become materialists defining reality with our senses but what we can see hear smell feel and taste we also narrow our focus and put all of our attention on matter on our bodies existing in a particular space and time the hormones of stress cause us to give all of our attention to our outer world because that's where the danger lurks back in the days of early humans of course this

response was a good thing it was adaptive it kept us alive and once we had focused our attention on the cause and then the danger had passed the levels of all those stress hormones went back into balance but in modern times that's no longer the case after just one phone call or email from our boss or a family member that elicits a strong emotional reaction such as anger frustration fear anxiety sadness guilt suffering or shame we turn on the primitive fight or flight nervous system causing us to react as if we were being chased by

a predator the same chemistry automatically stays switched on because the external threat never seems to go away the truth is that many of us spend the majority of our time in this state of heightened arousal it's become chronic it's as though the predator is not out there in the wild making an occasional toothy appearance but is instead living in the same cave as we are a toxic co-worker whose desk is right next to ours for example such a chronic stress response is not adaptive it's maladaptive when we're living in survival mode and those hormones of

stress like adrenaline and cortisol keep pumping through our body we stay on high alert instead of returning to balance as in anna's experience in chapter one when this imbalance is maintained long term chances are we are headed for disease because long-term stress down regulates the healthy expression of genes in fact our bodies become so conditioned to this rush of chemicals that they become addicted to them our bodies actually crave them in this mode our brains become overly alert and aroused as we try to predict control and force outcomes in an effort to increase our chances

of survival and the more we do this the stronger the addiction becomes and the more we believe we are our bodies connected to our identities and our environment living in a linear time that's because that's where all of our attention is when your brain is aroused and you are living in survival mode and you have to keep shifting your attention to your job to the news to your ex to your friends to your emails to facebook and to twitter you're activating each of these different neurological networks very quickly review figure 2.5 if you keep doing

this over time the act of habitually narrowing your focus and shifting your attention compartmentalizes your brain and it no longer works in a balanced fashion when that happens you are training your brain to fire in a disordered incoherent pattern which causes it to work very inefficiently like a lightning storm in the clouds different neural networks fire out of order so your brain works out of sync the effect is similar to a group of drummers all banging on their skins at the same time but not together or with any rhythm we will talk much more about

the concepts of coherence and incoherence in a later chapter but for now it's enough to know that when your brain gets incoherent you get incoherent when your brain isn't working optimally you're not working optimally for each outer world person or thing or place you've experienced in your life that is unknown you have an emotion connected to it because emotions which are energy and motion are the chemical residue of experience and if most of the time you're living by those addictive stress hormones you might use your boss to reaffirm your addiction to judgment you might use

your co-workers to reaffirm your addiction to competition you might use your friends to reaffirm your addiction to suffering you might use your enemies to reaffirm your addiction to hatred your parents to reaffirm your addiction to guilt your facebook feed to reaffirm your addiction to insecurity the news to reaffirm your addiction to anger your ex to reaffirm your addiction to resentment and your relationship with money to reaffirm your addiction to lack this means your emotions your energy are co-mingled even bonded with every person place or thing you experience in your known familiar reality and that means

there's no energy available for you to create a new job a new relationship a new financial situation a new life or even a newly healed body let me say it another way if how you think and how you feel determines the frequency and information you are emitting in your energy field which has a significant effect on your life and if all of your attention and so all of your energy is tied up with your outer world of people objects things places and time there's no energy left in your inner world of thoughts and feelings therefore

the stronger the emotion you are addicted to the more you will place your attention on that person object place or circumstance in your outer world giving away most of your creative energy and causing you to feel and think equal to everything you know it becomes difficult to think or feel in any new ways when you are addicted to your outer world and it's possible that you can become addicted to all the people and things in your life that are causing you all the problems in the first place that's how you give your power away and

mismanage your energy if you review figure 2.5 you'll find a few examples to illustrate how we create energetic bonds to all of the elements in our outer world take a look at figure 2.6 on the left side of the diagram you see two atoms bound by an invisible field of energy they're sharing information it's energy that is bonding them together on the right side of the diagram you see two people who are sharing an experience of resentment and who are also bonded by an invisible field of energy that keeps them connected energetically in truth they

are sharing the same energy and so the same information to separate the two atoms it takes energy by the same means if your attention and energy are bound to the same people places and things in the outside physical world you can understand that it's going to take energy and effort to break those bonds when you're in meditation this begs the question how much of your creative energy is tied up in guilt hatred resentment lack of fear the truth is you could be using all that energy to recreate a new destiny to do that you're going

to have to get beyond all those things in your outer world by taking your attention off them that's why we use meditation as the model to change our internal state this allows us to break from our associations to everybody everyone everything everywhere and every time long enough to journey within once you overcome your emotional body and you take your attention off everything known to you in your outer world you call your energy back to you breaking the bond with your past present reality which has been staying the same you're going to have to make the

transition from being somebody to being nobody which means you have to take your attention off your body your pain and your hunger you're going to have to go from being someone to being no one taking your attention off your identity as a partner parent and employee you'll have to go from keeping your attention on something to placing your attention on nothing forgetting all about your cell phone your emails and getting a cup of coffee and from being somewhere to being nowhere getting beyond any thoughts about the chair you're meditating in or where you'll be going

later today and from being in linear time to being in no time with no distracting memories or thoughts about the future i'm not saying that your cell phone or your laptop or your car or your bank account is bad but when you're overly attached to those things and they've captured your attention to such a degree that you can't get beyond thinking about them because of the strong emotions you associate with them those possessions own you and then you can't create something new the only way to do that is to learn to call all of that

fractured energy back so you can overcome the emotions of survival that you've become addicted to and that keep all of your energy bound to your past present reality once you take your attention off all those exterior elements you start to weaken your energetic and emotional bonds with those things and you finally begin to free up enough available energy to create a new future that's going to require you to become aware of where you've been unconsciously placing your attention and like separating the two atoms it's also going to take some energy to consciously break those bonds

people come up to me all the time in workshops and tell me their computer hard drive crashed or someone stole their car or they lost their job and they don't have any more money when they tell me they have lost people or things in their life you know what i always say to them great look how much available energy you now have to design a new destiny by the way if you do this work well and manage to call your energy back to you it will most likely be uncomfortable at first even a little chaotic

get ready because certain areas of your life may fall apart but don't worry that's supposed to happen because you're breaking the energetic bonds between yourself and your same past reality anything that is no longer in a vibrational match between you and your future is going to fall away let it don't try to put your old life back together because you're going to be way too busy with the new destiny you're calling to yourself here's a great example a friend of mine who was vice president of a university showed up for a board meeting about three

weeks after he started doing this meditation work he was the backbone of that university the students and faculty loved him he walked into the board meeting and sat down and they fired him so he called me and he said hey i don't know if this meditation process is working the board just fired me aren't great things supposed to happen to me when i'm doing the work listen i told him don't you hold on to those emotions of survival because then you'll be in your past instead keep finding the present moment in creating from that place

within two weeks he fell in love with a woman he later married he also soon received an offer for an even better job as vice president of a much larger and better university which he gratefully accepted a year later he called me again to tell me that the college that fired him was now asking him to return as president so you never know what the universe has in store for you as your old reality falls away and your new one begins to unfold the only thing i can assure you of is this the unknown has

never let me down calling your energy back if you're going to disconnect from the outer world you have to learn how to change your brain waves so let's talk about brainwave frequencies for a moment most of the time that you're awake and conscious you are in the beta range of brainwave frequencies beta is measured in low range medium range and high range frequencies low range beta is a relaxed state when you don't perceive any threats from the outer world but you are still aware of your body in space and time this is the state you're

in when you're reading paying attention to your daughter during a friendly conversation or listening to a lecture mid-range beta is slightly more aroused state such as when you're in a group of people introducing yourself to everyone for the first time and you have to remember everyone's name you're more vigilant but you're not overly stressed or completely out of balance think of mid-range beta as good stress high range beta is the state you're in when you're jacked up on the hormones of stress there are the brain waves you display when you exhibit any of the survival

emotions including anger alarm agitation suffering grief anxiety frustration or even depression high range beta can be more than three times higher than low range beta and twice as high as mid-range beta while you may spend most of your waking time in beta frequency brain waves you also dip into alpha frequency brain waves throughout your day you display alpha brainwaves when you are relaxed calm creative and even intuitive when you're no longer thinking or analyzing and instead you're daydreaming or imagining like a trance state if beta brainwaves indicate where you are placing the majority of your

attention on your outer world alpha brain waves indicate when you are placing more of your attention on your inner world theta frequency brain waves take over in the twilight stage when your mind is still awake but your body is drifting off to sleep this frequency is also associated with deep states of meditation delta frequency brain waves usually come during deep restorative sleep however over the last four years my research team and i have recorded several students who can move into very deep delta brainwaves during meditation their bodies are deeply asleep and they're not dreaming but

their brain scans show that their brains are processing very high amplitudes of energy as a result they report having profound mystical experiences of oneness feeling connected to everyone and everything in the universe see figure 2.7 to compare the different brainwave states gamma frequency brainwaves indicate what i call a superconscious state this high frequency energy occurs when the brain gets aroused from an internal event one of the most common examples is during meditation when your eyes are closed and you are going within instead of an event that happens outside the body we'll talk more about gamma

brainwaves in later chapters one of the biggest challenges people have when they meditate is switching out of high range and even mid-range beta and slipping into alpha and then theta brain wave frequencies it's absolutely vital to do so though because when they slow down their brain waves to these other frequencies they're no longer paying attention to the outer world and all the distractions they're so used to thinking about when they're under stress and since they're not analyzing and strategizing trying to prepare for the worst case scenario in their future based on their fearful memories of

the past they have the opportunity to become present to exist only in the now wouldn't it be wonderful during a meditation to disconnect your association to all the elements in your outer environment to get beyond your body your fears and your schedule and forget about your familiar past and your predictable future if you do it right you will even lose track of time as you overcome your automatic thinking your emotions and your habits in meditation that is exactly what happens you get beyond your body your environment and time you weaken the energetic bonds with your

past present reality and find yourself in the present moment only in the present moment can you call your energy back to you this does take some effort although it will get easier with practice because you're living by the hormones of stress most of the time so let's look at what happens when you aren't in the present moment during meditation so you'll know how to handle that when it arises understanding this skill is important because if you can't get beyond your stresses your problems and your pain you can't create a new future where those things don't

exist so let's say you're sitting in your meditation and you start to have some stray thoughts you're in the habit of thinking that way because you've been thinking the same way and putting your attention on the same people and things at the same time and place for years now and you have been automatically embracing the same familiar feelings on a daily basis just to reaffirm the same personality that's connected to your same personal reality repeatedly conditioning your body into the past the only difference now is that because you're trying to meditate your eyes are shut

as you are sitting there with your eyes closed you are not physically seeing your boss but your body wants to feel that anger because every time you see her in your waking day 50 times a day five days a week you are in the habit of feeling bitterness or aggression similarly when you get emails from her which happen at least 10 times a day you unconsciously have the same emotional reaction to her so your body has grown accustomed to needing her to reaffirm your addiction to anger he wants to feel the emotions it has become

addicted to and like an addict craving a drug the body is craving the familiar chemicals he wants to feel that familiar anger at your boss because you didn't get the promotion or it wants to feel judgment about your co-worker who always wants you to cover for him then you start thinking about other colleagues who annoy you and other reasons to be upset with your boss you're sitting there trying to meditate but your body is throwing the kitchen sink at you that's because it wants its chemical effects or familiar emotions that you normally feel throughout the

waking day with your eyes open the instant you notice what's happening that you are putting all of your attention on that emotion you become aware that you're investing your energy into the past because emotions are records of the past so you stop and return to the present moment and you begin to disinvest your attention and energy out of the past and then in a little while you start to feel frustrated and angry and resentful again and you realize what you're doing you remember that your body is trying to feel those emotions in order to reaffirm

its addiction to those chemicals and you remember that those emotions drive your brain into high range beta brain waves and you stop every time you pause settle your body down and return to the present moment you are telling your body that it is no longer the mind you are the mind but then thoughts start drifting into your mind about the people you have to see and the places you have to go and the things you have to do later that day you wonder if your boss has answered that email yet and you remember that you

haven't returned your sister's phone call either and today is trash day so you remind yourself you need to put out the trash and all of a sudden you become aware that by anticipating those future scenarios you are investing your attention and your energy into the same known reality so you stop return to the present moment and once more disinvest your energy out of that predictable known future and make room for the unknown in your life take a look at figure 2.8 it shows that once you find yourself in that sweet spot of the generous present

moment your energy represented by the arrows no longer goes away from you to the past and future the way it did back in figure 2.3 now you are divesting your energy from that familiar past and predictable future you are no longer firing and wiring the same circuits in the same way and you are no longer regulating and signaling the same genes in the same way by feeling the same emotions if you keep doing this process you are continuously calling all that energy back to you by breaking the energetic bonds that keep you connected to your

past present reality this happens because you are taking your attention and your energy off your outer world and placing it instead on your inner world and you're building your own electromagnetic field surrounding your body now you have available energy that you can use to create something new not surprisingly your attention eventually begins to wander again as you continue to sit in meditation your body becomes more annoyed and impatient because it wants to do something after all you've programmed it every day to get up and follow the same routine wants to quit meditating open its eyes

and see someone wants to hear something on tv or talk to someone on the phone it prefers to taste breakfast instead of sitting there doing nothing he would like to smell coffee brewing like it does every morning and would love to feel something like a hot shower before it starts the day the body wants to experience physical reality with its senses in order to embrace an emotion but your goal is to create a reality from a world beyond your senses that's defined not by your body as the mind but by you as the mind so

as you become aware of the program you keep settling your body down into the present moment the body tries again to return to the familiar past because it wants to engage in a predictable future but you keep settling it back down each time you overcome those automatic habits your will becomes greater than your program every time you keep settling your body back to the present moment like training a dog to sit you are reconditioning your body to a new mind each time you become aware of your program and you labor for the present moment you

are stating that your will is greater than your program and if you keep returning your attention and therefore your energy back to the present moment and you keep noticing when you are present and when you are not sooner or later your body is going to surrender it is this process of continuously returning to the present moment every time you become aware that you've lost it that begins to break the energetic bonds with your familiar known reality and when you do return to the present moment what you're actually doing is getting beyond your physical world identity

and unfolding into the quantum field a concept i will explain in detail in the next chapter the hardest part of every war is the last battle that means that when your body as the mind is raging causing you to think that you cannot go any further wanting you to stop and return to the world of the senses you keep persevering you truly step into the unknown and sooner or later you will begin to break the emotional addiction within you when you get beyond your guilt your suffering your fear your frustration your resentment or your unworthiness

you are freeing your body from the chains of those habits and emotions that keep you anchored in the past and as a result you are liberating energy that is now coming back to you as the body releases all of this stored emotional energy it is no longer becoming the mind you discover that right on the other side of your fear is courage right on the other side of your lack is wholeness and just beyond your doubt is knowing when you step into the unknown and surrender your anger or hatred you discover love and compassion it's

the same energy it has just been stored in the body and now it's available for you to use to design a new destiny so when you learn to overcome yourself or the memory of yourself in your life you break the bonds you have with everything every person every place and every time that's keeping you connected to your past present reality and when you finally overcome your anger or your frustration and you liberate energy that was trapped in the past you call that energy back to you as you liberate all of that creative energy that has

been tied up in those survival emotions within you and all around you you are building your own personal energy field around your body in our advanced workshops we've actually measured this effect on calling the energy back we have experts who use very sensitive equipment called a gas discharge visualization gdv machine with a specially designed sensor called a sputnik antenna developed by constantine krotkov phd it measures the ambient electromagnetic field in the workshop conference spaces to see how the energy changes as the workshop progresses on the first full day of some of our advanced workshops we

sometimes see the energy in the room drop that happens because once we start meditating and those students have to overcome themselves by breaking the energetic bonds with everyone and everything in their known reality they are calling energy back to themselves they're drawing energy from the greater field and the field in the room can diminish as the participants begin to build their individual field of energy around their own bodies and now they have available energy to use to design a new destiny of course as our entire group gets beyond themselves the first day they finally build

their own light field and as their energy keeps expanding each day they begin to contribute to the energy in the room as a result we finally witnessed the energy of the room rise to see what this sometimes looks like find graphics 1a and 1b in the color insert one way to increase your chances of a successful meditation is to give yourself enough time so you don't get distracted by trying to rush through the experience when i meditate for example i allow for two hours i don't have to take two hours every time but i know

myself well enough by now to realize that if i have only one hour i'm going to tell myself there's not enough time if i have two hours on the other hand i can relax knowing i have plenty of time to find the present moment some days i find the sweet spot of the present moment pretty quickly while on other days i have to work for an hour bringing my brain and body back into the present i'm a very busy person some days when i've just arrived home for three days between workshops or events i wake

up in the morning and immediately think of the three meetings i have planned that day with different staff members mentally rehearsing what i have to talk about then i think about the emails i have to get done before i go to those meetings then i think about the flight i have to catch that afternoon then i make a mental note about the phone calls i have to make on the drive to the airport you get the idea as that happens and i'm thinking about the same people i have to see the same places i have

to go the same things i have to do all at the same time in my known familiar reality i realize that i am priming my brain and body to look like that future has already happened i become conscious that my attention is in the known future and i stop anticipating the known and turn back to the present moment as i do that i'm beginning to unfire and unwire those neural connections then i might get a little emotional and become impatient and a little frustrated thinking about something that happened yesterday and since emotions are a record

of the past and where i place my attention is where i place my energy i become aware that i'm investing my energy in the past then the hormones of stress may get my brain aroused and my body gets a bit fired up into high range beta brain waves and i have to settle it back down into the present moment again and as i do that i'm no longer firing and wiring the same circuits in my brain and i'm disinvesting my energy out of the past and if i'm aware of the same thoughts that are connected

to those same familiar feelings when i stop myself from feeling the same way i'm no longer conditioning my body into the past and i'm no longer signaling the same genes in the same ways and if the emotions are the end products of experiences in the environment and if it's the environment that signals the gene then when i stop feeling those same emotions i'm no longer selecting and instructing the same genes in the same ways that not only affects the health of my body but also no longer primes my body to be in the same future

based on living in the past so as i inhibit those familiar feelings i'm changing the genetic program of my body and since the hormones of long-term stress down-regulate the expression of healthy genes and create disease every time i'm able to stop when i catch myself feeling any of those emotions that are related to stress i am no longer conditioning my body to stay addicted to the emotions of stress if i do it properly overcoming my familiar thoughts and emotions of my known past and future then energetically neurologically biologically chemically hormonally and genetically that predictable future

as well as the familiar past i used to affirm it no longer exists if i'm no longer firing and no longer wiring those same old neural networks by no longer thinking about those memories of the people or things at certain times and places and i keep returning to the present moment i'm calling energy back to me take a look at figure 2.9 and you can see how the familiar past and the predictable future no longer exist now i'm in the sweet spot of the generous present moment and i have available energy to create i've built

my own energy field surrounding my body every time i've labored sometimes for hours to get beyond myself and find that place called the eternal now and i truly break through i've always thought the same thing that was so worth it chapter three tuning in to new potentials in the quantum getting beyond our body our environment and time isn't easy but it's worth it because once we disconnect from three-dimensional reality we enter a whole other reality called the quantum the realm of infinite possibility describing this reality is a bit challenging because it's unlike anything we are

familiar with in the physical universe the rules of newtonian physics the way we are used to thinking the world works simply don't apply the quantum or unified field is an invisible field of energy and information or you could say a field of intelligence or consciousness that exists beyond space and time nothing physical or material exists there is beyond anything you can perceive with your senses this unified field of energy and information is what governs all the laws of nature scientists have been working to quantify this process so we can more fully understand it and they

are discovering more and more all the time based on my knowledge and experience i believe there's a self-organizing intelligence that is energy and it is observing all of the universes and galaxies into order sometimes people will say to me that this idea seems a bit unscientific i always answer them with the same question what happens after an explosion order or disorder their answer is always the disorder results then i ask so why after the big bang which was the biggest explosion ever has so much order been created some intelligence must be organizing its energy and

matter into form and unifying all the forces of nature to create such a masterpiece that intelligence that energy is the quantum or unified field to give you some idea of what this field is like imagine taking away all the people and bodies on earth all the animals and plants and physical objects both natural and man-made all the continents the oceans and even the earth itself imagine you could then take away all the planets and moons and stars in our solar system including our sun and then imagine taking away all the other solar systems in our

galaxy and then all the galaxies in the universe there's no air and there isn't even any light that you can see with your eyes there's just absolute blackness the void the zero point field it's important to remember this because when you as a consciousness in the present moment unfold into the unified field you will be in an infinite black space void of anything physical now imagine that not only do you not see anything here but because you enter into this realm without a physical body you also have no sight with which to see nor do

you have the capacity to hear feel smell or taste you have no senses here at all the only way you can exist in this quantum is as an awareness or better said the only way you can experience this realm is with your awareness not your senses and since consciousness is awareness and awareness is paying attention and noticing once you are beyond the world of the senses when you pay attention to the energy of the quantum field your consciousness is connecting to greater levels of frequency and information yet as strange as this may sound the quantum

field is not empty it's an infinite field filled with frequency or energy and all frequency carries information so think of the quantum field as being filled with infinite amounts of energy vibrating beyond the physical world of matter and beyond our senses invisible waves of energy available for us to use in creation what exactly can we create with all this energy swimming in an infinite sea of potentials that's up to us because in short the quantum field is the state in which all possibilities exist and as i just said when we find ourselves in the quantum

universe we exist simply as an awareness or as a consciousness specifically an awareness that is paying attention to or observing a field of infinite possibilities existing within an even greater consciousness and a greater level of energy as you enter this endless vast space as an awareness there are no bodies no people no objects no places in no time instead infinite unknown possibilities exist as energy so if you find yourself thinking about knowns in your life you are back in the three-dimensional reality of space and time but if you can stay in the blackness of the

unknown for long enough it will prepare you to create unknowns in your life in the previous chapter when i was instructing you to return to the present moment i was referring to you stopping yourself from thinking about the predictable future or from remembering the familiar past and simply unfolding into this eternal vast space as an awareness to no longer place your attention on anything or any one material in this three-dimensional reality like your body the people in your life the things you own the places you go and time itself if you do that properly you

are nothing but awareness that's how you get there now let's back up a bit and look at how scientists came to discover the quantum universe which happened when they began studying the subatomic world they found that atoms the building blocks of everything in the physical universe are made up of a nucleus surrounded by a large field containing one or more electrons this field is so large in comparison with the tiny electrons that appear to be 99.99999999999 empty space but as you just read the space isn't actually empty it's made up of a vast array of

energetic frequencies that make up an invisible interconnected field of information so everything in our known universe although it may appear to be solid is actually 99.99999999999 percent energy or information in fact most of the universe is made up of this empty space mata is an infinitesimally small component in relation to the immense space of nothing physical researchers soon discovered that the electrons that move around in that fast field behave in a completely unpredictable manner they don't appear to be subject to the same laws that govern matter in our larger universe they're here in one moment

and then go on the next and it's impossible to predict where and when the electrons will appear that's because as the researchers eventually discovered the electrons exist simultaneously in an infinite number of possibilities or probabilities it is only when an observer focuses his or her attention and looks for something material that the invisible field of energy and information collapses into a particle we know as the electron that is called collapsing the wave function or a quantum event but as soon as the observer looks away no longer observing the electron and taking his or her mind

off the subatomic matter it disappears back into energy in other words that particle of physical matter the electron can't exist until we observe it give it our attention and the moment we're no longer putting our attention on it it turns back into energy specifically an energetic frequency which scientists call a wave and into possibility in this way mind and matter are related in the quantum by the way just as we as subjective consciousness are observing the electron into form there's an objective universal consciousness that is constantly observing all of us and our three-dimensional reality into

order and form as well so what that means for you is this if you're viewing your life from the same level of mind every single day anticipating a future based on your past you are collapsing infinite fields of energy into the same patterns of information called your life for example if you wake up and you think where's my pain your familiar pain soon appears because you expected it to be there imagine what would happen instead if you were able to take your attention off the physical world and the environment as you learned in the last

chapter when you take your attention off your body you become nobody and you no longer have access to or any use for the senses when you take your attention off the people in your life you become no one and so you no longer have an identity as a parent a partner a sibling a friend or even as a member of a profession a religious group a political party or a nationality you have no race no gender no sexual orientation and no age when you take your attention off objects and places in the physical environment you

are in no thing and nowhere finally if you take your attention off linear time which has a past and a future you are in no time you are in the present moment in which all possibilities in the quantum field exist because you are no longer identifying with or connected to the physical world you are no longer trying to affect matter with matter you are beyond matter and beyond how you identify yourself as a body in space and time in a very real sense you are in the immense blackness of the unified field where nothing material

exists that's the direct effect of continuously laboring to get to the present moment that i described in the previous chapter the moment that happens you unfold your attention and energy into an unknown field beyond matter where all possibilities exist a field made up of nothing but invisible frequencies carrying information or consciousness and just like the quantum scientists who took their attention off the electron only to find that it reverted to energy and possibility if you were to take your attention off your life or get beyond the memory of your life your life should turn into

possibility after all if you focus on the known you get the known if you focus on the unknown you create a possibility the longer you can linger in that field of infinite possibilities as an awareness aware that you are aware in this endless black space without putting your attention on your body on things or on people places in time the longer you invest your energy into the unknown the more you are going to create a new experience or new possibilities in your life it's the law brain changes when you walk through the door to the

quantum field you can't enter as a somebody you have to enter as a nobody as only an awareness or a consciousness a thought or a possibility leaving behind everything else in the physical world and living only in the present moment and as i said in the previous chapter this process requires that you break your chemical addiction at least temporarily to the same emotions that used to drive your thoughts and you stopped feeling the same way so you can stop putting your attention on the three-dimensional world of matter the particle and instead put your attention on

energy or possibility the wave given all of that you probably won't be surprised to learn that such an experience creates some pretty significant changes in your brain first because you are perceiving yourself as being beyond the physical world which means there's no outside danger to anticipate your thinking brain the neocortex the seat of your conscious mind slows down becomes less aroused and works in a more holistic fashion earlier we talked about how living by the hormones of stress causes our brain waves to fire in a very disordered incoherent pattern which in turn means our bodies

can't work efficiently because we are trying to control and predict everything in our lives we become excessively focused shifting our attention from one person to another thing to some place at a certain time activating the various neurological networks assigned to each one of these knowns once we slip into the present moment and become aware of this infinite field of information where there is nothing physical this eternal void and once we are no longer analyzing or thinking about anybody anyone anything any place or any time we are no longer activating those different compartments of neural networks

in our brain and as we move our awareness from a narrow focus on matter objects people places our bodies in time in our external environment and instead open our focus and become aware of the vastness of this infinite blackness by putting our attention on nothing on space and energy and information our brain begins to change the different compartments that were once subdivided now start to unify and move toward a coherent whole brain state different neural communities reach out and form bigger communities they synchronize organize and integrate and what sinks in the brain begins to link

in the brain once your brain gets coherent you get coherent when it gets orderly you get orderly when it works well you work well in short when it functions more holistically you feel more whole in other words once you start connecting to the unified field as an awareness or once you become more aware of it by paying attention to it your biology becomes more whole and unified since the unified field is by definition a unifying energy to more clearly see the difference between coherence and incoherence take a look at graphic two in the color insert

as well as figure 3.1 as you can see when brain waves are coherent they are in phase with one another both their crests their high points and their troughs their low points match because coherent brain waves are more orderly they are also more powerful you could say they speak the same language follow the same rhythm dance to the same beat and share the same frequency so they find it easier to communicate they're literally on the same wavelength when brain waves are incoherent on the other hand the electrochemical messages or signals they are sending to different

parts of the brain and body are mixed and erratic so the body cannot then operate in a balanced optimal state the second change our brains experience when we enter the quantum is that our brain waves move into a slower frequency from beta brainwaves to coherent alpha and theta brain waves that's important because as we slow down our brain waves our consciousness moves out of the thinking neocortex and into the midbrain the limbic brain and there it connects with the autonomic nervous system the body's subconscious operating system c figure 3.2 this is the part of the

nervous system that is in charge of digesting food secreting hormones regulating body temperature controlling blood sugar keeping our heart beating making antibodies that fight infections repairing damaged cells and myriad other functions of our bodies over which most scientists believe we have no conscious control basically the autonomic nervous system keeps you alive its main job is to create order and homeostasis which balances the brain and ultimately the body the more we can linger in the present moment as no body no one no thing nowhere in no time the more integrated and coherent our brain becomes this

is when the autonomic nervous system steps in and begins to heal the body because our consciousness merges with its consciousness in other words when you are in the present moment you get out of your own way as you become pure consciousness pure awareness and change your brain waves from beta to alpha and even to theta the autonomic nervous system which knows how to heal your body much better than your conscious mind does steps in and finally has an opportunity to clean house that's what creates brain coherence if you look at graphics 3a dash 3c in

the color insert you'll see three different brain scans graphic 3a is a normal scan of someone in normal thinking beta brainwaves graphic 3b was recorded while a student was performing an open focus showing coherent synchronized alpha brainwaves graphic 3c represents a deeper brainwave state of coherent synchronized theta if in this state you are no longer reaffirming the known your same life and instead you keep investing your energy into the unknown as you would invest money in a bank account then you are able to create new unknown possibilities in your life just as the material electron

expands back to immaterial energy in the quantum field once scientists stop observing it when you no longer observe your pain your routine life and your problems they will turn back into energy into an infinite number of possibilities into pure potential only once you are truly present in this potent place beyond this space and time the place from where all things materially come can you begin to create real change at a four-day advance workshop in 2016 in tacoma washington we conducted a study to show how this actually works we measured the brainwaves of 117 workshop participants

using electroencephalograms eeg measurements were taken before and after the workshop we were looking to see if we could detect changes in two different measures of brain function the first measure was how long it took the subjects to achieve a meditative state defined by the ability to maintain an alpha brainwave state for at least 15 seconds we found that the participants were able to achieve meditative states 18 quicker by the end of the four day workshop the second measure we looked at was the ratio between delta brain waves associated with moving into deeper levels of the

subconscious mind and high range beta brain waves usually associated with high levels of stress anxious people usually have lots of high range beta and a lower level of delta brainwave frequencies we were looking to see if meditation specifically the successful practice of slipping into the quantum realm and becoming nobody no one no thing nowhere in no time might improve those values and in fact it did participants lowered their high range beta brainwaves indicating they were feeling less stress by an average of 124 percent and increase their delta brain waves indicating a greater feeling of oneness

during meditation by an average of 149 percent the amount of high range beta brain waves diminished relative to the amount of delta waves by 62 and this all happened in only four days look at figure 3.3 to see these results you'll notice that some of the changes we measured were greater than 100 percent indicating these participants were able to make unusually significant improvements relatively quickly that's pretty supernatural changing your energy combining a clear intention with elevated emotions once you're in the sweet spot of the generous present moment where all possibilities exist in the quantum field

how do you turn one or more of those potentials those immaterial possibilities into reality in the three-dimensional world of matter this requires two things a clear intention and elevated emotion your clear intention is exactly what it sounds like you have to get clear on what it is you want to create getting as specific as possible and describe it in detail let's say you want to go on a great vacation where is it you want to go how do you want to get there who do you want to go with or who do you want to

meet when you're there what sort of accommodations do you want to stay in what do you want to do or see when you're there what food do you want to eat what do you want to drink what kind of wardrobe will you pack what will you buy to bring home you get the point make it detailed make it as real as you can because you are going to assign a letter as a symbol of possibility to all of those conditions as you read in the previous chapter those thoughts which make up your intention are the

electrical charge you are sending out into the unified field now you have to combine that intention with an elevated emotion such as love gratitude inspiration joy excitement or or wonder to name just a few examples you have to tap into the feeling you anticipate you will have when you manifest your intent and then feel the emotion ahead of the experience the elevated motion which carries a higher energy is the magnetic charge you are sending out into the field and as you have read when you combine the electric charge your intention with the magnetic charge elevated

emotion you create an electromagnetic signature that is equal to your state of being another way to describe these elevated emotions is to call them heartfelt emotions usually when we feel emotions like those i just mentioned we notice that our heart begins to swell that's because our energy is moving to that area and as a result we feel these wonderful elevated feelings that carry an intent to give to care for to nurture to trust to create to connect to feel safe to serve and to be thankful unlike the stress motions which we discussed in the previous

chapter the draw from the invisible field of energy and information that surrounds the body these heartfelt emotions contribute to the body's energy field in fact the energy that is created when the heart opens makes the heart become more orderly and coherent just like the brain so it produces a measurable magnetic field it's this action that connects us to the unified field and when we marry an intention the electric charge with that energy the magnetic charge we create a new electromagnetic field since energy is frequency and all frequency carries information it is that elevated energy that

carries your thought or intention remember those potentials in the quantum field exist only as electromagnetic frequencies frequencies with information and you cannot perceive them with your sensors as matter yet it makes sense then that the new electromagnetic signal you broadcast would attract those electromagnetic frequencies in the field that are a vibrational match to it in other words when there's a vibrational match between your energy and any potential that already exists in the unified field you begin to draw that new experience to you it will find you as you become the vortex to your future so

in that way you don't have to work to bring what you want to manifest to you and you don't have to go anywhere to get it that's changing matter with matter you have to become pure consciousness nobody no one no thing nowhere in no time and change your energy the electromagnetic signal you are broadcasting and then you will draw that future experience right to you changing energy into matter you will literally tune into the energy of a new future and as you do so the observer the unified field is observing you observe a new destiny

and it then endorses your creation take a glance at figure 3.4 before we go any further i want to back up just a bit to emphasize how important elevated motions are for this equation to work after all when you decide to observe a future in the quantum field that you want to manifest if you're doing it as a victim or as someone who's suffering or feeling limited or unhappy your energy is not going to be consistent with your intended creation and you won't be able to call that new future to yourself that's the past you

may have a clear intention and therefore your mind may be in the future because you can imagine what you want but if you feel any of those familiar limited emotions your body still believes it's in the same limited past experiences as you learned in the previous chapter emotion is energy in motion and elevated emotions carry a higher frequency than survival emotions so if you want to create change you have to do it from a level of energy that's greater than guilt greater than pain greater than fear greater than anger greater than shame and greater than

unworthiness in fact any lower vibrational energy that you're feeling cannot carry the thought of your future dream it will carry only a level of consciousness equal to those limited emotions therefore if you're going to perform something that's unlimited you'd better feel unlimited if you want to create freedom you better feel free and if you want to truly heal yourself you'd better raise your energy to wholeness the more elevated the emotion you feel the greater the energy you broadcast and the more influence you will have on the material world of matter and the greater your energy

the shorter the amount of time it takes for your manifestation to appear in your life in this process you relax and allow a greater mind the consciousness of the unified field to organize an event that's right for you you essentially get out of the way when you are surprised by an unknown experience that seems like it came out of nowhere that's because you created it in nowhere something appeared out of nothing because you created it in no thing and it can happen in no time if you create it in the realm beyond linear time that's

the quantum field where there is no time a french researcher named renee pierce phd demonstrated the power of intention with newly hatched baby chicks when chicks hatch they usually imprint on their mother bonding with her and following her around but if the mother isn't there when the chicks hatch they'll imprint on the first moving object they encounter for example if a chick first sees a human it will follow the human around in the same way for his study pieck built a special type of random event generator a computerized robot that would turn randomly as it

moved around an arena going right 50 of the time and going left 50 of the time as a control he first recorded the robot's path in the arena with no chicks present he found that over time the robot covered most of the arena equally next pic exposed newly hatched chicks to the robot as expected they imprinted on the robot as if it were their mother and followed it all over the arena after the chicks had imprinted on the robot he removed them from the arena and then put them in a cage on one side where

they could see the robot but not move toward it what happened next was astonishing the intention of the baby chicks to be near to what they believed to be their mother in this case the robot actually influenced the random movements of the robot it no longer moved all over the arena but instead remained in half of the arena closest to the chicks see figure 3.5 if the intentions of baby chicks can influence the movements of a computerized robot just imagine what you can do in drawing your future to you in this place of the unified

field you're actually becoming aware of what already exists and you're bringing it to life with your attention and your intention here you can be a genius you can be abundant you can be healthy you can be wealthy you can have a mystical experience you can create a new job you can resolve a problem in your life remember all these possibilities exist as electromagnetic potentials in the quantum field you cannot experience them with your sensors because they don't yet exist in this space and time they exist only as a frequency or energy carrying information that has

to be tuned into and observed into this space and time and in order for you to do this properly you're going to have to connect to that information and energy with your energy and intention here's another way to look at it if you're unified with the consciousness and the energy of everybody everyone everything every place and every time within a vast unified field of potentials then observing a potential in the quantum is just like becoming aware of your hand in the physical world you're already connected to it it already exists tuning into the energy of

your future and intentionally observing that potential in the quantum then causes infinite fields of energy to collapse into particles called a quantum event and that becomes an experience that can then manifest in your physical three-dimensional world then when you get up from your meditation even though you're back in the three-dimensional world of matter because you already experienced the elevated motion you anticipated ahead of the experience you have no choice but to get up feeling as if your intent has already manifested or as if your prayer is already answered you feel intimately connected to your new

future knowing it will show up in a way you can't predict because if you can predict it then it's a known in effect you get up as a new self one who feels more like energy than mata but you must remain aware because the moment you forget and start stressing about when it's going to happen or how it's going to happen you'll return back to your old self trying to predict the future based on the past and then you'll start feeling the same old familiar emotions with the same lower energy that influence your same old

thoughts and you've just made the choice to stay trapped in the known we could say that you'll disconnect from the energy of your future the moment you feel the familiar energy of the emotions of your past if you instead become successful at tuning into this potential you have chosen over and over again and you get familiar with it you will be able to tune into it not only in meditation but also when you're in line at the bank you'll be able to tune into it when you're sitting in traffic you can do it when you're

shaving when you're cooking and when you're taking a walk you can do it over and over again with your eyes open just as you do when your eyes are closed in meditation just remember every time you tune into the energy of your future in the present moment you are drawing your future to you and if you do it often enough and you do it correctly you'll change your biology from a past present reality to a future present reality that is you will change your brain neurologically from being a record of the past to becoming a

map to the future at the same time as you teach your body emotionally what that future will feel like in the present moment you'll recondition your body with this new elevated emotion you'll be able to signal new genes in new ways and you'll change your body to look like the future you chose with your clear intention has already happened that means you begin to biologically wear your future jace goes quantum when my oldest son jace finished graduate school he went to work for a large company in santa barbara that made sophisticated cameras for the military

when he completed his contract he moved to san diego to work with a startup after a while though he became disillusioned with management decided to leave the company and travel he's a big wave surfer so he came up with an elaborate plan to go all over indonesia australia and new zealand for seven months he packed up his suitcase with the surfboards and off he went and he had the time of his life after six months he called me from new zealand and said dad listen i have to start thinking about what i'm going to do

when i get back to the real world i want to create a new and better job than my previous ones but i want to do it differently i've learned a lot from taking time off okay i responded there must be a potential in the quantum field that you can tune into that's related to a new job for you take out a piece of paper and write the letter j on it and draw two squiggly lines around it to represent the electromagnetic field hang on because you're going to be doing something similar in the meditation at

the end of this chapter once you've done that i said that j is a symbol that represents a possibility your clear intention of the job you want but now we have to get very clear on exactly what kind of job you want so let's list what's important to you in this job i want you to think about the conditions of what that letter j for new job means to you under that j i want you to write the word intention and list the specifics of what you want in your new job you can write down

anything you want except when or how it's going to happen i want to be able to work from anywhere in the world he told me and i want to make the same amount of money i was making at my old job or more i want to have independent contracts for six months to a year and i have to love what i do good anything else i asked yeah i want to be my own boss and lead my own team he said okay now you have your clear intention i told him every time you think of

this letter j can you associate the letter with the meaning you just gave it all of the specifics of what you want that you just listed he said he could do that then i asked him to think about how he was going to feel when it happened next to or below your sub intentions that you listed to get clear on your new job i told him i want you to write elevated emotions the energy of my future now let's list them one by one what are they empowered in love with life free and grateful he

told me identifying the elevated emotions he would use to bring this job to him all that was left was just making everything line up take a look at figure 3.6 to see what chase did you have plenty of time on your hands right now you're not doing much but surfing and relaxing on vacation i told him so it should be easy for you to create your future will you commit to doing what it takes to broadcast a new signature into the field every day he agreed then i reviewed with him the concept of finding the

present moment and getting centered and raising his energy so that his energy could carry his intention for his future just hold that symbol in your mind's eye while you radiate that energy into the space beyond your body and space i instructed like tuning in to a radio station and picking up a frequency that carries information the longer your awareness lingers in this energy or the longer you are conscious of the energy of your future the more likely you will be to call the experience to you so just tune in to the energy of your future

every day and remember whatever you broadcast into the unified field is your experiment with destiny when there is a vibrational match between your energy and the energy of this potential it will find you so chase can you stay there yeah he replied and then once you've been in that new state of being for some time i want you to think about what you're going to do in your new job i continued what choices will you make what things will you do what experiences await you and how will they feel i want you to live in

that future reality in the present moment simply remember your future from that new state of being just as people tend to obsess about the worst thing that could happen to them in their lives every day i was instead asking my son to obsess about some of the greatest things that could happen when his new job found him think about all the time you will have to surf the traveling you can continue to do the team of people you will work with their strengths and the money you can save for a new house in a new

car i encourage them have fun with those ideas each day just like the piano players and the muscle exercises that you read about in the last chapter jace was about to prime his brain and his body to look as if the future he wanted had already occurred and since where you place your attention is where you place your energy i continued i want you to invest your attention and your energy into that new future and just as your body follows your mind to the shower every morning to a known if you keep doing this process

your body is going to follow your mind to an unknown jace agreed to do the meditation every day one month later he returned and the moment he landed in los angeles he texted me and asked hey dad i'm in the u.s again can we talk uh oh i thought here we go so i called him and asked how things were going great chase said but i kind of ran out of money i don't know what i'm gonna do now the father in me wanted to say don't worry son i'll spot you some money until you

get back on your feet but the teacher in me prevailed and responded that's so cool because now you're really going to have to create now you're in the unknown let me know how it goes and i hung up i could feel his discomfort but i know my son and i knew he would get focused and do the work since he was really feeling the heat now jace had to seriously step up his game he drove to santa barbara to see his college roommates and a bunch of them went snowboarding for four days just as they

do together every year when the four day weekend was over he stopped back in santa barbara before coming home and he happened to walk into a surf shop all of a sudden he saw the top surfboard fin designer in the world who also just happened to be there they started talking and before long the designer told jace i'm looking for an engineer to design surfboard fins we're going to revolutionize the industry together i need him for six months to a year and he can run his own show do whatever he wants all i care about

is ending up with a high quality product you know how the story ends jay's got the job with a one-year contract that he can renew at any time he makes more money now than he did in his other job he loves his new career because of his passion for surfing sometimes he texts me and he says i can't believe they pay me to show up and do this here's his own boss he can work from wherever he wants to and he gets to go surfing to try out all the fins he's in love with life

he didn't have to send a resume he didn't have to make a phone call or write an email and he didn't have to go anywhere to interview or fill out an application the experience found him when we become nobody no one no thing nowhere in no time we are taking our attention off all the distractions in our outer world that keep us from being present with the unified field of intelligence that is within us and all around us we are turning inward and being present with a consciousness that is always present with us the moment

we line up with that omnipresent consciousness as if we were looking directly in the mirror it looks back at us and it can finally reflect what we show it that we want the longer we linger in this place of nothing material and invest our attention and energy into it the closer we move to the unified field and when we are at the altar of infinite potentials when we change our energy we change our lives as we move toward it and trust in the unknown without returning our awareness to the material world of the senses in

three-dimensional reality we experience more oneness and wholeness within that process begins to fulfill our lack our separation our duality our disease and our fractured personalities our biology becomes more whole as we become more whole after all when we are whole there simply is no lack nothing can be missing at that point we are simply observing what already exists in the quantum field of all possibilities or potentials and bringing it to life with our attention and our energy so now i have to ask you what experience is out there in the quantum field waiting to find

you preparing to tune in this meditation requires a little advanced preparation first i want you to think about a potential experience you want to have remember that just like the electron before it collapses into mata the experience already exists as an energy or a frequency in the quantum field this is the energy that you're about to tune into some of our students have lowered their cholesterol levels just by tuning into a potential they lowered their cancer markers they've made tumors disappear they've also created great new jobs all expense paid vacations new healthy relationships more money

profoundly mystical experiences and even winning lottery tickets believe me my team and i have seen it all so go ahead step into the unknown once you have the new experience you want to create assign a capital letter to it and then write that letter down on a piece of paper think of the letter as a symbol that represents that specific possibility in your life actually putting it on paper instead of only thinking about it is important because the act of writing it down solidifies that you want it then draw two squiggly circular lines around the

letter to represent the electromagnetic field you need to generate around your body to match that potential in the quantum now assign some meaning to that letter so that you can get even clearer about your intention think of some specific refinements of what you want and list at least four of them the only thing i don't want you to consider including is any mention of a time frame for example if your intention is a great job your list might look like this making fifty thousand a year more than i'm making now managing my own team of

awesome professionals traveling all over the world on a generous expense account having exceptional health benefits and great stock options making a difference in the world now on that same piece of paper write down the emotions you will feel when that imagined potential happens you might write empowered unlimited grateful free in awe in love with life joyful worthy whatever it is for you write it down and if you think you won't know how it's going to feel because you haven't experienced it yet then try gratitude that works really well gratitude is a powerful emotion to use

for manifesting because normally we feel gratitude after we receive something so the emotional signature of gratitude means it has already happened when you are thankful or you feel appreciation you are in the ultimate state to receive when you embrace gratitude your body as the unconscious mind will begin to believe it is in that future reality in the present moment these various emotions you just listed are the energy that is going to carry your intent this is not an intellectual process this is a visceral one you have to really feel those emotions you have to teach

your body emotionally what that future is going to feel like before it happens and you have to do that in the present moment now you're ready for the meditation you can purchase the tuning into new potential cd or mp3 download from dr joe dispenza dot com and follow along as i guide you or you can choose to do the meditation on your own tuning to new potentials meditation start by resting your attention in different parts of your body as well as the space around those parts of your body you will learn more about doing this

and why it's important in the next chapter but for now it's enough to know that focusing on the space around your body helps change your brain waves moving you from an incoherent beta brainwave pattern to a coherent alpha and theta brainwave pattern become aware of the infinite vast space way out behind your eyes in this eternal black space the space in the center of your head the space between the back of your throat and the back of your head and then beyond your head in space then move to becoming aware of the space in the

center of your throat the space beyond your throat and around your neck the space in the center of your chest the space around your body the space behind your navel and finally the space around your hips in this endless black void with each of these take your time and feel it become aware of it and stay present with it become aware of the vastness of space that the room you're in occupies in space and then extend your awareness to the vastness of space beyond the room in space and finally to the vastness of space that

all of space occupies in space now it's time to take your attention off your body the environment and time and to become nobody no one no thing no where in no time to become pure consciousness to unfold as an awareness into this infinite black space an endless field where all possibilities exist if you get distracted simply return to the present moment as we discussed in the previous chapter keep unfolding into this immaterial space by continuously reinvesting your attention into it think about the potential that already exists in the quantum field that you want to tune

into by remembering your letter sense the energy of that future potential within you and all around you and tune in to your future when you do this you'll be moving into a new state of being broadcasting a whole new electromagnetic signature into the field when there's a vibrational match between your energy and that potential the new event is going to find you you don't have to make anything happen i want to be clear here it might take more than a few meditations for your future opportunity to unfold it could happen in a week a month

or even longer the key is to keep doing it until it occurs once you're in a new state of being broadcasting a new electromagnetic signature now remember your future before it happens and begin to mentally rehearse what that future will be like by living in that future make it as real as possible calling up those elevated emotions you listed so you can teach your body emotionally what that future feels like surrender your creation to a greater mind planting a seed in the infinite field of possibilities and just let it go finally bless your body with

a new mind bless your life bless your challenges bless your soul bless your past and bless your future bless the divine in you and open your heart and give thanks for a new life before it's made manifest slowly bring your awareness back to the room and when you're ready open your eyes get up from your meditation as though your future has already happened and let the synchronicities and new possibilities find you chapter four blessing of the energy centers we've been talking a lot about light and information or energy and consciousness now it's time to go

a little deeper into those concepts to help explain how the next meditation works as you already understand everything in our known universe is made up of or emits either light and information or energy and consciousness which are other ways of describing electromagnetic energy in fact these elements are so intimately combined that it's impossible to separate them look around you even if you don't see anything other than mata objects things people or places there's also a sea of infinite invisible frequencies that are carrying encoded information that means not only that your body is made up of

light and information of energy and consciousness but also that you as a conscious being with a body are made of gravitationally organized light packed with information that is continuously sending and receiving various frequencies or carrying different signals just like a radio or a cell phone all frequency of course carries information think about radio waves for a moment there are radio waves moving through the room you're sitting in right now if you turn the radio on you could tune it to a specific wavelength or signal and then a little transducer in the radio would pick up

that signal and turn it into sound that you could hear and understand as your favorite song the news or even a commercial just because you can't see the radio waves in the air doesn't mean they aren't there carrying distinct information on a specific frequency all the time if you change the frequency a small degree and tune into another station a different message will be carried on that wavelength take a look at figure 4.1 a which shows the entire light spectrum and demonstrates all the electromagnetic frequencies that we know of the visible light spectrum where we

perceive the various array of colors present in this world we live in makes up less than one percent of all the frequencies of light that exist that means that the majority of frequencies are beyond our perception and therefore most of our known reality in this universe cannot be experienced by our senses so aside from our ability to perceive light being absorbed or reflected off objects and things the truth is that we are able to perceive only a very small spectrum of reality there's a lot of other information available to us besides what we can see

with our physical eyes remember that when i refer to light i am talking about all light which includes the entire spectrum of electromagnetic frequencies seen and unseen and not just visible light for example even though we don't see x-rays they still exist we know this because we as human beings have the ability to create x-rays and we can also measure them in fact an infinite number of frequencies exist within the spectrum of x-ray light x-rays are a faster frequency than the visible light we see and therefore have more energy because again the faster a frequency

is the higher its energy mata by itself is the density of frequencies because it's the slowest and the most condensed form of light and information take a look at figure 4.1 b move your eyes along the horizontal line running through the waves hills and valleys starting at the letter a and then moving to b and then to c each time you arrive at the next letter you have just traveled a full cycle which is referred to as a wavelength so the distance between letters a and b is one wavelength the frequency of a wave refers

to the number of wavelengths or cycles produced in one second which is measured in hertz therefore the faster the frequency of a wave the shorter its wavelength the converse is also true the slower the frequency the longer the wavelength figure 4.1 c for example light in the infrared frequency band has a slower frequency than light in the ultraviolet light frequency band so the wavelengths for infrared light are longer and the wavelengths for ultraviolet light are shorter here's another example this time from within the visible light spectrum the color red has a slower frequency 450 cycles

per second than the color blue about 650 cycles per second therefore the wavelength of red is longer than the wavelength of blue throughout history people have made several different attempts to photograph and measure fields of light one prominent example is curling photography discovered in 1939 by russian electrician and amateur inventor semyon davidovich kirlian with this technique kirlian was able to capture images of the electromagnetic field that surround both living and non-living objects he found that by putting a sheet of photographic film on a metal plate placing an object on top of the film and applying

a high voltage current to the metal plate an image of the electrical discharge between the object and the plate would show up on the film appearing like a glowing silhouette of light around whatever was being photographed in one of curling's many experiments he reportedly photographed two seemingly identical leaves one from a healthy plant and one from a diseased plant the photograph of the leaf from the healthy plant showed a strong light field while the other showed a much weaker glow leading kirlian to believe that his photographic technique might be a means of assessing health while

scientists today debate the usefulness of curling photography as a diagnostic tool research on the technique continues a more recent development along these lines comes from german biophysicist fritz albert pop phd who spent more than three decades studying biophotons tiny low-intensity light particles that are stored within and emitted by all living things in 1996 pop founded the international institute of biophysics iib a network of research laboratories from more than a dozen countries around the world that study biophotons pop and his fellow iib researchers believe that the information contained in these light particles which are stored in

dna communicates extremely effectively with the cells of the organism thus playing a vital role in regulating the organism's function these biophotons can be detected by an extremely sensitive camera designed to measure their emissions the stronger the emissions as well as the more intense and coherent the light field the greater communication between cells and the healthier the organism in order to sustain life and health our cells communicate with each other by exchanging vital information transmitted on different frequencies of light pop discovered that the reverse is also true when a cell does not emit enough organized and

coherent electromagnetic energy that cell becomes unhealthy it's not able to share information with other cells very well and without that exchange it doesn't have what it needs so the mechanistic version of the inner workings of the cell that we learned in high school biology is dated chart molecules attracting and repelling each other are not responsible for the way cells work instead the electromagnetic energy that the cell emits and receives is the life force that governs those molecules that's a vitalistic view that supports the truth of who we are what all this means in effect is

that we are quite literally beings of light each radiating a very vital life force and expressing an actual light field around our bodies the totality of each cell expressing and contributing to a vital field of light that carries a message it would be safe to say then that the more we define reality with our senses and live our lives as materialists focusing primarily on the physical and therefore the more we turn on the stress response the more we may be missing out on valuable information that's because the more we keep narrowing our focus on the

matter objects things people and places in our outer world the less able we are to sense those other frequencies that aren't visible to the naked eye and if we are unaware of them they do not exist to us as you have already read and i hope begun to experience yourself with the meditation in the previous chapter it's possible for you to tune in to certain frequencies around you just like you can tune a radio dial to 107.3 when you close your eyes and sit still and eliminate the external environment the static that normally keeps you

from sensing those other frequencies you can train yourself to get a clear signal and receive information from it when you do this repeatedly you tune into a new level of light and information that you can use to influence or affect matter and when you do that your body experiences entropy enhanced order instead of entropy disorder physical breakdown and chaos once you can quiet down your analytical thinking mind and more readily tune into this more orderly information your body automatically responds by processing this new stream of consciousness and energy thereby becoming more efficient coherent and healthy

convergent and divergent focus at the beginning of the meditation in the last chapter i asked you to rest your attention in different parts of your body as well as in this space around different parts of it i want to dive deeper into why i ask you to do that in almost all my meditations when you practice this you sharpen your ability to master two different ways your brain can focus using convergent focus and divergent focus convergent focus is a single-minded or narrow focus on an object anything having matter that's the kind of focus you're displaying

in my meditations when you rest your attention on a specific place in your body it's the same kind of focus you use when you pay attention to objects in your environment typically when you go to pick up a glass call or text somebody or tie your shoe you use narrow focus the majority of the time that you're in narrow focus you're focusing on objects or things matter and people or places in the outer world mostly things that have three dimensions remember our previous discussion about living in survival mode with the hormones of stress continually pumping

through our bodies helping us stay at the ready to fight or when we're in that state we narrow our focus even further because paying very close attention to the external physical world becomes very important in effect we become materialists defining reality with our senses the different compartments of the brain that normally work in community then begin to subdivide no longer communicating effectively with each other and no longer working together seamlessly in a state of coherence orderliness now they're in an incoherent state sending incoherent messages down the spinal cord to various parts of the body we've

seen this over and over again when we do the brain scans to measure brain waves as i've said before when your brain is incoherent you are incoherent and when your brain is not working right you are not working right it's as though instead of playing a beautiful symphony your brain and body producing a cacophony and because of this unbalanced incoherent state you are left trying to control or force outcomes in your life you try to predict a future that's based on the past and you do that in part by paying more attention to your outer

world of objects and things than to your inner world of thoughts and feelings in other words you stay in narrow convergent focus obsessively thinking about the same things over and over again that's what stress does it influences you to obsess about your problems so you can be prepared for the future worst case scenario based on your past memories being prepared for the worst outcome gives you a better chance of survival because no matter what happens you are prepared for it however when you change your attention from using this narrow focus to adopting a more open

and broad focus as you will do in this meditation you can become aware of the space and so the light and energy around your body in space this is called a divergent focus you go from focusing on something to focusing on nothing on the wave energy instead of the particle matter reality is both the particle and the wave is both matter and energy so when you practice using narrow focus to rest your attention in different parts of the body acknowledging the particle and then you open your focus so that you sense the space around these

parts of your body in space acknowledging the wave your brain changes into a more coherent balanced state entering the subconscious mind in the 1970s les femmes phd director of the princeton biofeedback center in princeton new jersey discovered how this shift in attention from narrow to open focus changes brainwaves femi a pioneer in attention and biofeedback was trying to find a method for teaching people how to move their brain waves from beta conscious thought to alpha relaxed and creative the most effective way to make the shift he discovered was by directing people to become aware of

space or nothingness adopting what he called open focus the buddhist tradition has been using this method of meditation for thousands of years as you open your focus and sense information instead of matter your brain waves slow down from beta to alpha this makes sense because when you are sensing and feeling you are not thinking as your thinking brain the neocortex slows down you're able to get beyond the analytical mind also called the critical mind which separates the conscious mind from the subconscious mind see figure 4.2 now you're able to move into the seat of your

body's operating system the autonomic nervous system which you read about in the previous chapter and now your brain can work in a more holistic fashion as you do the blessing of the energy center's meditation i will teach you later on in this chapter you'll place your attention in each of your body's energy centers also referred to as chakras meaning wheels in ancient east indian vedic texts and then you'll open your focus because where you place your attention is where you place your energy as you place your attention in each centre and your energy moves to

it each one of these individual centers begins to become activated it's no mystery that if you have a sexual fantasy in your mind and brain for example as energy moves into that center of your body it's going to become activated in a very specific way and when it does organs tissues chemicals hormones and nervous tissue are all going to respond if you're hungry and you're thinking about what you're going to eat it's no coincidence that your digestive juices turn on you salivate and your body prepares for the experience of eating dinner because energy is activating

that area if you're thinking about telling your boss off or arguing with your daughter you secrete adrenaline ahead of the actual confrontation in each of these cases the thought your thinking becomes the experience i will explain this in more detail in the next section when we talk about the individual energy centers but for now it's enough to know that this happens because each center produces its own chemical hormonal expression which then activates the organs tissues and cells in each area so imagine what would begin to happen if you were able to slow your brain waves

down in a meditation and get into the operating system each of these energy centers by placing your attention in the space around each center opening your focus each of these centers would then become more orderly and more coherent which would signal neurons to create a new level of mind and activate the organs tissues and cells of that region producing each centre's own hormones and chemical messengers and if you did this repeatedly over time you would begin to affect real physical change in the community of students who do this work people have healed themselves of chronic

bladder infections prostate problems impotence diverticulitis crohn's disease food allergies and sensitivities like celiac disease ovarian tumors elevated liver enzymes acid reflux heart palpitations arrhythmias asthma lung conditions back problems thyroid conditions throat cancer neck pain chronic migraine headaches brain tumors and more we've seen all kinds of improvements in people from doing this particular meditation sometimes even after the very first time they do it those dramatic healings were possible because students were able to epigenetically change the expression of their dna switching some of their genes on and others off changing how those genes express proteins in their

physical bodies as you learned in chapter two how your body's energy centers work we're about to take a closer look at each of the body's energy centers but first i want to explain a bit more about how they work think of each of them as an individual center of information each has its own specific energy that carries a corresponding level of consciousness its own emission of light expressing very specific information or its own frequency carrying a certain message each also has its own individual glands its own unique hormones its own chemistry and its own individual

plexus of neurons think of these individual clusters of neurological networks as many brains and if each one of those centers has its own individual brain then each also has its own individual mind take a look at figure 4.3 which lists the location of each center as well as the anatomy and physiology that are associated with each as you learned in the second chapter when consciousness activates neurological tissue it creates mind mind is the brain in action so if each one of these energy centers has a plexus of neurons then each has its own individual mind

or better said each center has a mind of its own what activates the mind is energy with a directive and intention a conscious intent when each of these centers becomes activated it in turn activates hormones tissues chemicals and cellular functions and it emits energy for example when your first center the seat of your reproductive glands is activated with energy its mind has a very specific agenda in intention when you as a conscious being have a thought or a fantasy that's consciousness by the way acting on neurological tissue the next thing you know your body is

physiologically changing and therefore so is your energy your body secretes chemicals and hormones from those corresponding glands to emotionally prepare you for intercourse you have more energy in that center now and it's releasing its own specific frequency carrying an intentional message that energy carrying the conscious intention is activating that reproductive center and the mind in the brain is influencing the mind and the body at the level of its individual nerve plexus this mind located in that specific area of the body through this mini brain operates on the subconscious level through the autonomic nervous system it's

beyond your conscious control we could say that the body is now following the mind as the mini brain in that energy center activates the related glands which in turn activate corresponding hormones that signal the appropriate chemicals to change the body's emotional state and physiology and then you are emitting a very clear energy carrying a specific directive out of that center we have all felt that kind of energy from a very sexual person once the energy is moving through that neurological tissue or plexus for neurons it creates mind at that level so when it's activated that

center has a mind of its own the second center also has its own mind and when we activate its mini brain and thus its mind we trust our gut and the same sequence of events happens in this centre as we just saw in the first energy center but with different corresponding neural circuitry hormones chemicals emotions energy and information in fact this area has been called the second brain because of the hundreds of millions of neurons and neural connections here more than exist in either the spinal cord or in the peripheral nervous system in fact 95

percent of the feel-good hormone serotonin in your body is found not in your brain but in your bowels so trusting our gut literally means trusting our instincts it's almost as if our body and the center's brain can override our analytical rational thinking brain and mind how about your heart center what happens when you lead with your heart like the first two centers this fourth center located in the middle of chest has its own frequency its own hormones its own chemicals its own emotions and its own mini brain that draws from a field of energy and

information that surrounds it and when you lead with your heart you tend to be more caring kind inspired selfless compassionate giving grateful trusting and patient when this mini brain gets that information it sends instructions and messages to the organs and tissues that are located in that part of the body and you emit loving energy from this specific center of information now let's look at each of these energy centers in more detail some of the centers will overlap a bit in function but for the most part if you know even just a little about the body

they are pretty self-explanatory you can review figure 4.3 again if you need to getting better acquainted with the energy centers the first energy center governs the region of your sex organs including your perineum your pelvic floor the glands that are connected to your vagina or penis your prostate if you're a man your bladder your lower bowel and your anus this energy center has to do with reproduction and procreation elimination sexuality and sexual identity the hormones estrogen and progesterone in women and testosterone in men are correlated with the center this energy center is also associated with

the inferior mesenteric nerve plexus a tremendous amount of creative energy exists in this first center think about the amount of energy used to make life and create a baby when the centre is in balance your creative energy flows easily and you are also grounded in your sexual identity the second energy center is behind and slightly below your navel it governs the ovaries uterus colon pancreas and lower back it has to do with consumption digestion elimination and the breaking down of food into energy including digestive enzymes and juices as well as the enzymes and hormones that

balance your blood sugar levels this centre is also connected to the superior mesenteric nerve plexus this energy center is also related to social networks and structures relationships support systems family cultures and interpersonal relationships think about it as the center for holding on or letting go consuming or eliminating when the center is in balance you feel safe and secure both in your environment and in the world the third energy center is located in the pit of your gut it governs the stomach small intestines spleen liver gallbladder adrenal glands and kidneys the associated hormones include adrenaline and

cortisol the kidney hormones and chemicals like renin and angiotensin erythropoietin and all the liver enzymes as well as the stomach enzymes like pepsin trypsin chymotrypsin and hydrochloric acid this energy center is also related to the solar plexus which is also called the celiac plexus this centre is associated with our will power self-importance control drive aggression and dominance it is the center of competitive action and of personal power self-esteem and directed intention when the third centre is in balance you use your will and your drive to overcome your environment and the conditions in your life unlike

the second center this center becomes naturally activated when you perceive that your environment is not safe or is unpredictable so you must protect and take care of your tribe and yourself the third centre is also active when you want something and you need to use your body to get it the fourth energy center is located in the space behind your breastbone it governs the heart lungs and thymus gland the body's main immunity gland known as the fountain of youth the hormones associated with this centre include growth hormone and oxytocin as well as cascade of 1400

different chemicals that stimulate the immune system's health via the thymus gland responsible for growth repair and regeneration of the body the nerve plexus this center governs is the heart plexus the first three centers are all about survival and reflect our animal nature or our humanity but in this fourth energy center we are moving from being selfish to being selfless this centre is associated with the emotions of love and caring nurturing compassion gratitude thankfulness appreciation kindness inspiration selflessness wholeness and trust is where our divinity originates it is the seat of the soul when the fourth center

is in balance we care about others and we want to work in cooperation for the greatest good of the community we feel a genuine love for life we feel whole and we are satisfied with who we are the fifth energy center is located in the center of your throat it governs the thyroid parathyroid the salivary glands and the tissues of the neck the hormones associated with the center include the thyroid hormones t3 and t4 thyroxine the parathyroid chemicals that govern the body's metabolism and circulating calcium levels the nerve plexus this center governs is the thyroid

plexus this centre is associated with expressing the love you felt in the fourth center as well as speaking your truth and personally empowering your reality through language and sound when the fifth centre is balanced you voice your present truth which includes expressing your love you feel so pleased with yourself and with life that you just have to share your thoughts and feelings the six energy center is located in the space between the back of your throat and the back of your head if that's too complicated to picture just think of it as the center of

your brain slightly toward the back of your head it governs the pineal gland which is a sacred gland some people call the pineal the third eye but i call it the first eye it's associated with the door to higher dimensions and shifting your perception so you can see beyond the veil or see reality in a non-linear way when the center is opened it's like a radio antenna you can use to tune into higher frequencies beyond the five sensors this is where the alchemist in you awakens i devote a whole chapter to the pineal gland later

in the book but for now know that the pineal gland secretes hormones like serotonin and melatonin as well as some other wonderful metabolites which are responsible for your circadian rhythms of feeling awake in response to visible light during the day and sleepy in response to being in darkness at night in fact the pineal gland is sensitive to all electromagnetic frequencies beside visible light and can produce corresponding chemical derivatives of melatonin that change your view of reality when this gland is in balance your brain works in a clear manner you are lucid more conscious of both

your inner world and your outer world seeing and perceiving more each day the seventh energy center is located in the center of your head and includes the pituitary gland this gland has been called the master gland because it governs and creates harmony in a downward cascade from the center of your brain to your pineal gland your thyroid gland your thymus gland your adrenal glands your pancreatic gland and all the way to your sexual glands this is the center of the body where you experience your greatest expression of divinity this is where your divinity your highest

level of consciousness originates when this gland is in balance you are in harmony with all things the eighth energy center is located about 16 inches 40 centimeters above the head so it is the only energy center that is not associated with an area of the physical body the egyptians called it the car it represents your connection to the cosmos to the universe to the whole when this center becomes activated you feel worthy to receive and that opens you up to insights epiphanies deep understandings and creative downloads of frequency and information that come into your physical

body and brain not from memory stored in your nervous system but from the cosmos the universe the univite field or whatever you want to call that power that is greater than our individual cells we access the data and memory of the quantum field through this center evolving our energy now that i have described each of these energy centers in detail let's take a more dynamic look at how they can work certainly our bodies are designed to use energy in each of the centers as i have outlined but what happens when we do more with our

energy than just survive what happens when instead of releasing all our energy outward to procreate to digest food to run from danger and so on we begin to consistently evolve some of that energy upward from one centre to the next increasing its frequency as it ascends here's what that would look like we start out by channeling our creative energy from the first center when we feel safe and secure enough to create that creative energy evolves ascending and flowing into the second center when we have to master some limitation or overcome some condition in our environment

we are able to put the creative energy to good use and then it will flow to the third center the seat of our will and power when we successfully transcend the adversity in our life which has challenged us to grow and overcome we have the opportunity to feel more whole more free and more satisfied and we're then able to feel genuine love for self and others as the energy flows through and activates the fourth center when that happens we then want to express our present truth what we've learned or the love or wholeness we feel

and that allows the energy to then move through and turn on our fifth center after this when the evolution of energy activates the sixth center dormant areas of the brain open so that the veil of illusion is lifted and we perceive a broader spectrum of reality than we ever saw before we then begin to feel enlightened the body moves more into harmony and balance and our external environment including the natural world surrounding us also moves into more harmony and balance as the energy ascends in activating the seventh center once we feel that enlightened energy we

begin to truly feel worthy and the energy can finally rise to activate the eighth center where we receive the fruits of our efforts visions dreams insights manifestations and knowingness that come not from anywhere within our minds and bodies as memories but from a greater power in and around us this continuous flow of evolving energy from our first center to our eighth center is illustrated in figure 4.4 a that's the kind of personal evolution that happens when the energy flows consistently the ideal what all too often happens however is that the events of our lives and

the way we react to them cause our energy to get stuck so that it doesn't flow in this magnificent pattern i just outlined the places in your body where the energy gets stuck are the energy centers associated with the issues you're dealing with figure 4.4 b depicts what happens when the energy gets stuck and can't flow to the higher centers if for example a person has been sexually abused or has been conditioned since childhood to think that sex is bad their energy can stay stuck in the first center the center associated with sexuality and they

may have problems accessing creativity if on the other hand a person can access their creative energy that doesn't necessarily feel safe enough to use their creativity in the world instead feeling victimized by their social and interpersonal relationships or if they have been traumatized or betrayed by another person they might hold on to that energy in their second center such a person would be likely to feel excessive amounts of guilt shame suffering low self-esteem or fear now if a person can get their energy flowing up to the third center but they have ego issues and they

feel self-important self-absorbed controlling domineering angry overly competitive and bitter then their energy gets stuck in the third center and they may have control issues or motivation issues if a person cannot open their heart and feel love and trust or if they are afraid to express love or how they truthfully feel energy can also become frozen in the fourth and fifth centers respectively while energy can get stuck in any of the energy centers these first three centers are where it tends to get stuck most often and when it's stuck it can't evolve and flow in the

seamless current described earlier which switches on the higher energy centers where we're in love with life and want to give back getting that circuit flowing the way it was designed to do is the whole point of doing the blessing of the energy center's meditation we bless each of these centers so we can get stuck energy flowing again drawing from our energy field as we discussed earlier our bodies are surrounded by invisible fields of electromagnetic energy that are always carrying a conscious intentional directive when we activate each of the body's seven energy centers we could say

that we are expressing energy out of these centers simply put when we as conscious beings activate a specific energy in each individual centre we stimulate the associated neurological plexuses to produce a level of mind that then activates the proper glands tissues hormones and chemicals in each center once each unique center is turned on the body emits energy carrying specific information or intention from it however if we keep living in survival and we are overly sexual over-consuming or over-stressed by living our lives from the first three centres we keep drawing from this invisible field of energy

carrying information that surrounds the body and we are consistently turning it into chemistry the repetition of this process over time causes the field around the body to shrink sea figure 4.5 as a result we diminish our light and there is no energy that carries a conscious intention moving through these centers to create the correlated mind in each essentially we've tapped our own energy field as a resource that limited level of mind with its limited amount of energy in each centre will send a limited signal to the surrounding cells tissues organs and systems of the body

the result can produce a weakened signal and a lower frequency of energy carrying vital information to the body therefore the lowering frequency of the signals creates disease we could say that from an energetic level all disease is a lowering of frequency and an incoherent message remember how i said that the lower three energy centers of the body concerned with survival so they represent ourselves as nature they're about using power aggression force or competition so we can survive the conditions in our environment long enough to consume food to nourish ourselves and then procreate and keep the

species going as opposed to the upper five centers which represent our selfless nature and are concerned with more altruistic thoughts and emotions nature has made these lower three centers very pleasurable so that we keep engaging the actions related to them and what they represent having sex first center and eating second center are quite enjoyable as is connecting and communicating with others also the second center personal power third center can be intoxicating including the success of overcoming obstacles getting what we want competing against others and winning surviving in a particular environment and pushing ourselves to move

our bodies around you can see then why some people may tend to over utilize one or more of their first three centers and in so doing consume more of the field of vital energy and information surrounding the body for example an overly sexual person draws extra energy from the field of energy surrounding their first center a person trapped in shame or guilt who feels victimized holds on to the emotions of the past and constantly suffers is consuming excess energy from the energy field surrounding their second centre and so holds on to energy in that centre

an overly controlling or stressed person pulls additional energy from the field surrounding their third centre when our consciousness is not evolving neither is our energy the subatomic level all of this starts at the subatomic or quantum level so let's discuss how that happens take a look at figure 4.6 if you take two atoms each with its own nucleus and you put them together to form a molecule the overlapping of the two circles where they bond is where they're sharing light and information and because they're sharing information they're sharing a similar energy that has a particular

frequency what's holding those two atoms together as a molecule is an invisible field of energy once these atoms join to form a molecule in exchange information they will have different physical properties and characteristics such as a different density a different boiling point and a different atomic weight to name a few than when they were sitting side by side separated it's important to note that what is giving the molecule its specific properties as well as holding it into form and structure into matter is the invisible field of energy that is surrounding matter molecules could not bond

without sharing information and energy if you add another atom you form yet another different molecule that again has different physical properties and characteristics and a different atomic structure and if you keep adding more and more atoms you form a chemical and there's an invisible field of energy around that chemical that's holding it together in physical form giving life to that chemical those atomic forces are real and measurable if you take enough chemicals and you put them together you're going to ultimately form a cell and the cell also has an invisible field of energy surrounding it

and giving life to the cell the cell is actually feeding off different frequencies of light it's not molecules and positive or negative charges that are instructing the cell to do what it does according to the new field of biology called quantum information biology it's the biophotons we discussed earlier and their patterns of light and frequency that the cell emits and receives that gives the instructions the healthier the cell the more coherent the biophotons it emits if you remember from what you learned so far coherence is an orderly expression of frequency the exchange of information by

electromagnetic frequencies of light between the cell and this field of energy surrounding it happens faster than the speed of light which means it happens on the quantum level to continue if you put a group of cells together you form a tissue and that tissue has an invisible field of unifying coherent frequency and energy that causes all those individual cells to work together in harmony functioning as a community if you take that tissue and further develop it into a more specialized function you form an organ and an organ also has an invisible field of electromagnetic energy

that organ literally receives information from this invisible energy field in fact the memory of the organ actually exists in the field the way this can affect transplant patients is fascinating probably the most famous example is the story of claire sylvia who wrote a book called a change of heart about her experiences after receiving a heart and lung transplant in 1988. all she knew at the time was that her new organs came from an 18 year old male donor who had died in a motorcycle accident after the transplant the 47 year old professional dancer and choreographer

developed cravings for chicken nuggets french fries beer green peppers and snickers bars none of which were foods she had enjoyed before her personality also changed she became more assertive more confident the teenaged daughter even teased her about developing a man's gait when sylvia eventually tracked down the family of her donor she discovered the foods she had craved after the transplant were indeed the young man's favorites that vital information was stored in the light field of the organ the most dramatic story illustrating this involves an eight-year-old girl who after receiving a heart transplant from a ten-year-old

girl began having vivid nightmares about being murdered the donor had indeed been murdered and the perpetrator had not been caught the patient's mother took her to a psychiatrist who was convinced that the girl was dreaming about events that had actually occurred they contacted the police who opened an investigation using the girl's detailed account of the murder including information on the time and place of the crime the weapon the physical characteristics of the criminal and the clothing the murderer was wearing the killer was identified arrested and convicted so in these cases that information in the energy

field surrounding the transplanted organ changed the expression of the energy field of the individual once the person had a transplant it's different light and different information mixing with the transplant patient's pre-existing field the recipient can pick up on that information as memory in the field and it influences their mind and their body the energy holding specific information is influencing matter then when you group organs together you form a system such as the musculoskeletal cardiovascular digestive reproductive endocrine lymphatic nervous and immune systems to name a few these systems function by drawing information from the invisible field

of energy and consciousness that surrounds them and when you put all the systems together you form a body that also has an invisible field of electromagnetic energy surrounding it and that vital electromagnetic field of light is who we really are now back to the hormones of stress as i mentioned earlier when you're in survival mode and you're drawing too much from this invisible field of energy to turn it into chemistry in your physical body whether you're over sexed overeating overstressed or all at once this energetic field around your body diminishes that means there's not enough

energy or light surrounding the body to give the proper instructions to matter for homeostasis growth and repair when that occurs these individual centres no longer receive process or express energy and they no longer produce a healthy neurological mind to send the necessary signals to the associated parts of the body where these centers innervate since that energy with a conscious intent moving through or activating neurological tissue creates mind the energy centers diminish in the expression of the minds to regulate the cells tissues organs and systems of the body because there's no energy moving through them the

body begins to function more like a piece of matter without the proper coherent energy of light and information those mini brains become incoherent just as our brain becomes incoherent in addition when the brain is incoherent and compartmentalized because of the hormones of stress that incoherent brain then sends a very incoherent message like static on a radio down the central nervous system to each of the plexuses of neurons that have to do with communicating with the body and when these mini brains receive incoherent messages then they send an incoherent message through the organs tissues and cells

in each area of the body that's related to each one of these centres this in turn affects the hormonal expression and nerve conductivity going to different organs and tissues and cells in the body and this incoherence begins to create disease or imbalance the result is that when these individual brains become incoherent each corresponding area of the body becomes incoherent and when they don't work well we don't work well increasing energy in the blessing of the energy center's meditation when you learn how to rest your attention in each of these centres and become aware of the

space around them you create coherence in each of these little brains in the same manner as you create coherence in the big brain between your ears and as you acknowledge the particle matter by resting your attention in your perineum or the first center or in the space behind your belly button for the second center or in the pit of your gut for the third center or in the center of your chest for the fourth center and so on you're anchoring your attention in that center and where you place your attention is where you place your

energy then you'll move to placing your attention in or opening your focus to the space around each of those centers tuning into the energy beyond that center and as you do this it's vitally important that you move into a state of elevated emotion such as love or gratitude or joy as you know from previous chapters this is important because the elevated motion is energy and the longer you can hold that open focus from a state of elevated emotion the more you will build a very coherent field with a very high frequency around that center in

your body once you build that coherent field around a center that center has a coherent energy with the right instructions to draw from the atoms molecules and chemicals that form the cells that create the tissues that make up the organs and the systems of the body will be drawing from a new field of light and information and a more coherent energy carrying a more intentional message giving new instructions to each center of the body the body will then begin to respond to a new mind as you surrender and move into the present moment and you

understand that where you place your attention is where you are placing your energy you can build a new field of light and information and raise the frequency of the signal and that intentional thought directs energy through each center to produce a new mind in that individual brain as each center draws from a new field of frequency and information the body moves back toward balance or homeostasis and in this new state you become more energy and less matter more wave and less particle the more elevated the emotion the more energy you create and the more dramatic

a shift can result if on the other hand you stay stuck in the survival emotions of worry fear anxiety frustration anger distrust and so on you don't have this energy this information and this light around your body as the frequency light and energy slow down and become more incoherent in each center you become more matter and less energy until your body begins to become diseased that's the point of doing this meditation to speed up the frequency so it entrains the lower disorganized frequency back into coherence and orderliness raising the frequency of matter or entraining matter

to a new more coherent mind but remember you can't muscle this you can't just will it or force it to happen you can't do it by trying you can't do it by hoping and you can't do it by wishing because you can't do it with your conscious mind you have to get into your subconscious mind because that's where the operating system is the autonomic nervous system that functions and controls all these centers you have to get out of your beta brainwave pattern because beta keeps you in your conscious mind separated from your subconscious or your

autonomic nervous system that actually runs the show the deeper you go in meditation from beta brain waves to alpha brain waves and then even to theta brain waves the half awake half a sleep state of deeper meditation the slower your frequency and the more access you have to the operating system so in the blessing of the energy centers meditation your job is to slow your brain waves down and combine an elevated emotion with an intent to bless each energy center for the greatest good loving them into life and then surrender and allow your autonomic nervous

system to take over because it already knows how to do that without any help from your conscious mind you're not thinking you're not visualizing and you're not analyzing you're doing something that may at first seem much more difficult you're planting a seed of information and letting go allowing it to take the instructions and energy and use them to create more balance and order in your body we've actually measured how effectively our students can use this meditation to both increase the energy in each of their energy centers and achieve balance among the centers to do this

we use the gas discharge visualization device that you read about in a previous chapter to take measurements of participants energy fields both before and after they do the blessing of the energy center's meditation the gdv technology uses a specialized camera to take images of a subject's finger while a weak and totally painless electrical current is applied to the fingertip for less than a millisecond the body responds to the current by discharging an electron cloud made up of photons while the discharge is not visible to the naked eye the gdv device's camera can capture it and

translate it into a digital computer file then a software program called biowell uses the data to create an image like the one you see in graphic four in the color insert graphics 4a to 4d show how balanced or imbalanced the subject's energy centers are both before and after meditation the biowell software uses the same gdv data to estimate the frequency of each energy center and compare it to the norm balanced energy centers would appear in perfect alignment while imbalanced centers would make an off-center pattern the size of the circle representing each energy center shows whether

its energy center is less than equal to or greater than average and by how much the left side of each example in graphic four shows the measurements of the subject's energy centers taken before we started our workshop while the right side shows the measurements taken a few days later now look at graphics 5a to 5d the left side of this figure shows the measurements of the energy field around each student's entire body before we started the event while the right side shows the measurement of the field around the whole body afterward we have also used

the gdv device to measure how this meditation as well as any of the other meditations in this book enhances the energy field surrounding the entire body as you'll soon read in the instructions at the beginning of the meditation i repeatedly ask you to place your attention not only on various parts of your body but also on the space around those parts of your body and then at the end of the meditation on the space around your entire body as you've learned where you place your attention is where you place your energy so if you are

putting your focus on this space that's naturally where your energy is going to go in doing this you're using your attention awareness and energy to build and enhance the field of light and information surrounding your body this in turn creates order and synthetic instead of disorder and entropy now you are more coherent energy and less matter and you have your own enhanced field of light and information that you can draw from to create blessing of the energy center's meditation this meditation has become one of the most popular meditations among our students and has created an

impressive number of supernatural results as i did in the previous chapter i will give you some basic instructions so that if you choose to do the meditation on your own you'll know how to proceed begin by placing your attention in the first energy center and then move to opening up your attention to the space around the center once you can sense this space around the energy center bless that center for the greatest good and then connect to elevated emotions like love gratitude or joy to raise the frequency of the center and also create a coherent

field of energy do this for each of the seven energy centers in the body and when you come to the eighth center a place about 16 inches above your head bless this center with gratitude or appreciation or thankfulness because gratitude is the ultimate state of receivership this center will then begin to open the door to profound information from the quantum field now open your focus and place your attention on the electromagnetic energy surrounding your entire body building a new field of energy as your body draws from a new field of electromagnetic energy you become more

light more energy and less matter and you raise your body's frequency remember if you are going to create the unlimited you have to feel unlimited if you're going to heal in a magnificent way you have to feel magnificent tap into elevated emotion and sustain it throughout the meditation once you've blessed each of the energy centers lie down for at least 15 minutes relax surrender and let your autonomic nervous system take the orders and integrate all this information into your body chapter 5 reconditioning the body to a new mind in this chapter we're going to discuss

how to do a breathing technique we use before we start many of our meditations i'm going to explain it in detail here because understanding how this works is vital to your ability to truly change your energy and free your body from the past as you'll see the proper use of the breath is one of the keys to becoming supernatural to get all the benefits of this technique your knowledge of what you will be doing and why you will be doing it will serve as the foundation for the experience and so will make the how easier

for you not to mention making the technique more effective once you understand the physiology of how this particular breath works you will be able to assign meaning to the activity put more attention behind it do it properly and experience all the benefits of using breath to pull the mind out of the body and then recondition your body to a new mind before we start i want to review the thinking feeling loop we discussed in chapter 2 because the concepts are central to the meditation in this chapter as you will recall thoughts cause biochemical reactions in

your brain that release chemical signals and those chemical signals make the body feel exactly the way you were just thinking those feelings then cause you to generate more thoughts that make you feel the same way you were just thinking so your thoughts drive your feelings and your feelings drive your thoughts and eventually this loop hardwires your brain into the same patterns which conditions your body into the past and because emotions are a record of past experiences if you can't think greater than how you feel this thinking feeling loop keeps you anchored to your past and

creates a constant state of being this is how the body becomes the mind or in time how your thoughts run you and your feelings on you so once your body becomes the mind of that emotion your body is literally in the past and since your body is your unconscious mind it is so objective that it does not know the difference between the experience in your life that creates the emotion and the emotion you are creating by thought alone once you are caught in this thinking feeling loop the body believes it is living in the same

past experience 24 hours a day 7 days a week 365 days a year the body believes it's in the same past experience because to the body the emotion is literally the experience let's say you've had a few difficult experiences in your life that have branded you emotionally and you've never got over the fear bitterness frustration and resentment those experiences engendered so every time you have an experience in your external environment that is similar in some way to what happened previously the experience triggers you and you feel the same emotions that you did at the time

of the first event once you feel the same emotion you felt 30 years ago when the event initially occurred it's quite possible that you will behave in the same way you did at that time because those emotions are driving your conscious or unconscious thoughts and behaviors now those emotions have become so familiar to you that you believe that's who you are by the time you're in your mid-thirties if you keep thinking acting and feeling the same way without changing anything about yourself the majority of who you are becomes a memorized set of automatic thoughts reflexive

emotional reactions unconscious habits and behaviors subconscious beliefs and perceptions and routine familiar attitudes in fact 95 percent of who we are as adults is so habituated through repetition that the body has been programmed to be the mind and the body not the conscious mind is running the show that means that only about five percent of who we are is conscious and the remaining 95 percent is a subconscious body-mind program so in order to create something significantly different in our lives we must find a way to pull the mind out of the body and change our

state of being which is exactly what the meditation i will teach you at the end of this chapter is designed to do how energy gets stored in the body now let's look at how the thinking feeling loop works in relation to the body's energy centers especially the first three the survival centers where it causes the most problems that's because most people's thoughts and feelings activate those energy centers as you'll remember from the previous chapter each of the body's energy centers has its own individual energy information glands hormones chemistry and neurocircuitry and its own individual mini

brain or mind or really each has a mind of its own these mini brains become programmed in the body to operate subconsciously through the autonomic nervous system in this way each center has its own energy and corresponding level of consciousness and each is associated with specific motions corresponding to that center so let's say you think a thought such as my boss is unfair figure 5.1 depicts how thinking that thought turns on a neurological network in your brain then you have another thought i'm underpaid and you turn on a second neurological network then you think i'm

overworked and now you're off to the races because mind is the brain in action if you keep thinking more thoughts along the same lines and you activate enough networks of neurons firing in tandem in a specific sequence pattern and combination you produce a level of mind which then creates an internal representation or an image of yourself in your brain's frontal lobe that's where you can make your internal thoughts more real than your outer environment in this case you'll see yourself as an angry person if you accept believe and surrender to that idea that concept or

that image without any analysis the neurotransmitters chemical messages that send information between neurons in your brain that produce that level of mind begin to influence neuropeptides which are the chemical messengers created by the autonomic nervous system within the limbic brain think of neuropeptides as molecules of the motion those neuropeptides signal hormonal centers in this case turning on the adrenal glands in the third energy center as the adrenal glands release their hormones you're feeling pretty ticked off and you broadcast a specific energy signature through the third energy center that in effect carries the message send me

another reason to feel the way i'm already feeling send me another reason to feel angry as this center becomes activated it produces a specific frequency that carries a particular message your brain monitors your chemical state and the moment you feel angry is going to think more corresponding thoughts equal to how you feel my boss is such a jerk i should quit my job what an idiot driver my co-worker stole my idea i'm right and everyone else is wrong it fires and wires similar circuits in the same way over and over again and if you turn

on enough of those circuits you keep producing that same level of mind this reaffirms your identity with the same image in your forebrain and then the olympic brain creates more of the same neuropeptides which then signal the same hormones from your third energy center and you start to feel even more angry and frustrated which then influences you to think more of the same corresponding thoughts the cycle can go on for decades whether what you're thinking is justified or not and then the redundancy of that cycle hardwires the brain into a certain pattern in this case

the pattern of anger and repeatedly conditions the body emotionally into the past the body becomes the mind of anger so the anger is no longer in the mind that's in your brain the five percent of your thought that is conscious but instead the emotion of anger becomes stored as energy in the body mind the 95 of your mind that is subconscious because it's subconscious you're not aware that you're doing this but that is exactly what is happening so all that emotion which was originally created from thought because all thoughts have a corresponding energy becomes stored

as energy in the body stuck in the third centre the solar plexus this stored energy produces a corresponding biological effect in this case it could be adrenal fatigue digestive problems kidney issues or a weakened immune system not to mention other psychological effects like a short temper impatience frustration or intolerance over the years you keep producing the same thoughts that keep signaling the same feelings and you continue hardwiring your brain into this very finite pattern and in the same way you keep reconditioning the body to become the mind of anger thus an enormous amount of your

creative energy is stored in the body's third energy center is anger bitterness frustration intolerance impatience control or hatred what if instead of feeling angry you start having thoughts that make you feel victimized or guilty life is too hard i'm a bad parent i shouldn't have been so rude did i do something wrong if you take a look at figure 5.2 you'll see that the same thing happens thinking those thoughts turns on a different network of neurons in your brain if you fire and wire enough of those networks you produce a different level of mind and

the brain creates the internal image of yourself that reaffirms your identity in this case as a guilty person you start thinking god's going to punish me nobody loves me i'm worthless once you accept believe and surrender to these guilty thoughts without any analysis the neurotransmitters activating neural networks in your brain influence a different blend of neuropeptides this time neuropeptides that are equal to those thoughts about feeling guilty and then those neuropeptides signal a different hormonal center in this case the second center and over time as you recreate the same loop of thinking and feeling and

feeling and thinking you're going to begin to store your energy in the body in the second center this begins to produce a biological effect since you feel guilt in your gut you may start to feel nauseated or sick or you may experience pain in this area of your body along with emotions like suffering unhappiness or even sadness if over time you keep feeling guilty you think more guilty thoughts that fire and wire more neurons that signal more neuropeptides that cause the release of more hormones in the second center as this happens you continue to condition

the body to become the mind of guilt and suffering so you're storing more and more energy as a motion in the second center you also continue to broadcast a specific energetic signature carrying specific information through the second energy center into your body's energy field so now let's say that you start having a totally different set of thoughts what happens if you have sexual fantasies about someone now you're turning on a different network of neurons in your brain and you're producing a different level of mind and just as before if you get enough of those networks

firing and wiring you're going to get a different internal representation in the frontal lobe of your brain and once the thought or image you are paying attention to becomes more real than your outer world in that moment the thought literally becomes the experience and the end product of that experience is the corresponding feeling as a result your body gets turned on that center now is activated with a specific energy carrying a specific message or intent which then turns on the individual plexus of neurons in that center to produce a specific mind which then signals genes

in the corresponding glands to make chemicals and hormones equal to those thoughts now you're convinced you're the stud or vixen of the universe and if you accept believe and surrender to that thought or image of yourself without any analysis then those neurotransmitters in the brain will begin to influence a different blend of neuropeptides in the limbic brain they'll signal hormones in the first energy center programming the autonomic nervous system to prepare that center to become activated i think you're very familiar with the biological effects that happen next those biological reactions will cause you to keep

feeling a certain way and you're going to think more corresponding thoughts equal to that feeling and now you're storing energy in the first center and you are broadcasting a vibrational signature carrying a specific message from that center into the energy field in your body your brain is monitoring how you are feeling and you're going to generate even more corresponding thoughts and the cycle continues this is how the body responds to the mind and ultimately becomes the mind so now you understand how your thoughts condition your body to become the mind of whatever emotion you're experiencing

and how when that happens you're storing more energy in the corresponding energy center for that emotion the center where the majority of that energy gets stored is the one associated with the emotions you have been repeatedly experiencing if you are overly lustful overly sexed or overly preoccupied with wanting to be seen by others as sexually desirable your energy is stuck in your first center if you experience an overabundance of guilt sadness fear depression shame unworthiness low self-esteem suffering and pain your energy will become stuck in your second center and if you have problems with anger

aggression frustration control issues judgment or self-importance your energy is stuck in your third center hopefully by now you have done the blessing of the energy centre's meditation and have begun to experience how the energy in each of your centers is able to evolve from one center to the next increasing its frequency as it moves up in time the body becomes the mind of that emotion and once that energy as an emotion is stored or more accurately once it becomes trapped in one or more of the lower energy centers then the body is literally in the

past this means you no longer have energy available to create a new destiny when that happens your body becomes more matter and less energy because as you have read the first three centers which are based on survival emotions shrink the vital field of energy surrounding your body to be clear i'm not saying that you shouldn't ever have sex enjoy food or even feel stressed what i am saying is that when you are out of balance it's because these first three senses are out of balance and imagine if all three of these survival centers become overstimulated

all at once you can easily see how your body's energy would diminish over time when that happens there's not much available energy for growth repair healing creation or even just returning to balance by the same means many people who feel out of balance may retreat from their lives and limit the amount of food they eat by digesting less food their body has more energy to balance itself they may also abstain from sexual intercourse for a period of time to allow the body to restore itself during their retreat they will also remove themselves from the constant

stimulation they normally receive from their environment including their friends kids co-workers appointments and schedules job computers homes and cell phones this helps the body keep from reacting consciously or unconsciously to all those familiar elements in their outer world that they associate with thoughts and emotional memories from the past the breath technique i'm about to teach you gives you a way to liberate that trapped energy that's stored in the first three centers so it can be free to flow to the brain from whence it came and when you use the breath to liberate those emotions that

energy becomes available for higher purposes you'll have more energy to heal yourself create a different life manifest more wealth or have a mystical experience to name just a few possibilities those emotions that are stored in the body as energy will be transmuted into a different type of energy carrying a different message through the elevated emotions of inspiration freedom unconditional love and gratitude it's the same energy it's just locked up in the body the breath is a way to pull the mind out of the body you will be using your body as an instrument of consciousness

to send your energy turning those survival emotions into creative emotions as you free your body from the chains of the past and liberate this energy you have available energy to do the uncommon to achieve the supernatural the body as a magnet think about a magnet as you look at figure 5.3 magnets of course have polarity they each have a north pole and a south pole one end has a positive charge and the other end has a negative charge the polarity between the ends of a magnet is what causes the magnet to produce an electromagnetic field

the stronger the polarity between the two poles the larger the electromagnetic field the magnet produces you can't see that electromagnetic field but it exists and it can be measured the strength of a magnet's electromagnetic field can even influence matter if you were to take tiny metal shavings and lay them on a piece of paper put another piece of paper over the first piece of paper and then set a magnet on top of that second piece of paper those metal shavings would organize themselves within the magnet's electromagnetic field the electromagnetic field of the magnet is powerful

enough to affect material reality even though the frequency of this field exists beyond your senses figure 5.4 illustrates this the earth is a magnet and like any other magnet it has a north pole and a south pole as well as an electromagnetic field surrounding it while this field itself is invisible we're all familiar with one amazing way to see that it exists the earth's electromagnetic field deflects the sun's photons during a solar flare or mass coronal ejection that field deflects trillions of tons of photons hurled towards the earth in a pulsating colourful phenomenon known as

the northern lights your body is also a magnet ancient cultures especially asian cultures have known this for thousands of years your north pole is your mind and brain and your south pole is your body at the base of your spine when you're living by the hormones of stress the emotions of survival or when you're over utilizing the other two survival energy centers you are constantly drawing energy from this invisible field the energy then no longer flows through the body because the body in survival mode is pulling the energy from the field and storing it in

the body specifically in the first three energy centers this is what happens when the thinking feeling loop we talked about earlier is activated if this goes on long enough the body won't have any electrical charge running through it at all and without an electrical charge it can't create the field of electromagnetic energy that normally surrounds it when that happens the body is no longer like a magnet now it's like a piece of ordinary metal a magnet that's lost its charge as you can see in figure 5.5 the body then becomes more matter and less energy

or more particle and less wave of course if there were a way to get this energy that's stored in the first three centers moving again the current would resume flowing and the body would recreate the electromagnetic field the breath does just that it gives us a way to pull the mind out of the body and to move all that stored energy from the first three centers up the spine to the brain restoring the electromagnetic field surrounding the body once that happens we can use that energy for things other than survival let's take a look at

the way our physical bodies are constructed so we can understand what makes that possible take a look at figure 5.6 you have a bone at the base of your spine called your sacrum that looks like an upside down triangle with a plateau on the top on the top of that flat surface it's the spinal column which extends all the way up to your skull inside that closed system is the central nervous system which is made up of the brain and the spinal cord the spinal cord is actually an extension of your brain the skull and

the spinal column protect this most delicate system the central nervous system is one of your body's most important systems because it controls and coordinates all the other systems in the body without the aid of the central nervous system you couldn't digest your food you couldn't void your bladder you couldn't move your body and your heart couldn't beat you couldn't even blick your eyes without the nervous system so you can think of the nervous system as the electrical wiring that runs the machine of your body inside this closed system is cerebrospinal fluid that's filtered from the

blood in the brain this fluid bathes the brain and the spinal cord and it's responsible for giving the central nervous system buoyancy it acts as a cushion to protect the brain and spinal cord from trauma and it flows in various rivers and paths that transport nutrients and chemicals to different parts of the nervous system all over the body by its very nature this fluid acts as a conduit to enhance electrical charges in the nervous system now let's go back to your sacrum every time you inhale that sacrum bone flexes back slightly and every time you

exhale it flexes forward just a little bit this is an extremely subtle movement too subtle for you to notice even if you try but it happens and at the same time you inhale the sutures of your skull the joints between the individual plates of your skull which fit together like pieces of a puzzle and give the skull a degree of flexibility open up just slightly and as you exhale they close back up again this is extremely subtle you can't feel it happening the movement of your sacrum back and forth as you slowly breathe in and

out along with the sutures of the skull opening and closing propagates a wave within the fluid of this closed system and it slowly pumps that cerebral spinal fluid up your spine all the way to the brain passing through four chambers called cerebral aqueducts or ventricles if you were to tag one molecule of cerebrospinal fluid and follow it from the base of your spine all the way up to your brain and then all the way back down to your sacrum you'd see that it would take 12 hours to make a complete circuit so in essence you

flush your brain twice a day check out figure 5.7 to see what that looks like so think about what would happen if you contracted the intrinsic muscles of your perineum your pelvic floor the same muscles you use for intercourse and elimination and you lock them down and then while they were locked down you next contracted the muscles of your lower abdomen locking those muscles down and then you did the same with the muscles of your upper abdomen if you kept squeezing and contracting those muscles in your first three energy centers by contracting your core muscles

that fluid in your central nervous system would move up as illustrated in figure 5.8 you'd be moving that cerebral spinal fluid in your central nervous system up your spine each time you tighten the muscles of those centers the fluid would be forced upward now imagine you then placed your attention on the top of your head where you place your attention is where you place your energy so if you put your attention at the top of your head that would become your target for moving energy now think about taking one slow steady breath through your nose

and at the same time squeezing and holding the muscles of your perineum then those of your lower abdomen and then those of your upper abdomen all while following your breath up your spine and through your chest your throat and your brain and all the way to the top of your head imagine that when you get to the top of your head you hold your breath as you keep squeezing you'd be pulling that cerebral cerebrospinal fluid all the way up toward your brain that's significant because cerebrospinal fluid is made up of proteins and salts in solution

and the moment proteins and salts dissolve in solution they become charged if you take a charged molecule and accelerate it as you would if you pull that molecule up your spine you create an inductance field an inductance field is an invisible field of electromagnetic energy that moves in a circular motion in the direction the charge molecules are moving in the more charged molecules you accelerate the bigger and more powerful the inductance field take a look at figure 5.9 to see what an inductance field looks like think of the spinal cord as a fiber optic cable

that acts as a two-way highway simultaneously communicating information from the body to the brain and from the brain to the body every second important information is relayed from your brain to your body such as the desire to walk across the room or to scratch an itch at the same instant a lot of information from the body is carried up your spinal cord toward the brain such as knowledge of where your body is in space or the signal that you're hungry once you accelerate these charged molecules in one direction up the spine the resulting inductance field

will reverse the current of information flowing from the brain down through the body and it will then draw energy from the lower three centers up the spine to the brain take a look at figure 5.10 a to see how that works now there's a current running through the body in the central nervous system just like a magnet and as a result the same kind of electromagnetic field of energy that surrounds a magnet surrounds the body as you can see in figure 5.10 b the field of electromagnetic energy you've created is a three-dimensional field and as

it moves this energy creates a torsion field or a torus field by the way the shape of this electromagnetic field is a familiar pattern in the universe this pattern shows up in the shape of an apple as well as in the shape of a black hole in a distant galaxy see figure 5.11 so now you understand that by doing this breathing technique you're starting to stir up all this stored energy in a very big way and if you do this technique correctly and you do it enough times you're going to wake up a sleeping dragon

evolving the energy to the brain once this energy becomes activated the sympathetic nervous system a subsystem of your autonomic nervous system that arouses the brain and body in response to a threat in your outer environment turns on and energy begins to move up from the body's lower three energy centers to the brain but instead of the body being aroused because of some external condition you are turning on the sympathetic nervous system by passionately engaging the breath from within as the sympathetic nervous system starts to merge with the parasympathetic nervous system another subset of your autonomic

nervous system that relaxes your brain and body such as after a big meal it is as if traveling energy from the lower centers is ejaculated into the brain when this energy reaches the brain stem a gate called the thalamic gate opens up and all that energy is permitted to enter the brain once this energy that was initially stored in the body enters the brain the brain produces gamma brainwave patterns we've recorded many students producing gamma brain waves during this breathing technique gamma brain waves which i call super consciousness are notable not only because they produce

the highest amount of energy of all the brain waves but also because that energy comes from within the body instead of being released in reaction to a stimulus in the environment the outer world in contrast the brain produces high range beta brain waves when the body releases stress hormones allowing you to be super alert to danger in your environment in beta the outer world seems more real than you're in a world while gamma waves create a similar type of arousal in the brain which then causes a heightened sense of awareness consciousness attention and energy related

to more creative transcendental or mystical experiences the difference is that in gamma whatever is happening in your inner world becomes much more real to you than many experiences you've had in your outer world take a look at figure 5.12 and review how similar beta and gamma brainwaves are many of our students who do this breath technique produce significant high beta brain waves on their way to the gamma range the highest frequency brain waves or they may simply stay in these very high level beta states we're finding that being in the highest levels of beta can

also signal that the person is paying more attention to their inner world than their outer world in addition to seeing more energy in the brain after this breathing technique we've also repeatedly observed more significant amounts of brain coherence take a look at graphics 6a and 6b in the color insert you can see two students who have done the breath successfully they have very high frequency beta brainwaves that transition to gamma brainwaves notice the high amplitudes of their brain waves in gamma the higher the amplitudes the higher the energy in their brains the students demonstrate 160

and 260 standard deviations above typical gamma brain waves to give you a reference three standard deviations above normal is usually considered high in graphics six a four you can also witness much more brain coherence after the breath the red patterns in the brain show extremely high amounts of brain coherence in every measured brainwave state as you do this powerful breathing technique you are drawing the energy that's been stored in those lower three centers the energy you use for orgasm and to make a baby to digest a meal to run from a predator and instead of

releasing it out into chemistry you're going to draw it up your spine like you would draw a fluid of a straw and release it into your brain in fact there's a tube of energy or light called the prana tube running along your spinal column c figure 5.13 prana is the sanskrit word for life force yogis have known about this tube which is not a physical structure but an energetic one for thousands of years this tube is considered etheric because of the electrical information in the spine that constantly moves through it the more energy moves in

the physical spinal cord the more energy is created as light in this tube and the more energy created in this tube the more energy moves in the spine and the greater the expression of life sometimes when i teach this meditation people will say to me i don't really feel my prana tube well you don't really feel your left ear either until you put your attention on it right so when i ask you to contract your muscles and pull that energy up you'll be pulling it up through the spine and creating a more powerful prana tube

along your spinal cord it's important to add here that this is not a passive breath it's an extremely active passionate process moving the stored energy energy that has been stored for years and years maybe even decades takes an act of intention and will to evolve your limited survival emotions as an alchemist turns base metals like lead into gold you are taking self-limiting emotions like anger frustration guilt suffering grief and fear and turning them into elevated emotions such as love gratitude and joy other elevated emotions to consider tapping into include inspiration excitement enthusiasm fascination or inspiration

wonder appreciation kindness abundance compassion empowerment nobility honor invincibility uncompromising will strengthen freedom not to mention divinity itself being moved by the spirit trusting in the unknown or in the mystic or the healer within you remember evolving this energy takes a level of intensity that is greater than the body as the mind greater than your addiction to any survival emotion you must be inspired to become more energy than mata using your body as an instrument of consciousness to send your energy so don't let your body be your mind remember that you are liberating your stuck energy

turning guilt or suffering or anger or aggression into pure energy and as the body liberates that energy you're freeing yourself and you will feel overjoyed in love with life and inspired to be alive as you pull this energy up the spine in this meditation you'll follow your breath all the way to the top of your head when it gets there i want you to hold your breath while you keep squeezing those muscles in your perineum in your abdomen when you do that you increase the pressure inside your spinal cord and spinal column that pressure called

intrathecal pressure is inside a closed system it's the same pressure you exert when you take a breath and lift something heavy you're pushing against your insides but in this breath you'll be very specifically directing all that pressure all that energy and all that spinal fluid up your spine and into your brain when that pressurized fluid reaches the back of your brain stem all of a sudden the lower brain centers like the brain stem cerebellum and limbic brain open up to this energy through a cluster of nuclei called the reticular formation that energy then passes through

the thalamic gate up to the thalamus the part of the brain that relays signals from the sensory receptors located in the midbrain which serves as a junction box next all of that stored energy moves directly into your higher brain center the neocortex that's when gamma waves begin to occur when the energy reaches the thalamus it is also relayed to the pineal gland and something amazing happens that gland releases some very powerful elixirs one of which anesthetizes the analytical mind and thinking brain see figure 5.14 which shows the thalamus the reticular formation the thalamic gate and

the moment of energy hitting the higher brain centers we'll talk more about the pineal gland in a later chapter but for right now know that when that happens it's like an orgasm in your head this is a very powerful energy that has been called the movement of the kundalini i personally don't like to use that word because it may conjure up opinions or beliefs from a limited understanding of this energy that may discourage some people from doing the breath but i do want you to understand that this is the energy you are evoking with this

breath if you look at graphic 6b 4 in the color insert you can see the area surrounding the pineal gland is quite active at the student producing gamma brain waves look at the blue arrows the red area suggests the activation of energy in the pineal gland as well as a region of the limbic brain associated with strong emotions and formation of new memories graphic 6b5 is a 3-dimensional picture of the same student's brain once again the pineal area shows a significant amount of energy coming from inside the brain embracing elevated emotions you've just read how

the breathing exercise in this chapter pulls the mind out of the body as it liberates stored energy from the first three energy centers the centers of survival once you do that it's time to recondition the body to a new mind the second part of the meditation which involves attaining elevated emotional states i want to clarify here why embracing elevated emotions is so powerful as you've learned from our discussion about genes in the second chapter we now know that it's the environment that signals the gene not the other way around if an emotion is the end

product of an experience in the environment it is the emotion that turns gene expression on or off when you embrace these elevated emotions in this meditation what you are actually doing is signaling your genes ahead of the environment the body doesn't know the difference between an emotion created by an experience you are having in the outside environment and an experience you are creating internally by embracing this new elevated emotion so when you embrace that elevated emotion and think thoughts that are greater than the self-limiting ones that kept you stuck in the past your body begins

to prepare chemically for the future because it thinks that future is happening now in other words if you do the meditation correctly enough times the body responds as either healing or any condition you are manifesting in your environment has already taken place these elevated emotions have a higher and faster frequency than more base emotions like guilt fear jealousy and anger and since all frequency carries information when we change the frequency we change our energy that new energy can then carry new information a new consciousness or set of intentions or thoughts the more elevated the emotion

the faster the frequency and the more you feel like energy instead of matter and the more energy becomes available to create a more coherent energy field shifting further away from disease and more towards health or for that matter towards signaling any gene when your emotions are self-limiting on the other hand they have a lower frequency and you feel more like matter instead of energy and then it takes more time to create change in your life here's an example if at some point in the past you were shocked betrayed or traumatized by an event with a

high emotional charge that has left you feeling pain or sadness or fear chances are that experience has been branded into your biology in numerous ways it's also possible that the genes that were activated by this experience might keep your body from healing so in order for you to change your body into a new genetic expression the inner emotion you create has to be greater than the emotion from the past outer experience the energy of your empowerment or the amplitude of your inspiration must be greater than your pain or sadness now you are changing the inner

environment of the body which is the outer environment of the cell the genes for health can be up regulated while the genes for disease can be down regulated the more profound the emotion the louder you're knocking on your genetic door and the more you're going to signal those genes to change the structure and function of your body that's how it works we can actually prove this because in one of our 2017 advanced workshops in tampa we measured gene expression and randomized selection of 30 workshop participants the results showed that our students were able to significantly

change the expression of eight genes over the course of the four day workshop by changing their internal states there is only one possibility in 20 that the results were due to chance that's the threshold of significance that statisticians usually use the functions of these genes are far-ranging they're involved in neurogenesis the growth of new neurons in response to novel experiences and learning protecting the body against various influences that tend to age cells regulating cell repair including the ability to move stem cells to those sites in the body where they are needed to repair damaged or

aging tissue building cellular structures especially the cytoskeleton the framework of rigid molecules that give our cells shape and form eliminating free radicals and so decreasing oxidative stress associated with aging and many major health conditions and helping our bodies identify and eliminate cancerous cells thereby suppressing the growth of cancer tumors activating the genes for neurogenesis was particularly significant because most of the time our students were in meditation they were so present in their inner world of imagination that their brains believed they were in the actual event see figure 5.15 below to learn what each of these

genes does and why it is important for our health if our students have changed their gene expression by creating elevated emotions in just a few days imagine what you can do if you practice this meditation for a few weeks by using this breath technique to release the familiar emotions stored in the body from years of thinking and feeling the same way and then by emotionally rehearsing new states every day with practice these unlimited emotions will become the new normal for you your brain will think different thoughts equal to those elevated emotions finally by embracing these

unlimited emotions instead of the same limited ones when you understand that you are signaling new genes and making new proteins that are responsible for the change in structure and function of your body you can assign more meaning to what you are doing that leads to a greater intention which creates an even greater outcome it is a scientific fact that we use about 1.5 percent of our dna the rest is called junk dna there is a principle in biology called endowment that holds that nature never wastes anything that is not going to use in other words

if the junk dna is there there must be a reason otherwise nature in its infinite wisdom would have evolved it away because the universal law is if you don't use it you lose it so think of your genes as a library of potentials there are infinite combinations of gene variations that can be expressed in those latent genes they are waiting for you to activate them there are genes for an unlimited genius mind for longevity for immortality for an uncompromising will for the capacity to heal for having mystical experiences for regenerating tissues and organs for activating

the hormones of youth so you have greater energy and vitality for photographic memory and for doing the uncommon just to name a few it's all equal to your imagination and creativity as you signal any of those genes ahead of the environment your body will express a greater potential by expressing new genes to make new proteins for a greater expression of life so when i ask you to feel certain elevated emotions when you recondition the body to a new mind know that as you embrace each emotion you are knocking on your own genetic door so i

invite you to surrender to the process and fully engage in the experience reconditioning the body to a new mind meditation before we start the formal meditation we're going to do some practice sessions they build on several individual instructions so you can learn this step by step once you've mastered each individual step we can put it all together so let's start by sitting up straight in a chair and putting both feet flat on the floor or sitting on the floor in the lotus cross leg position with a pillow under your buttocks place your hands uncrossed in

your lap if you like you can close your eyes when you're ready to begin lift up your perineum your pelvic floor the same muscles that you use for intercourse and elimination do not hold your breath as you do this breathe normally squeeze those muscles as tightly as you can and hold for five seconds then let go and relax do it again and hold it for the same amount of time do it a third time holding it for about five seconds and then relax again i want you to gain conscious control over these muscles because you're

going to be using them in a different way now contract the same muscles in the perineum and at the same time contract the muscles in your lower abdomen pull your lower abdomen up and in locking down these first two centers hold for five seconds and then relax pull those same muscles up and in again and squeeze hold for five seconds again and then relax repeat this once more remember to keep breathing as you do this don't hold your breath now this next time squeeze the muscles of your perineum and at the same time squeeze the

muscles of your lower abdomen while also contracting the muscles of your upper abdomen you're tightening your entire core now the first three centers hold all of those muscles for five seconds and relax do this again pulling the muscles in a little more this time hold for five seconds and then relax now do it one more time and as you squeeze and hold those muscles see if you can squeeze them a little tighter and lift them a little higher hold for a while and then relax since experience creates neurological networks in your brain as you perform

each step and build on the previous one you are installing the neurological hardware in your brain in preparation for the experience i am asking you to use the same muscles that you might have used for years but now in a different way this action will begin to milk these centers and liberate energy that's been stored in your body for a very long time now we're going to change it up take your finger and place it on the top of your head and work your fingernail right into the center of your scalp so you will remember

where that point is once you take your finger away remember that where you place your attention is where you place your energy so that point is your target put your hands back in your lap and without contracting any muscles yet take one slow steady breath through your nose all i want you to do is follow your breath from your perineum through your lower abdomen through your upper abdomen through the center of your chest through your throat through your brain all the way to the top of your head where your finger was when you get to

the top of your head hold your breath and keep your attention right on the top of your head and let your energy follow your awareness hold for about 10 seconds and then relax place your finger on the top of your head again then take it away and make sure you can feel that point without your finger there rest your hands on your thighs now do one more breath without contracting any muscles this time when you inhale through your nose imagine you are pulling energy up that tube like drawing fluid up a straw all the way

to the top of your head when you get to the top of your head hold your breath for about the same amount of time you did before and let your energy follow your awareness then relax now it's time to start putting it all together with this next breath when you inhale through your nose pull those muscles up and in at the exact same time start by locking the muscles of your perineum engaging the muscles of your lower abdomen and simultaneously contracting the muscles in your upper abdomen and as you squeeze the muscles in each center

with the intention of pulling all that stored energy in the lower body into the brain follow your breath through each of those three centers as you continue to squeeze those muscles and lock those first three centers down pull your breath up through your chest the fourth center then through your throat the fifth center then through your brain the sixth center pull it all the way up to the top of your head keep your attention there and hold your breath as you keep squeezing your core muscles hold for about 10 seconds and then relax as you

exhale repeat that breath at least two more times tightening the muscles of your first three centers as you pull your breath up your spine through each energy center all the way to the top of your head then hold your breath for a time and finally relax as you exhale remember as you do this you're using your body as an instrument of consciousness and your full intent should be to pull the mind out of the body you're liberating energy that has been locked in your lower three centers and moving it up to the higher centers where

you can use it for healing your body or creating something new instead of just for survival practicing this many times so you are very familiar with these steps will be very useful before you begin several of the meditations in this book be patient with yourself just like learning anything for the first time you have to do this many times before you truly master it in the beginning it may feel awkward because you have to synchronize the actions of your body with the intention of your mind eventually though if you practice this technique enough you will

be able to coordinate all these steps into one motion i'm aware there are many different breathing techniques and you may well have had success with one or more of them in the past even so i urge you to try this one even if you already have some other favorite because if you do something new you can have a new experience if you keep doing the same thing you'll keep creating the same experience and if you do nothing you get nothing yet this technique takes some real effort but once you become more skilled you'll see it's

worth the effort and then some you are now ready to begin the formal meditation if you purchase my reconditioning the body to a new mind cd or audio download from dr joedispender.com you'll find the recording includes a song i've specifically chosen to truly inspire you to raise your energy as you listen i want you to interpret the music as the movement of energy if you do the meditation on your own practice the breath while you listen to one inspiring song that's between four and seven minutes long then open your focus putting your attention on different

parts of your body as well as the space around those parts of the body next unfold is pure consciousness into the unified field staying in the generous present moment and becoming no body no one no thing nowhere and in no time now it's time to cultivate several elevated emotions one by one emotionally rehearsing each remember the more powerful your feelings the more you are up regulating your own genes bless your body bless your life bless your soul bless your future as well as your past bless the challenges in your life and bless the intelligence within

you that is giving you life finish by giving thanks for a new life before it has been made manifest chapter 6 case studies living examples of truth over the years i've found that stories serve a great purpose to reinforce information and practical manner hearing about someone else's experience makes it more real for us once we can relate to the challenges and triumphs a person has along their journey from one state of consciousness to another we start to believe a similar experience can happen for us stories also make the ideas from the teachings become less philosophical

and more personal the case studies that you're about to read concern real people who have applied the information you just learned in the previous chapters they first understood the concepts as intellectual knowledge in their minds then they applied it and experienced it in their bodies and finally they turned it into wisdom in their souls for these students to accomplish such supernatural changes they ultimately had to master some aspect or limitation in themselves and if they could do it so can you jenny heals her chronic back and leg pain on december 9th 2013 jenny was driving

on the highway in las vegas when a car was hit from behind even though she slammed on the brakes the impact catapulted her car into the car in front of her resulting in a double impact she immediately felt a burning sensation in her lower back as pain shot down her right leg when the paramedics arrived she described her pain as moderate but over the next few days the pain increased until it was constant and severe most of her pain was in a lower lumbar spine caused by two herniated discs l4 and l5 she also felt

pain radiating all the way down her right leg to her foot jenny saw a chiropractor three times a week but the pain worsened she then saw a pain management doctor who prescribed muscle relaxants neurontin and nerve pain medication and mobic a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug after nine months the pain was still intense so she had injections in her back they didn't help as a result ginny had difficulty walking and found driving almost impossible she also had trouble sleeping managing to get only four or five hours a night the constant pain in her lower back became worse

when she was sitting lifting something or standing for long periods of time sometimes she could sit for only 20 minutes at the time because of all of this she spent most of her days in bed where she was able to find a little relief when lying on her right side with her knees bent jenny was unable to care for her two children ages three and five and she was also unable to work as much as she had before she depended on her husband to drive her places since she could no longer drive herself all of

these factors created serious financial problems and emotional stress for the whole family jenny became depressed and angry at life although she had attended her first workshop with me before the accident and had been doing her meditations after the accident she stopped meditating regularly because the pain got too severe and she said she couldn't sit or concentrate after two years her doctor suggested lumbar surgery to repair the herniated discs if that didn't work he said ginny could consider additional surgery including spinal fusion she decided to go ahead with the initial surgery in the meantime ginny's husband

convinced her to attend another one of my advanced seminars in seattle which started just one week before her surgery date staying seated for the flight was painful but she made it while ginny enjoyed seeing her old friends and meeting new ones at the event she also felt saddened and frustrated because she couldn't muster the same enthusiasm everyone else had she just wanted to take some painkillers and go to bed when she was leaving the first night's gathering her good friend jill filled with compassion and hope said with conviction ginny you will be healed tomorrow right

here we started the next day at 6am ginny decided to avoid taking any heavy medications so she could be present in the meditations and enjoy the experience unfortunately the pain made it very difficult to focus during the first meditation and she wondered if the decision to attend had been a mistake during the second meditation after breakfast though things really shifted ginny decided to surrender and leave all her judgment behind the meditation began as usual with the breathing exercise of pulling the mind out of the body during which i told the participants to focus on two

or three negative emotions or limited aspects of their personality i asked them to move all that stored energy from the first three energy centers up from the base of their spine all the way up to their brain and eventually release it out of the top of their heads first jenny chose to work with her anger which she believed had been a contributing factor in keeping her body in so much pain during the meditation she felt energy moving up her spine and then sensed an intense energy leaving her body through the back of her head the

second thing she picked to work with was her pain as she worked with the breath to move much of the energy related to her pain from her body to her brain she felt the same energy she had when she was working with anger although this time she saw the energy becoming a bright color with purple overtones suddenly she sensed the energy slow down and become less intense the music changed and the main part of the meditation began ginny was feeling completely relaxed she had liberated that energy out of her body as usual i guided the

group to feel different parts of their bodies in space and to sense the space around their bodies then i guided them to the infinite black space that is the quantum field i asked them to become no body no one no thing no where in no time and to become pure awareness aware that they are aware in this endless vast space at first as i gave the instructions ginny had the distinct sense that she was floating an intense sense of peace and unconditional love overtook her and she lost track of time and space she didn't feel

her physical body at all nor did she feel any pain yet she was fully present and could hear and follow all the instructions i was giving i've never experienced anything like that before she told me later it was so profound that it's difficult to put into words my senses were magnified and i felt connected to everybody everyone everything every place and every time i was part of the hole and the hole was part of me there was no separation ginny got beyond her body her environment and time the consciousness had connected to the consciousness of

the unified field the place she described where there's only wholeness and there's no separation she had found the sweet spot of the generous present moment and her autonomic nervous system stepped in and did the healing for her in our advanced workshops our students lie down after every meditation and surrender in order to allow the autonomic nervous system to take over and program their bodies at the end of this meditation when i asked everyone to come back to their new bodies ginny was surprised to discover she felt absolutely no pain as she got up from the

floor to stand a process that she normally would have needed help with she started walking without limping her back straight we broke for lunch but ginny didn't feel like eating much or even talking a lot she was still overwhelmed with the meditation experience after two years of near constant pain it felt so freeing to be without it anymore she started crying tears of joy and confusion simultaneously she looked for two of her friends to share the good news including jill who had been so sure the night before that ginny would be healed they encouraged ginny

to try movements that she hadn't been able to do when she was in pain and she performed all of them without any pain at all as the day continued ginny's pain stayed away and she continued to feel connected to the unified field that evening ginny called her husband who told her that somehow he just knew she'd be able to heal her pain at the workshop she had a great dinner with her friends and when she went to bed she didn't take any of her pain medication or muscle relaxers she slept through the night for the

very first time in years waking up filled with energy the next day i guided the group in the walking meditation which you will read about and have a chance to try later ginny was able to walk straight and tall with no pain or difficulty needless to say she canceled the surgery and she has remained pain-free daniel deals with electromagnetic hypersensitivity about five years ago daniel was as he put it a crazy stressed out israeli entrepreneur in his mid-twenties who pushed himself daily to work at full power all the way to build a successful business working

60 hour weeks was typical for him one day while he was raging and yelling at the top of his lungs at the client over the phone he felt something pop in the right side of his head and he lost consciousness when he woke he wasn't sure what had happened or how long he'd been out but he had the worst headache of his life he hoped resting would help it go away but it didn't mysteriously his pain increased exponentially whenever he was near anything that omitted electromagnetic frequencies including cell phones laptops video displays microphones cameras wifi

networks and cell towers if someone near him answered a cell phone daniel felted it never before experienced anything like this in fact he had previously worked in the computer field and never felt any ill effects from being around electronic equipment of any kind daniel saw several different doctors and specialists but none of them could find anything wrong with him he went through an extensive battery of blood tests brain scans and physical examinations but every one of the studies came back negative some of the doctors didn't believe him and even became condescending rolling their eyes as

if daniel were making up his symptoms some wanted to give him antidepressants but he wouldn't take them they told him his pain was all in his head which of course it was but not in the way the doctors meant then daniel started seeing holistic doctors who suspected he had developed a rare condition called electromagnetic hypersensitivity ehs while the existence of ehs is still controversial in the medical community the world health organization recognizes the condition the mechanism of ehs remains unknown but when you consider that the brain is 78 water and that water containing minerals such

as those commonly found in the body including calcium and magnesium conducts electricity you can see that for ehs sensitive people that natural electromagnetic charge might somehow become amplified around things that signal and emit electromagnetic radiation like many others with ehs daniel also experienced chronic pain and fatigue in addition to his headaches he sleep for 12 hours and still wake up exhausted one of the holistic doctors suggested he take 40 nutritional supplements a day to combat the ill effects but the supplements didn't help he was still in near constant agony before long daniel had to close

his business he went into debt and lost everything he had worked so hard to acquire finally he declared bankruptcy and had to move in with his mother i basically retreated from life he told me i was a zombie because i couldn't think i couldn't focus i couldn't do anything nothing i did helped and whenever i got anywhere near the real world i got a really strong headache in fact daniel told me that if he was ever near anything that omitted a signal his headaches would be a thousand times worse to the point that he would

emotionally break down daniel spent most of his time curled up in a ball in his bed in his tiny room in his mother's house crying from the pain i was wasting my life he said watching all my friends get married have children get promoted by houses everything when he began to feel suicidal his friends and family pushed him to try to find something that would help because of the chronic fatigue depression and severe pain daniel had only about a half hour of energy each day so he started to use that time to find something that

might help his condition three years after his symptoms began he read my book you are the placebo something clicked he told me when i met him in the workshop i gave recently i knew this was the solution so he started doing the changing beliefs and perceptions meditation i talk about in that book very gradually over time daniel felt a little less pain so i kept doing the meditation after a while he discovered my blessing of the energy center's meditation and he started doing that the very first time i did it daniel told me something happened

that i didn't know how to explain when he got to the six energy center he said it was like a light show was going on in his head he saw different areas of his brain that had been shut down suddenly start lighting up and communicating with each other then a huge beam of what he described as loving light shot out of the top of his head his inward experience in that moment was more real than the memory of the past experience which had created the pain in the first place from that point on daniel noticed

a significant change after meditating he would have 10 minutes without any pain at all the pain-free periods kept getting longer and longer until a few months later he was pain-free then he got the idea that he should use the meditations to change his internal state while he was exposed to the electromagnetic fields that had been making him sick so he started meditating in front of his cell phone and laptop it was painful at first but just as before he'd eventually feel free of pain after meditating and then those pain-free periods kept getting longer as time

wore on finally daniel was ready to take another big step he hired a desk in a shared office space and decided to just sit there and meditate surrounded by wi-fi computers microwaves and all sorts of electromagnetic frequencies although the first few weeks were difficult he found that it became easier as time wore on after a while he was meditating in that environment without pain for five hours a day eventually his headaches just disappeared and so did all of his chronic pain and fatigue today daniel considers himself 100 healed he went back to work and got

out of debt here's the kicker daniel works only about an hour to an hour and a half a day and he's making way more money than he was when he was stressed out and trying to force his life into working the way he wanted it to he is also truly enjoying life jennifer in sickness and in health five years ago jennifer's doctor diagnosed her with several new illnesses in addition to the numerous other health issues she already suffered from in total her diagnoses included a few autoimmune disorders lupus erythematosus and sjogren's syndrome with sicker complex

some gastrointestinal disorders celiac disease salicylate intolerance and lactose intolerance chronic asthma kidney disease arthritis and vertigo so acute it often resulted in vomiting every day was a struggle even just brushing her teeth was difficult because she lacked enough strength to hold her arm up for very long her partner jim often had to brush her hair for her when jim was away on business which was often jennifer had to take a nap after work so she could have enough strength to cook dinner the hardest thing was i felt like a terrible mother because i couldn't do

anything with my boys and that broke my heart she told me i would have to sleep most of the weekend just to be able to get up to go to work monday morning all the happy pictures i posted on facebook during the weekend were captured in about one hour by this point jennifer weighed only 108 pounds and struggled to walk due to arthritis and severe swelling in her ankles and knees she could no longer use her right hand to open containers or cut vegetables because of the pain and arthritis at times she would lie in

bed and hit her arms against the night table to stop the pain her body was in a constant state of acute inflammation and even the specialist she saw said they couldn't do anything more for her and that she had to learn to live with all her conditions as best she could although she never admitted it to anyone she feared she might only have a few years left to live she may have been ready to give up but jim wasn't every night jim devoured books looking for alternative solutions repeatedly encouraging jennifer to keep going then jim

found you other placebo and read about a woman with a similar condition who was able to heal herself jennifer and jim agreed that she had to go to a workshop two months later in june 2014 jennifer attended a weekend workshop in sydney australia she started to feel a bit better and registered for an advanced workshop in mexico unfortunately around the time she was scheduled to leave for the workshop she developed an 8.5 millimeter kidney stone and a doctor refused to let her fly so she missed it but she kept doing her meditations getting up at

4 50 a.m every day and when i held the next advanced workshop in australia the following year both she and jim attended i remember the first night i could hardly make it up the stairs to our room which was normal for me she reported but by the end of the workshop i was walking around like a healthy person and didn't have to use my asthma medication the day before we left jim said that i was looking so well i should try some normal food apprehensive i gave it a go and no adverse effects no pain

no asthma no cramps no headache nothing i think it was the best pizza i've ever had when she did her meditations jennifer really gave it her all she repeatedly tuned into the potential of health and felt an abundance of energy throughout her body that could carry her all day long in the meditation when i asked the students to live from that new state of being she imagined her feet hitting the ground and hurt her breath as she joyfully ran by the end of her meditation she was crying tears of joy eventually jennifer conditioned her body

to forget what illness feels like look like sound like and tastes like by raising her energy changing her frequency reconditioning her body to a new mind and signaling new genes to repair her body now i eat normal foods she reports and i haven't used my asthma medication since june 2015. i can walk up to 10 miles a day and lift 45 pounds i'm training and my goal is to complete a half marathon which i will soon do felicia overcomes severe eczema felicia had intermittently suffered from eczema and skin infections since she was three months old

the short-term relief provided by a strict diet and a regime of medications creams steroids antihistamines anti-fungals antibiotics and so on never seem to keep the condition at bay for long in 2016 as a 34 year old medical doctor in the united kingdom felicia found herself becoming increasingly frustrated by the limitations of her profession after a decade of clinical practice where she'd seen more than 70 000 patients she began to recognize a similar sense of frustration and disconnect emerging from her patients as well while seeking more satisfying science-based solutions she came across my work intrigued by

possibility and hungry for alternative evidence-based ideas and solutions felicia signed up for a weekend workshop the event was life changing she says it gave me the tools to reevaluate and update my previous limited beliefs about myself as well as what our bodies are truly capable of the breathing technique was particularly intriguing to her i must confess she says that i remained a little skeptical and held back not allowing myself to truly surrender to the process during the months that followed felicia continued to meditate daily her skin improved and she successfully manifested a new relationship in

her life feeling inspired she sought new ways to pivot within her medical practice to adopt a more holistic approach but to a great disappointment all the united kingdom medical indemnity bodies refused to ensure any non-conventional approaches felicia felt trapped and in december 2016 her eczema and skin infections returned even so she continued meditating and even signed up for an advanced workshop creating her mind movie in preparation a powerful tool for manifesting various things you want which you'll read about in the later chapter she had very clear intentions for her future and included images of healthy

skin as well as a picture of a microphone on a stage with the affirmation i inspire others by sharing truth fearlessly on the first day of the advanced workshop we did the breathing technique to activate the pineal gland and this time felicia decided not to hold back and to completely surrender to the process i noticed my breathing begin to hasten she remembers an overwhelming energy started building in my throat this intensified until my throat felt as if it was going to close up fearful i pulled my body out of this position and returned back to

my old state of being for the remainder of the meditation the following day for the last meditation felicia was being fitted with the brain mapping equipment she considered what an amazing opportunity it was to experience this new level of information feeling trapped in a profession that preaches limitation she had thought what if i could demonstrate to the skeptic as well as to believe is how unlimited we all really are with this thought she wanted to use this breath to connect to the unified field with an elevated emotion of pure freedom and liberation no matter what

happened when the meditation began she opened up to possibility and to the unknown she quickly noticed that her breathing started to change and the overwhelming energy began to build in her throat each time the sensations intensified instead of allowing them to overcome her as she had done the previous day she stayed with the process she returned her body to the present moment ignoring the distraction and placed all her energy and awareness on connecting to the field to truth and to love her body was persistently defiant but after repeatedly overcoming her internal struggles the body eventually

surrendered what i experienced on the other side was an exhilarating explosion of energy in my brain and an instantaneous connection with a loving consciousness within and all around me she says it was an absolute knowing a recognition of pure love and with it came the most overwhelming emotion of joy that i've ever experienced in my entire life it was like coming home i just experienced this deep oneness all the while i remain completely aware of all my external senses i could hear the scientists behind me saying seizure we had some new members on our team

of neuroscientists and they had never seen that kind of energy in the brain before as a medical doctor felicia might normally have been concerned that that somewhat alarming statement but she understood that in that moment she was experiencing absolute truth and freedom for the very first time for a few hours following her meditation she felt somewhat dazed but physically lighter than before if you review the brain scans in graphics 7a to 7c you can see felicia's brain showing the classic changes that we witness when there is high energy in the brain she starts in normal

beta brain waves and then transitions into high beta brain waves before she hits a high energy gamma state the energy in gamma brain waves is 190 standard deviations above normal the area surrounding the pineal gland as well as the part of the brain that processes strong emotion is highly activated during the next few days felicia began to experience a sense of fearlessness and playfulness emerging from within her she also experienced a string of synchronicities including manifesting the scene from her mind movie where she was speaking into a microphone on stage in fact without knowing that

scene had been in her mind movie i pulled her on stage to share her experience it was only once she returned home that she noticed her eczema was no longer bothering her i looked at my skin and all the rashes that had been there just a few days prior had completely resolved she reported look at graphic 7d in the color insert the first pictures were taken before the event the second set of pictures was taken the next day after the event her eczema is gone to this day felicia takes no further medication and her skin

is clear her life continues to unfold in new exciting and surprising ways i'm so grateful for the realization that we are all unlimited she told me mark my words if a once jaded intensely analytical doctor can do it absolutely anyone can chapter 7 heart intelligence since our human ancestors first began etching their histories upon cave walls and stone tablets like a thread through the needle of time the heart has appeared as a symbol to represent health wisdom intuition guidance and higher intelligence the ancient egyptians who referred to the heart as iby believed the heart rather

than the brain was the center of life and the source of human wisdom the mesopotamians and the greeks both thought of the heart as the center of the soul the greeks however considered it an independent source of heat within the body while the mesopotamians believed it was a fragment of the sun's heat they even performed human sacrifices whereby they extracted a still-beating human heart to offer it to the sun god the romans understood the heart to be the body's most life-giving vital organ in the 17th century during the early years of the scientific revolution french

philosopher rene descartes argued that the mind and body were two radically distinct substances through this mechanistic view of the universe people began to view the heart as an extraordinary machine the mechanism of the heart as a physical pump began to overshadow its nature as humanity's connection to an innate intelligence through scientific inquiry the heart slowly cease to be recognized as our connection to feelings emotions and our higher selves it has only been through the new science of the last few decades that we've begun to reconcile understand and recognize the true significance of the heart as

a source that generates electromagnetic fields and as our connection to the unified field we know that the heart beyond its obvious role in sustaining life is not simply a muscular pump that moves blood throughout our body but an organ capable of influencing feelings and emotions the heart is a sensory organ that guides our decision-making ability as well as our understanding of ourselves and our place in the world it's a symbol that transcends time place and culture it's a commonly accepted premise that when we are connected to the heart's inner knowing we can tap into its

wisdom as a source of love and higher guidance you may well be wondering why it is that out of all of the organs in the body such as the spleen liver or kidneys the heart is the only one to have intelligence since 2013 we've gone to great lengths to measure and quantify coherence and transformation which are central to understanding the heart's role almost everyone recognizes that the elevated feelings of the heart connect us to the consciousness of love compassion gratitude joy unity acceptance and selflessness these are feelings that fill us up and make us feel

whole and connected rather than the feelings of stress that divide communities and drain us of vital energy the problem is that these elevated feelings of the heart often occur through chance dependent upon something external in our environment rather than as something we can produce for ourselves on demand without a doubt it's a challenge to maintain our mental and emotional equilibrium in today's fast-paced stress-filled productivity focused hurry up and finish culture and the loss of this equilibrium can have serious ramifications for our health for instance at the turn of the 20th century hardly anyone died of

heart disease while today it's the leading cause of death for both men and women each year in the united states alone heart disease costs approximately 207 billion in health care services medications and lost productivity stress is one of the main contributing factors to heart disease and it's reaching an epidemic level fortunately there's an antidote what we've found in researching and studying the many facets of heart coherence is that we can in fact regulate our internal states independent of the conditions in our external environment just like developing any skill voluntarily creating heart coherence requires knowledge application

and practice integral to our understanding of the heart has been our partnership with a pioneering groundbreaking work of the heartmouth institute hmi is a non-profit research and education organization that works to better understand heart brain coherence since 1991 hmi has researched and developed reliable scientifically based tools to help people bridge the connection between their hearts and minds as well as deepen their connection with the hearts of others their mission is to help people bring their physical mental and emotional systems into balanced alignment through the intuitive guidance of the heart the foundation of our partnership is

built upon the shared belief that in order to create a new future a person needs to marry a clear intention coherent brain with an elevated emotion coherent heart hmi's research has proven that by combining an intention or thought which as you have read acts as the electrical charge with a feeling or emotion which you already understand acts as a magnetic charge we can change our biological energy and when we change our energy we change our lives it's the union of these two elements that produces measurable effects on matter moving our biology away from living in

the familiar past to living in the new future at our workshops across the world we teach our students to maintain and sustain these elevated states of being so they can cease living as victims of circumstance swinging from one emotion to the next and begin living as the creators of their reality this is the process whereby we create a new state of being or a new personality which creates a new personal reality for the past several years one of the goals of our partnership with hmi has been to teach our students to intentionally regulate and sustain

something called heart coherence like the regular beating of a drum hard coherence refers to the physiological function of the heart that causes it to beat in a consistent rhythmic orderly manner the opposite when it is not operating in an orderly manner is heart incoherence when we are in heart coherence we can access the heart's intelligence which hmi defines as the flow of awareness and insight that we experience once the mind and emotions are brought into balance and coherence through a self-initiated process this form of intelligence is experienced as direct intuitive knowing that manifests in thought

and emotions that are beneficial for ourselves and others as you'll discover in this chapter the benefits of heart coherence are numerous including lowering blood pressure improving the nervous system and hormonal balance and improving brain function when you maintain and sustain elevated emotional states independent of the conditions of your external environment you can gain access to the kind of high-level intuition that fosters a better understanding of yourself and others helps prevent stressful patterns in your life increases mental clarity and promotes better decision making in addition to hmi's research findings our data strongly suggests that sustained heart-centered

emotions promote healthier gene expression heart coherence begins with a steady coherent drum beat of the heart through cultivating practicing and sustaining elevated emotions such emotions include gratitude appreciation thankfulness inspiration freedom kindness selflessness compassion love and joy the benefits of that coherent beat are felt throughout all systems of the body consciously or unconsciously many of us practice feeling unhappy angry or fearful each day so why not practice creating and maintaining joyful loving altruistic states instead wouldn't that eventually create a new internal order resulting in overall health and happiness the heart bridge as you read in the

chapter on blessing the energy centers the heart located right behind the breastbone is the body's fourth energy center it is our bridge to greater levels of awareness and energy as well as the center where our divinity begins the heart is the intersection of our lower three energy centers associated with our earthly body and our upper three energy centers associated with our higher self it serves as our connection to the unified field and represents the union of duality or polarity it is where separation division and polarized energy merge to become one where opposites unify as the

yin and the yang good and bad positive and negative male and female past and future when your heart becomes coherent your nervous system responds by increasing the brain's energy creativity and intuition which has a positive effect on virtually every organ in the body now the heart and brain are working together causing you to feel more whole connected and content not only within your own body but also with everything and everybody when you are in a heart centered state the wholeness you feel consumes any feelings you may have of want and lack from this creative state

of wholeness and oneness magic begins to happen in your life because you're no longer creating from duality or separation you're no longer waiting for something outside of you to provide relief from the internal feelings of lack emptiness or separation instead you are becoming more familiar with your new ideal self and creating new experiences of yourself if you keep activating your heart center properly enough times during the creative process each day in time you will feel more like your future has already happened how can you ever want or feel lack if you feel whole if the

first three centers reflect our animal nature and are based on polarity opposites competition need and lack the fourth center begins our journey to our divine nature it is from within this heart center that we change our mind and energy from living in selfish states to living in selfless states and then we feel less affected by separation or duality and are more prone to make choices for the greatest good of everyone all of us have felt the consciousness of the heart center at one time or another in our lives this energy is related to being fulfilled

and at peace with yourself and your surroundings when we embrace the feelings related to the heart feelings that lead us to give nurture serve care help forgive love trust and so on we can't help but feel filled up whole and complete i believe this to be our innate nature as human beings homeostasis coherence and resilience as you have now learned the autonomic nervous system the involuntary division of the nervous system is divided into two subsystems the sympathetic nervous system and the parasympathetic nervous system as you know the sympathetic nervous system when switched on regulates the

body's unconscious actions and responses such as increased breathing elevated heart rate excess perspiration dilation of the pupils and so on its primary function is to stimulate the fight or flight response when a real or perceived danger is imminent this system works to protect us in our outer environment the parasympathetic nervous system complements the sympathetic nervous system in that it performs the exact opposite functions its role is to conserve energy relax the body and slow the high energy functions of the sympathetic system the parasympathetic system maintains protection in our inner environment if you think of the

ans as an automobile the parasympathetic system would be the brake and the sympathetic system the accelerator both branches of the ans continuously relay communications between the heart and the brain in fact the heart and the brain have more nerve connections to each other than any other systems in the body these two systems the sympathetic and parasympathetic are always working to maintain a state of homeostasis relative equilibrium between all systems within the body when the body is in a state of homeostasis we generally feel relaxed and safe within our current environment from this state of homeostasis

where all the body systems are working in harmony and minimal amounts of energy are wasted we can intentionally affect the nervous system to create coherence in order to feel these emotions of coherence the neural connections between the heart and brain must be functioning optimally in a balanced and coordinated manner when the heart is beating in such an orderly coherent fashion it brings the ans into coherence which in turn improves our brain functions by causing us to feel more creative focused rational aware and open to learning as you know the opposite of coherence is incoherence when

the heart is beating incoherently we feel out of balance on edge anxious and unfocused because the body is operating in survival we function more from an animalistic primitive perspective than from the higher heart-centered emotions of our greater humanity and divinity incoherence is brought on by stress which is the body and mind's response to disruptions and upsets in our external environment if the parasympathetic nervous system functions best when we feel safe then the sympathetic nervous system is activated mostly when we feel unsafe the stress we experience when we feel unsafe is not necessarily about the event

itself but the result of unmanaged emotional reactions to the event in a state of homeostasis you can think of the body as a sophisticated finely tuned machine but when emotions such as resentment anger jealousy impatience and frustration persist our internal equilibrium is thrown out of balance if you think about a time recently when you felt stress it probably felt somewhat like a fragmented rhythm as it turns out this is exactly what the heart is doing beating in a fragmented rhythm in a state of chronic stress the body struggles to maintain homeostasis and we may begin

to suffer from myriad stress related symptoms this constant stress draws from the invisible energy field around our body and depletes our vital life force leaving little time or energy for repair and restoration as a result of the body's reliance on the stress hormones now we're caught in an addictive loop where incoherence and chaos start to feel normal but at what cost the long-term effects of stress can be catastrophic according to one mayo clinic study of people with heart disease psychological stress was the strongest predictor of future cardiac events including cardiac death cardiac arrest and heart

attack many people because they live in states of chronic stress don't even realize they are living under stress until an event such as a heart attack occurs it makes sense then that if the heart is beating incoherently for extended periods of time not working in balance and order sooner or later it is going to fail key to our ability to manage stress is what's known as resilience which hmi defines as the capacity to prepare for recover from and adapt in the face of stress adversity trauma or challenge resilience and the management of emotions are both

integral to many important physiological processes involved in energy regulation how fast the body bounces back after the stress response and our ability to maintain health and homeostasis hrv communication between the heart and brain we've been led to believe that the brain reigns over our biology while this is partly true the heart is an autorhythmic organ which means the heartbeat is self-initiated from within the heart not from the brain for example it's a known fact that in all kinds of species the heart can be removed from the body and placed in a salt solution called ringer

solution where it will continue to beat for extended periods of time independent of any neurological connection to the brain in a fetus the heart begins beating before the brain is even formed at about three weeks while the electrical activity of its brain doesn't even begin until around the fifth or sixth week this demonstrates that the heart is capable of initiating communication with the central nervous system another factor that makes the heart unique is that it contains nerves from both branches of the ans which means any and every change in both the parasympathetic and sympathetic nervous

systems affect the way the heart works on a beat to beat basis this is important because whether we are conscious of it or not every emotion we experience influences our heart rhythm which gets communicated directly through the central nervous system in this way the heart the limbic brain and the ans have a very intimate relationship because balance or imbalance in one affects the other as a side note the limbic brain the seat of the autonomic nervous system is also called the emotional brain so when you change your emotions you affect your autonomic functions today with

about 75 accuracy science can predict what someone is feeling just by looking at the beat to be activity of the heart using heart rate variability analysis hrv heart rate variability is a physiological phenomenon that measures environmental and psychological challenges as reflected by the variation of the heart's beat to beat intervals thus the term variability among its uses hrv can measure the flexibility of our heart and nervous system which reflects our health and fitness as well as how well we are balancing our mental and emotional lives by studying the heart's rhythms as measured by hrv scientists

can detect patterns that deepen our understanding of how humans process emotions and the effects of feelings and emotions on our well-being in this way continued hrv research offers us a unique window into the communication between the heart brain and emotions many studies show that having a moderate level of variability makes us better able to adapt to life's challenges but a low level of heart rate variability is a strong and independent predictor of future health problems including all causes of mortality low hiv is also associated with numerous medical conditions when we are young we have greater

variability but as we age our variability decreases hiv patterns are so consistent that when scientists look at an hrv reading they can generally estimate the subject's age within approximately two years for many years a steady heart rhythm was considered a sign of good health but now we know that our heart rhythm changes with each and every heartbeat even when we are sleeping over the years hmi researchers have discovered information encoded within these beat to beat intervals by looking at the spaces between heartbeats in hiv readings rather than the spikes related to the beats themselves this

is somewhat similar to morse code where we understand communications by the intervals between transmissions in the case of our heart the intervals between its beats are complex transmissions used to relay communications between the brain and body during the 1990s researchers at hmi discovered that when people focused on their hearts and evoked elevated emotions such as appreciation joy gratitude and compassion those feelings could be observed as coherent patterns in the heart's rhythms the opposite was true of stressful feelings which caused the heart rhythms to be incoherent and to appear jagged and irregular this discovery linked emotional

states to hiv patterns c figure 7.1 the researchers also observed that heart rate beats per minute and heart rhythm were two separate biological responses for instance a person could have a high heart rate and still maintain a state of coherence therefore it was determined that the heart's rhythms can create coherent internal body states when our hrv is in a heart coherent pattern it reflects increased synchronization and harmony within the two branches of the ans as well as in the activity occurring in our higher level brain centers so much of what we've learned from western medicine

has caused us to believe that we cannot control our body's autonomic nervous system like heart rate and blood pressure because such functions are beyond the domain of the conscious mind not to mention the separation between the voluntary and involuntary nervous systems we now know however that you don't have to be a yogi or a mystic to be able to master such skills you just have to be supernatural which can be learned this is one reason why hmi teaches the importance of heart coherence not only to individuals but also to the military law enforcement schools athletes

and other high functioning individuals so people can maintain clarity decision making ability and composure in high stress situations the benefits of heart coherence when we choose to cultivate and experience elevated emotions and the coherent signal of those elevated emotions reaches the brain if the amplitude of the signal is high enough chemicals equal to those feelings and emotions are released into the body we call this a feeling and positive feelings like this make us feel lighter and freer in other words the energy of your whole state of being is elevated if you are feeling an elevated

sense of well-being in a safe environment the energy of those feelings sets in motion a cascade of at least 1400 biochemical changes in the body that promote growth and repair instead of drawing from the invisible field of energy around your body to transform energy into chemistry now you're adding to and expanding that field resulting in a new expression of chemistry reflective of the change in energy how if the first three energy centers of the body are energy consumers when we are out of balance the heart is an energy expander and when you rest your attention

in your heart to create and sustain elevated emotions that coherent energy causes your heart to beat like a drum is that coherent rhythmic beating that creates a measurable magnetic field around your heart and thus your body just like the focused beat of a drum that produces a measurable sound wave the stronger the coherent rhythm of the heart the more expanded your field becomes when you are feeling hurt anger stress jealousy rage competition or frustration on the other hand the signal from the heart to the brain becomes incoherent and this triggers the release of approximately 1200

chemicals into the body equal to those feelings this chemical dump lasts approximately 90 seconds to two minutes in the short term these stressful feelings are not harmful in fact if they're resolved they improve your resilience however the long-term effects of unresolved survival emotions put the entire body into a state of incoherence making you vulnerable to stress-related health challenges these survival emotions draw from the field around your body causing you to feel separate and materialistic because you are putting most of your focus and attention on matter your body the environment time and of course the source

of your problems amongst hmi's most significant findings is that what we feel on a minute to minute second to second basis influences the heart and that our feelings and emotions are a key aspect of unlocking heart intelligence because feelings and emotions are energies that emit powerful magnetic fields the stronger the elevated feelings the stronger the magnetic field in fact the heart produces the strongest magnetic field in the body five thousand times greater in strength than the field produced by the brain place your finger on your wrist and feel your pulse that pulse is a wave

of energy called the blood pressure wave and it travels through your entire body influencing everything including brain function not only does the heart's magnetic pulse reverberate through every cell of the body but it also produces a field around your body that can be measured up to eight to 10 feet away using a sensitive detector called a magnetometer when you activate the heart by calling up elevated emotions you are not only broadcasting that energy to every cell you are also radiating those feelings out into space this is where the heart moves beyond biology and into physics

using electroencephalograms scientists at the hmi laboratory discovered that when the heart goes into coherence the brain waves entrain with the heart's rhythm at a frequency of 0.10 hertz and also that the synchronization between heart and brain is increased when the subject is in a heart coherent state the coherent frequency of 0.10 hertz has been shown to be a state of optimum performance associated with increased access to our deeper intuition and internal guidance once the analytical mind is out of the way the individual can move down the ladder of consciousness from alpha to theta to delta

brain waves the state in which restorative functions in the body take place coincidentally we often see our students reporting profound or mystical experiences in deep delta around 0.09 to 0.10 hertz 0.09 hertz is just a hundredth of a cycle of a second of reported optimal coherence while their hearts are in a very coherent state however the amplitude of energy produced by the heart increases the level of energy in the brain in some cases more than 50 to 300 times the normal level or more supporting evidence of heart brain coherence was further demonstrated by a series

of experiments performed by gary schwartz phd and his colleagues at the university of arizona in their experiments they found inexplicable communications between the heart and the brain that made no sense via neurological or other established communication pathways this discovery established the fact that energetic interactions between the heart and the brain exist through electromagnetic fields both examples point to the fact that when we focus our attention on our heart and emotions the heart's beating acts as an amplifier this increases the synchronization between our heart and brain and creates coherence not only in the physical organs but

also in the electromagnetic field surrounding our body also noteworthy is that right behind the breastbone sits a small gland called the thymus which has an intimate connection with the heart center as one of the main organs of the immune system the thymus serves a vital role in the promotion of t cells which defend the body from pathogens such as bacteria and viruses the thymus gland functions optimally up to the onset of puberty but it begins to shrink as we get older because of natural decreases in the production of human growth hormone as with many vital

organs the thymus is also prone to the negative effects of long-term stress when we're living in emergency mode for extended periods of time and diminish our vital energy field all of our energy is directed outward to protect us from external threats leaving little energy to protect us from internal threats eventually this leads to dysfunction of the immune system makes sense then that as the heart center becomes activated with energy by mobilizing the parasympathetic nervous system for growth and repair the thymus glands should become more active as well because now we're adding energy in that gland

therefore the thymus gland should also benefit from the practice of sustaining coherence within the body aiding in the support of the overall vitality of our immune system and long-term health you learned earlier in this book that in my own independent studies when our students were able to feel and sustain gratitude and other elevated emotions for a total of 15 to 20 minutes per day for four days the energy of the emotion signaled the immune cell genes to make a protein called immunoglobulin a the significant increase in iga is a perfect example of one of the

many positive cascading effects of heart coherence what all this boils down to is that the quality of our heart's rhythm has consequences for our overall health if the heart beats in harmonious rhythms its efficiency reduces stress on other systems of the body maximizes our energy and creates states whereby we thrive mentally emotionally and physically if there is disharmony in our heart rhythms the opposite is true this incoherence leaves us with less energy available for healing and for maintaining health and long-term building projects creating unrest within our internal states and putting increased stress on the heart

and other organs heart attacks and heart disease for example occur when the body has been under stress for extended periods of time when we intentionally choose elevated emotions however focusing less on disharmony and more on gratitude our bodies respond positively and we enjoy improved health the next time you use an elevated emotion to tune into your future and embrace those feelings before the event unfolds and feel gratitude that the event has already occurred just know that the worst thing that probably can happen to you is that you begin to heal the effects of chronic stress

when we live in a constant state of stress our heart center becomes incoherent and this stifles our ability to create in response to chaotic heart rhythms the brain becomes very disintegrated and incoherent and that incoherence is reflected in the two branches of the ans if the parasympathetic system is the break and the sympathetic system is the accelerator when they are working in opposition your body is receiving a message akin to stepping on the gas while your foot is on the brake doesn't take a significant amount of automotive knowledge to understand the ramifications of these opposing

forces we wear out the brakes and we put stress on the drivetrain while the resistance wastes energy and reduces fuel efficiency eventually this habituation of stress wears down the body so much that eliminates our ability to repair and maintain health depleting our vitality and resilience if resilience is based on efficient energy management you may feel completely drained out of sorts and perhaps sick while under the influence of chronic stress the more addicted we become to these states of stress the less likely we are to open our hearts go within and consciously create heart coherence an

experience i had at my home in a rural area of washington state serves as a good example one november evening i came home from work parked my car as i always did and began walking down the 40-yard path to my house it was pitch black about 30 yards from my front door off to my right i heard an ominous growl coming from behind some very large rocks immediately i narrowed my focus on matter something and found myself thinking what could be lurking in the darkness i began searching in my mind and then my environment for

knowns from my past memory bank in order to predict my future could it be one of my dogs i wondered i started calling out their names but there was no response as i took a few more steps the growling became louder without my having to think about mobilizing the energy in my body the air on the back of my neck stood up my heart rate and respiratory rate increased and my senses became heightened in preparation for fight or flight i took out my cell phone and turned on the flashlight to narrow my focus on the

possible threat but i still couldn't see what was making the noise from the darkness the growling continued i slowly backed up and finally fled to my barn where my ranch hands were putting away the horses for the night we grabbed our guns and flashlights and returned to the scene just in time to see a cougar and a cub scurrying away through the bushes you can probably gather from the story that a highly stressful situation like this is not the time to open your heart or trust in the unknown it's not a time to take your

attention off things in your outer material world to focus on a new possibility in your mind it's a time to run hide or fight but if you are perpetually hooked into the fight or flight state even if there is no cougar in the bushes you will be less likely to want to close your eyes and go within because you have to keep your attention on the perceived threat outside of you no new information can enter your nervous system that is not equal to or relevant to the emotions you are experiencing so you can't program your

body for a new destiny so it makes sense that the more you live addicted to the stress hormones in your normal life the less likely you are to want to create meditate or open your heart and be vulnerable the heart brain in 1991 the pioneering work of j andrew armor md phd showed that the heart literally has a mind of its own with as many as 40 000 neurons the heart has a nervous system that functions independently of the brain the technical term coined for this system is the intrinsic cardiac nervous system more commonly known

as the heart brain this discovery was so monumental that it led to a new field of science called neurocardiology the heart and the brain are connected by efferent descending and afferent ascending pathways however ninety percent of the connecting nerve fibers ascend from the heart up to the brain are more uncovered that these direct afferent neural pathways continuously send signals and information that interacts with and modifies activity in the brain's higher cognitive and emotional centers these signals from the heart to the brain connect through the vagus nerve and continue straight to the thalamus which synchronizes cortical

activity such as thinking deceiving and understanding language then to the frontal lobes responsible for motor functions and problem solving and on to the brain's survival center the amygdala which signals emotional memory the core cells of the amygdala even synchronize to the heart's beating sea figure 7.2 this means that if your heart center is open it's keeping your brain's survival centers in check it's possible then that the more heart centered you are the less likely you will react to stressors in your life the reverse is also true the less energy you have in your heart center

the more likely you will be living in survival mode this tells us that our feelings and heart rhythms affect what emotional memories and responses transpire in us so stress and anxiety can trigger brainwave patterns to match an anxiety habit of the past conversely just like a computer that matches patterns elevated emotions of the heart can produce coherence in brainwave patterns so if you're summoning the feelings of your future by creating elevated states your brain is beginning to lay the neural networks for those future emotions or that new destiny are more's discovery of the afferent neural

pathways from the heart to the brain proves that the heart independently processes emotions responds directly to the environment and regulates its rhythms without receiving information from the brain that's because the heart and the ans always work together also noteworthy is that the nerves facilitating this communication enable the heart to sense remember self-regulate and make decisions about cardiac control independent of the nervous system to put it simply emotions and feelings originating in the heart play an important role in the way we think process information feel and understand the world and our place in it once the

heart center is activated it acts as an amplifier to jump start the brain enhances activity and create balance order and coherence throughout the body living heart centered as i said earlier every thought you think produces corresponding chemistry equal to that thought which in turn creates an emotion therefore you are suggestible only to the thoughts equal to your emotional state we now know that when our students are heart-centered and feel more wholeness and oneness they're less separate from their dreams when they feel gratitude abundance freedom or love all those emotions welcome corresponding thoughts those heart-centered emotions

open the door to the subconscious mind so that you can program your autonomic nervous system equal to the thoughts of your new future we also know that if they live in the feeling of fear or lack but try to think they're abundant they can't produce a measurable effect because change can only happen when thoughts are in alignment with the emotional state of the body they can think positively all they want but without a corresponding feeling or emotion equal to that thought message cannot be felt or understood throughout the rest of the body so you could

repeat the affirmation i am fearless until you're blue in the face but if it's fear you're actually feeling the thought i am fearless never makes it past the brain stem which means you're not signaling the body and ans into a new specific destiny the feeling is what produces the emotional charge energy to stimulate your ans into a different destiny without the feeling a disconnect remains between your brain and body between the thought of health and the feeling of health and you can't embody that new state of being it's only when you change your energy that

you can produce more consistent effects if you sustain these elevated emotions on a daily basis eventually your body in its innate intelligence begins to make relative genetic changes in a way i described earlier that's because the body believes that the emotion you are embracing is coming from an experience in your environment so when you open your heart center practice feeling an emotion before the experience occurs and marry it with a clear intention the body responds as if it's in the future experience that heart mind coherence then influences your body chemistry and energy in a series

of ways if coherence between the heart and the brain can originate in the heart and their synchronization results in optimal performance and health then you should be taking time every day to focus on activating your heart center by intentionally choosing to feel the elevated emotions of the heart rather than waiting for something outside of yourself to elicit those emotions you become who you are truly meant to be a heart empowered individual when you are living by the heart you naturally choose love and innately demonstrated through compassion and care for the well-being of yourself others and

planet earth through our partnership with hmi our students have demonstrated that with practice we can in fact produce regulate and sustain elevated feelings and emotions independent of events in our external world in our workshops around the world through the practice of regulating heart rhythms to sustain elevated emotions we teach our students how to generate heart and brain coherence we then measure their abilities using hrv monitors during guided meditations we ask our students to surrender to the feelings of gratitude joy and love and we encourage daily practice outside of our formal instruction because when one chooses

to practice sitting in a state of coherence it becomes a habit i hope that with enough practice our students can replace old mental scripts of feeling unworthy fearful or insecure with more elevated states of being and fall deeply in love with their lives we've seen enough of them demonstrate that it is indeed possible to produce positive measurable tangible effects in their lives simply by shifting the paradigm of their thoughts and feelings these dedicated individuals return to their homes where the positive effects they've produced in their own lives ripple out to positively affect their families and

communities continuously expanding their vibrational influence of harmony and coherence throughout the world by repeatedly practicing the regulation of heightened emotional states in time the constant feeling of elevated emotions creates a new emotional baseline this baseline then begins to continuously influence a new set of thoughts equal to the heightened feelings the summation of those novel thoughts creates a new level of mind which then produces more corresponding emotions equal to those thoughts further sustaining that baseline when this feedback loop between the heart body and mind brain occurs you are in an entirely new state of being the

consciousness of the unlimited mind and the energy of profound love and gratitude the repetition of this process is what it means to recondition your body rewire your brain and reconfigure your biology equal to your new state of being now you are naturally automatically and regularly broadcasting a different electromagnetic signature of energy into the field this is who you are or who you have become countless history books could be written through the lens of incoherent emotions whether the result is a shakespearean tragedy genocide or a world war survival emotions such as blame hate rage competition and

retribution have resulted in an endless unnecessary trail of pain suffering oppression and death the results have caused humans to live in opposition and conflict rather than in peace and harmony this is a time in history when we can break that cycle this is a pivotal moment in the story of humanity where ancient wisdom and modern science are intersecting to provide us with the technology and scientific understanding to learn not only how to more efficiently and effectively manage our emotions but also what that means for our health relationships energy levels and personal and collective evolution it

doesn't require moving mountains only changing our internal state of being this allows us to alter the way we act with one another replacing stressful situations with positive experiences that give us energy fill our spirit and leave us with a sense of wholeness connection and unity the brain may think that when you turn your heart into an instrument of perception it knows examples from our workshops to see an example of how heart coherence creates brain coherence take a look at graphics 8a and 8b in the color insert the first image shows relatively low normal beta brainwave

patterns before the person begins to create heart coherence the second image shows a significant change once the person moves into sustained heart coherence just a few seconds later that's because the heart acts as an amplifier to influence the brain to create very coherent synchronized alpha brainwaves in figures 7.3 a and 7.3 b you will see an hrv analysis from one of our students taken at an advanced workshop she's having a pretty amazing day the first chart in figure 7.3 a represents two meditations one in the morning and one right before lunch and each block represents

five minutes of elapsed time where you see the first gray arrow on the top of the scan pointing down to the right is when she went into and sustained heart coherence during our 7am meditation she maintained this state for more than 50 minutes until you see the second arrow pointing down to the left at the bottom of the scan where you can see the second grey arrow pointing down to the right is when she again went into heart coherence for 38 minutes during meditation just before lunch ending with the second gray arrow pointing down to

the left you can see she is developing the skill now look at figure 7.3 b in the next meditation later that afternoon if you glance between the two grey arrows at the top of the figure you can see that she goes into heart coherence again for almost 45 minutes what makes this reading so fascinating however is what happens later that evening around 8 pm see the second set of gray arrows pointing inward since there was no meditation taking place at the time we asked her later what she had experienced her heart went into super coherence

for more than an hour while she was in her normal level of wakefulness she told us she'd been getting ready for bed when suddenly she felt an overwhelming feeling of love it was so strong that she had to lie down and surrender to it her heart spontaneously went into heart coherence and for an hour and ten minutes while she lay on her bed she felt deeply in love with her life she sustained a change in her ans where you see the last arrow is where she said she rolled over on her side and fell asleep

not a bad way to end a day wouldn't you agree so ponder this you know how easy it is to think a fearful anxious thought about a future event that hasn't happened and in your mind emotionally embrace this fictional outcome over and over and you know how the more energy you feed the thought the more you ruminate over other possible outcomes and eventually those thoughts deliver you to a worst case scenario it's the emotions that are driving those thoughts you conditioned your body to be the mind in fear and anxiety if this continues over a

long period of time your body may have a panic attack an autonomic spontaneous bodily function that your conscious mind can't control but what if instead of conditioning the body to the mind of fear and anxiety you experienced sustained elevated emotions and conditioned your body to the mind of love and coherence instead of being afraid and dreading that a panic attack is going to happen again you'd get excited and look forward to the prospect of having an autonomic love attack figure 7.4 shows three more examples of students who are able to sustain hard coherence for extended

periods of time if you look closely you'll see their hearts are all responding to a consistent state of elevated emotions for at least 45 minutes that is their bodies are responding to a new mind i'd say that's pretty supernatural figures 7.5 a and 7.5 b demonstrate two examples of people with very poor heart rate variability noted with two sets of black arrows pointing upward in the natural waking state take a look at the changes in heart rate variability when they practice heart coherence shown in the area between the gray arrows pointing inward even if it's

only for eight to fifteen minutes these students are changing their biology heart coherence meditation this meditation is based on the heart lock-in technique developed by hmi close your eyes allow your body to relax and bring your attention to your heart start breathing in and out from the heart center and continue to do this more slowly and deeply when your mind wanders keep returning your attention and awareness to your chest your heart and your breath next while you rest your attention in your fourth center bring up some elevated emotions while continuing to breathe in and out

of your heart center once you feel these heartfelt emotions in your chest area send that energy out beyond your body and marry it with your intention continue to broadcast that energy and intention all around you start with ten minutes and try to extend the time you practice every day eventually when you come to know what it feels like in your body to experience these elevated emotions you can practice throughout your day with your eyes open you'll learn more about how to do this in chapter nine walking meditation you might even set a reminder on your

phone for four times a day and when it goes off take a minute or two to feel those elevated emotions chapter eight mind movies kaleidoscope i just finished a keynote lecture on a saturday night in orlando florida the following morning while packing my bags in preparation for my afternoon flight home i turned on the television to catch up on the political situation in the united states it was in the thick of the 2016 presidential election and since i had been out of the country traveling and lecturing over the previous three weeks i was curious about

what had transpired during my time away i quickly surfed through the channels to find a new station set the remote down and while halfway paying attention to the tv continued packing suddenly a commercial came on that caught all my attention and in an instant i understood why we called television programming the commercial began with a nighttime exterior shot of a couple's home as the camera zooms in on the house the words knight 14 with shingles appears on the screen when the shot moves to the interior tender yet foreboding music plays while an elderly man moans

in pain at the foot of his bed his concerned wife enters the room and asks him how he's doing it hurts he replies in the lower right corner in a tiny font almost the same color as the background are the words actor portrayal the wife walks over with a look of despair and slowly lifts her husband's shirt revealing huge red scab lesions covering more than half his lower back the imagery is shocking grotesque and horrific looking like nothing less than a large third degree burn in my 31 years of practice i've examined hundreds of people

with shingles and have never seen anything that looked so severe as the manufactured lesions in this commercial i immediately knew it was designed to evoke a strong emotional response with a viewing audience because it certainly did in me once you see the rash on the man's back the commercial achieves its goal of commanding your attention because the portrayal of the rash is so arresting it changes the way you were feeling from only a few moments before your present state of watching it the moment the commercial significantly changes your internal emotional state it causes you to

put more of your attention and awareness on the source of the disruption in your external environment the stronger the emotion it causes stimulus the more you lean in and pay attention response this association of stimulus and response or conditioning is how long-term or associative memories are created this process of conditioning begins by pairing a symbol or an image with a change in an emotional state a combination that opens the doorway between the conscious and subconscious mind in the case of the shingles commercial now that they have captured all your attention and begun the programming process

you can't help but naturally wonder what they're about to say next the commercial continues with a somber male narrator if you've ever had chicken pox the shingles virus is already inside of you as you get older your immune system weakens and it loses its ability to keep the shingles virus in check by using emotional branding this is the first instance where the commercial raises ethical questions by telling the audience that the immune system weakens with age next we see the man in the bathroom looking at himself in the mirror he looks worried broken and defeated

the scene changes to his wife talking on the phone in the kitchen i just can't stand seeing him like this she says next we see the man doubled over on his bed palm to forehead wincing in pain the narrator then makes a direct suggestion reinforced by the same words appearing on the screen one in three people will get shingles in their lifetime the narrator continues while the same words remain on the screen the shingles rash can last up to 30 days the scene cuts to his wife pleading directly into the camera i just wish there

was something i could do to help again we see the man in pain and on the screen appear the words one in five people with shingles will have long-term nerve pain these words remain on the screen for the remaining narration which says some people with shingles will have long-term nerve pain which can last a few months to a few years don't wait until someone you love develops shingles talk to your doctor or pharmacist about your risk let's take a closer look at what this commercial is attempting to do first it puts you in an emotional

state by changing how you feel once it captures your attention you immediately become more open and suggestible to the information that follows now that you're more prone to accept believe and surrender to this information without analyzing it if you're feeling fearful victimized vulnerable worried shocked weak tired or in pain you're more susceptible to the information equal to those emotions you might start wondering if the ailment could happen to you at various points during the commercial certain facts appear written on the screen allowing you to read along this serves to reinforce the programming also while the

thinking brain is focused on reading the copy the content of the narration slips behind the conscious mind and into the subconscious mind like an audio recorder it records the entire script and creates an internal program next through a direct literal suggestion the narrator has instilled fear in you by personally suggesting you already have the shingles virus in your body and because of the natural process of aging your immune system is no longer strong enough to take care of the virus this turns on your emotional brain the seat of your autonomic nervous system allowing it to

become programmed once the suggestions make it to your autonomic nervous system it takes the orders without question and gets busy making chemical changes in your body equal to the literal suggestions in other words your body is going to subconsciously and automatically be programmed to weaken your immune function in conclusion you're at risk and you'd better not wait until you contract it the commercial's effect goes even a little further if you've ever had chickenpox and after watching this you think your immune system is weak because of your age you will decide you have an even greater

need to prevent getting shingles so you will be even more motivated to buy the drug if you happen to be the person who has shingles and you're watching this commercial when you see that your condition is not as severe as the actor's shingles you may find yourself thinking i should take the drug now so that it doesn't get any worse i don't want to end up like him if you don't have shingles at the commercial's end you may still be left quietly wondering am i part of the two-thirds of the population that is safe or

am i in the one-third of the population that will get the virus if you think i hope i'm not part of the one-third it means you believe there may be a chance that you're susceptible and vulnerable leaving you unconsciously thinking that you already have it you know what i found most absurd about this commercial they never even mentioned the drug which means they don't have to reveal its side effects since the commercial has now peaked my curiosity i stopped packing and looked on the internet for another commercial by the same pharmaceutical company i wanted to

know what drug they were suggesting would alleviate the severity of the actor's exaggerated manufactured lesions after a quick search i found several similar commercials with the same theme and wording but with slight variations they all shared one thing in common however they were all designed to capture your attention in the next commercial i watched a woman is wearing goggles and swimming in the lap pool everything is black and white in a twist on the previous commercial the narrator speaking in an authoritative female british accent is the shingles virus and the narration is coming from within

the woman's head impressive linda age isn't slowing you down but your immune system weakens as you get older increasing the risk for me the shingles virus i've been lurking inside you since you had chickenpox i could surface at any time as a painful blistering rash the scene then abruptly cuts from black and white to color and a man lifts his shirt to reveal the worst shingles rash you've ever seen again the grotesque blistering lesion can't help but attract your attention as quickly as the scene turns to color it returns to the swimmer in black and

white the commercial continues in a similar manner and formula as the previous one first make an arresting statement or show a shocking image to change the viewer's emotional state then cause them to be more suggestible to the information by the change in their emotional state and finally use auto suggestion to make them wonder if they already have shingles this ad also infers that even though you might be healthy work out and take care of yourself you can still become a victim of the virus further suggesting that no one is immune again the words on the

screen reinforce the message one in three people get me in their lifetime linda will it be you if you identify with a woman in any manner the voice is talking directly to you the tone of the commercial then changes as a new male narrator begins speaking in a confident light-hearted tone devoid of worry or concern in a similar british accent the voice says and that's why linda got me drug eggs the scene remains in black and white except for the woman's bathing suit the swim cap and the name of the drug which appears on the

screen in large sophisticated font now the drug has been imprinted into your brain at yet another level once again the ad has created an association between your health and safety and the drug that will protect you the tagline comes on the screen as the narrator reads it aloud stating that the drug helps to boost your immune system against shingles to help protect her against you shingles at the end of the commercial the narrator says drug x is used to prevent shingles in adults 50 years and older the drug is not to be used to treat

shingles and it does not help everyone here's the punchline you should not take the drug if you have a weakened immune system whoa what backup here's the irony they just told you that as you age your immune system weakens and you're at a greater risk for shingles the drug is supposed to strengthen your immune system but you shouldn't use it if you have a weakened immune system now comes the dilemma if you still choose to take the drug you believe the drug to be more powerful than your possibly weakened immune system the programming worked what

the clever if not unethical advertisers understand is that this message is confusing and disorientating to your conscious mind at the same time however they are programming your subconscious mind with the idea that your immune system is weak you probably already have the virus within you and chances are high that you'll get shingles even if you are healthy in addition you are told that without the medication you are likely to suffer even though there is no guarantee that the shingles will go away easily and that it still might not work if your immune system is weak

finally comes the side effects which are not side effects but direct effects a shingles like rash redness pain itching swelling hard lumps warmth bruising or swelling at the injection site and headache talk to your doctor if you plan to be around newborns or people who are pregnant or have a weakened immune system because the vaccine has a weakened version of the chickenpox virus and you could infect them wow i started to wonder what planet i was living on this type of programming makes you wonder if we really have free will or if we're all making

choices based on what we have been conditioned to believe is the answer whether that's a certain type of beer shampoo or conditioner the latest smartphone or a pill that may or may not provide relief from the shingles virus you may or may not even have most of the time advertising appeals to lack and separation by reminding you to want what you don't have desire what you need to fit into a social consciousness or satiate a feeling of emptiness or loneliness and of course in this case if you're sick or feeling like you're sick the advertiser

has the answer to your symptoms in one final search i came across a similar commercial with the same theme an actor dramatically suffering for 17 days the shocking exposure of a huge legion and words on the screen to influence the viewers thoughts while reinforcing the same content like the other commercials this one explicitly informs the public that the drug is not used to treat shingles but at the end of the commercial the handsome man smiles and declares i think i'm going to give it a try meanwhile i'm left wondering why he would give it a

try if he already has had shingles for 17 days especially if the drug doesn't treat the condition now i'm really confused years ago i learned in my training that by definition hypnosis is a disorientation of the inhibitory processes of the conscious mind bypassing the analytical mind so that one becomes highly responsive to suggestions and information in the subconscious mind as the conscious mind is busy and preoccupied trying to figure things out the subconscious mind takes it all in without discretion if you can disorient people with information or in today's world disinformation shock or confusion you

just open the door to programming their subconscious mind in this chapter we're going to learn how to do the opposite and positively reprogram the negative programming we've been conditioned to for most of our lives three minds in one brain the conscious subconscious and analytical mind by now you know that when you change your brain waves from beta to alpha you slow down your neocortex the analytical thinking brain as your brain waves slow down you leave the domain of conscious mind and enter the realm of the subconscious mind we could say then that if you are

somewhat conscious and aware but not actively engaged in thought your consciousness is moving out of the thinking neocortex and entering the midbrain otherwise known as the subconscious the home to the autonomic nervous system and the cerebellum if you've ever witnessed someone completely captivated by a television show so much so that when you tried to speak to them that they didn't hear you it's possible that they were experiencing alpha brainwave states a state highly suggestible to information suggestibility is the ability to accept believe and surrender to information without analyzing it in this state the viewer is

so engrossed so focused on what they're watching that they appear entranced and motionless nothing else exists to them except the object of their attention if the person doesn't analyze the information they are being exposed to they are likely to accept believe and or surrender to it because there is no analytical filter it makes logical sense then that the more suggestible you are the less analytical you are the opposite is also true the more analytical you are the less suggestible you are to information therefore it is less likely that your brain will be in an alpha

brainwave or trance state take a look at figure 8.1 to help you understand the relationship between suggestibility the analytical mind trance and brainwaves what the creators of the commercials i mentioned earlier fully understand is the best way to program a person to take a desired action is to put them in an alpha brainwave state so that the information presented is not analyzed when the commercial is repeated or a similar one with the same message is played over and over sooner or later that program is going to enter the viewer's subconscious the more we are exposed

to the stimulus in this case the commercial the more automatic the programmed response becomes eventually when we've unconsciously memorized the stimulus and the response is automatic the conscious mind no longer needs to think about or analyze the incoming information meanwhile the subconscious mind maps the information recording and storing it like a voice or video recording once it is mapped in your brain each time you are exposed to the commercial it continues to prime the same neural networks further reinforcing the same program thought and belief now not only can information influence your health but it can

also give you the solution to the problem the commercial is actually creating other situations that increase suggestibility include shock trauma or a strong emotional reaction for instance when people are stunned or exposed to emotionally charged situations it's common that the brain goes into an altered state as the brain pauses because of a sensory overload such as a motor vehicle accident the person enters a suggestible state in severe cases the person surrenders to the shock becomes frozen and numb and their ability to think becomes impaired therefore when someone is exposed to an aggressive rash and feels

sickened by the images the mind with the right music and narration to create an ominous or foreboding mood the door to the subconscious mind opens making the person more easily programmable if you remember the subconscious mind sits right below the conscious mind the limbic brain is the home of the subconscious and the autonomic nervous system which controls all the automatic biological functions that happen on a moment-to-moment basis once a thought is programmed like a servant carrying out their master's orders the ans carries out the request of the thought if you are repeatedly told that your

immune system weakens as you age and that one out of three people who have had chickenpox in their life will get shingles the emotionally charged experience allows the message to make it past your thinking analytical mind in response to this information your ans follows the orders and can begin to actually weaken your internal defense system for the advertisers to really get their money's worth in this commercial endeavor it's best for them to repeatedly run the commercials late in the evening when we're most suggestible to programming why because melatonin levels rise in response to darkness and

melatonin causes our brain waves to slow down in preparation for sleeping and dreaming because our brain waves are moving from beta to alpha to theta to delta in the evening people are less analytical and their subconscious window opens as daylight wakes us up in the morning and our brain begins producing serotonin the reverse process occurs our brain waves go from delta to theta to alpha where again our subconscious is open to programming and eventually to beta so if you're an advertiser and you know the majority of the public is not aware of the way subconscious

programming works why not create a series of late night commercials with your desired messaging accent it with just the right amount of fright and concern so as to capture the viewers attention and proceed to program their autonomic nervous system to get busy taking the orders just before they fall asleep a good rule of thumb don't watch anything on television or on the internet or participate in any mode of entertainment that you don't want to experience not only before bed but ever kaleidoscope eyes entranced in trance for years i've been thinking about how we're all constantly

programmed into self-limiting beliefs that is believing that we need something outside of us to change how we feel inside of us that is after all what advertising is all about the never-ending dependence on and consumption of external sources to make us feel happy or better this belief which reminds us of our separation from wholeness is incessantly ingrained in us through the media television shows commercials the news video games websites and sometimes even music it's a simple strategy really if you can suspend people in the feelings of lack fear anger opposition prejudice pain sadness and anxiety

they remain dependent on someone or something outside of them to make those feelings go away if you remain in a perpetual state of busyness and are always preoccupied in survival emotions you never actually have the opportunity to believe in yourself but what if it was possible to undo or reverse that programming so you had unlimited beliefs about yourself in your life that's exactly what we've been doing for several years at our advanced workshops using two simple tools including one the children have been playing with for ages a kaleidoscope the only difference is that we're applying

it in a technologically advanced way to induce trans up until this point we've been moving into trans and alpha and theta brainwave states with our eyes closed during meditation but if we can create alpha and even theta brainwave states with our eyes open and intentionally expose ourselves to information relevant to our life's dreams and goals we can reprogram ourselves into supernatural states rather than the unconscious states we experience daily but why the kaleidoscope for many years now my primary passion has been the mystical each time i have one of these profound and super lucid experiences

they create lasting changes within me that deepen my understanding of myself and my connection to the mystery of life once you have a mystical experience and get your first glance behind the veil you can never go back to business as usual and with every subsequent mystical experience you have you move closer to source wholeness oneness and the indivisible unified field the good news is that mystical experiences are no longer relegated to people like teresa of avila francis of assisi or a buddhist monk who's been meditating for 40 years every person is capable of engaging experiencing

and accessing the mystical when i'm having a mystical experience it seems more real to me than anything i've ever known in my life and i lose track of space and time often just before i become entwined in it i see in my mind and sometimes in my outer world circular geometric patterns made of light and energy they tend to look like mandalas except they're not static they're standing waves of interfering frequencies that appear as fractal patterns the only way i can describe their properties is that they are alive moving changing and ever evolving into more

complex patterns within patterns these patterns look like what you see when you look into a kaleidoscope but instead of being two-dimensional they are three-dimensional when i see and rest my attention on these divine geometric patterns they change and i know in a moment as my brain takes that pattern of information and transduces it into vivid imagery i am about to have a profound mystical experience that's why my team and i wanted to create a kaleidoscope visual for my students to hopefully induce those types of experiences but we couldn't find any real footage of a kaleidoscope

at the time all the fractal geometry media files on the internet were computer generated and i wanted to create a more realistic representation after much searching my team and i found family that has been making kaleidoscopes for three generations so we bought one of their best pieces next we rented a camera by red the leading manufacturer of the professional digital cinema cameras most often used in hollywood films we fitted the camera with a lens that attaches to the end of a fiber optic filament which we inserted inside the kaleidoscope once we place the camera inside

the kaleidoscope we fixed the motor to the end that rotates so its internal crystals and oils would move in smooth consistent transitions for hours in a seattle washington studio we captured beautiful images and colors while filming against the black backdrop the black represents the absence of anything physical the place where we become no body no one no thing nowhere in no time this is the infinite black space or void that you learned about in chapter three as we recorded all the footage over the course of several days gravity caused the crystals and oil to fall

and accelerate with every rotation so a technician had to tediously account for every second frame by frame to ensure the transitions were smooth if the transition was not fluid it risked breaking the viewer's focus or trans state it took months to refine our footage into the one-hour video that we used during our advanced workshops finally we had talented composer frank biscotti create the accompanying soundtrack we wanted our students to be continuously mesmerized by the beautiful symmetry in changing geometric forms mind movies the motion picture of your future at our advanced workshops every participant receives a

fun and easy to use software program called mind movies to make a movie about their future self and their life we use this in tandem with the kaleidoscope video depending on what the student wants to create in their life the movie they make about their future exposes them to images and specific written suggestions and information designed to assist them in creating it just like the shingles commercial helps you to read along this could range from healing from a disease to strengthening their immune system creating a new job manifesting new opportunities traveling the world tracking abundance

finding a new life partner having mystical experiences and more its purpose is to remind them that they can accomplish their dreams create the uncommon and become supernatural the goals of this personalized media presentation include one helping students get clear on the intention they want to create in their future two programming their conscious mind as well as their unconscious mind into that new future three changing their brain and body to biologically look like the future has already happened four repeatedly associating those pictures and images with music to create new neural networks in the brain and to

emotionally recondition the body to a new mind it's a way for them to remember their future the mind movie technology was founded by two business partners from australia natalie and glenn ledwell they are not only the founders but also the poster children for its capabilities the journey began in 2007 when a friend showed them a movie he had created about his life later he approached them with the idea of starting a business based on what would become mind movie software getting the business off the ground required them to create a website to distribute the software

so they could instruct people from all around the world on how to make their own movies yet they already had four businesses and knew almost nothing about the internet or e-commerce glenn could barely turn on a computer and natalie hadn't even heard of youtube they recognized however that mind movie had the potential to be a very powerful tool to help people build the belief that they could create real outcomes in their lives with that in mind they decided to post a video about the power of mind movies on youtube at the end of the video

viewers were encouraged to visit their website where they could learn how to build their own in early 2008 after receiving countless emails from customers telling them how mind movies had changed their lives natalie and glenn decided to go all in they flew to the united states attended an internet marketing seminar joined the marketing mastermind group and began planning mind movies global launch yet when they arrived in the united states they had nearly drained their bank account leaving almost no money to pay for the remaining services required to launch the business this meant learning mastering and

implementing everything for the launch themselves for months they worked 12 hour days out of their office otherwise known as their bedroom in the process they ventured so far outside their comfort zone that they no longer knew what a comfort zone was faced with daily technical business and personal challenges they had one secret weapon in their arsenal their own mind movie in their mind movie natalie and glenn defined the number of customers they wanted to attract and who those customers would be they described the respect of their industry peers and plotted out what they would do

once their business was a success such as the restaurants where they would eat and the family holidays they would take finally they wanted to produce one million dollars worth of sales why not aim high they thought their marketing friends were doing million dollar launches albeit with five thousand dollar programs they watched their mind movie multiple times a day to distress and remain focused and inspired even though everything in their current reality seemed to be working against them but they knew all their effort risk and dreams would culminate on the day of their global launch the

finish line was in sight and then the unthinkable happened scheduled for september 2008 their launch coincided with the global financial crisis financial institutions around the world were facing cataclysmic losses while families and individuals lost their savings assets and livelihoods in the worst downturn since the great depression meanwhile glenn and natalie were facing their own financial hardships by launching the business they'd racked up a hundred and twenty thousand dollars in credit card debt if the business failed they'd lose everything their home cars and investments in addition to being buried under an insurmountable debt on the morning

of their launch unbeknownst to them their email delivery system was down for scheduled maintenance so none of their customers received confirmation emails for their purchase by lunchtime they had already received thousands of customer support email complaints in addition to challenges with their online bank the bank wanted to freeze their account due to unusual activity by evening however they had experienced the most memorable day of their lives in the first hour on the first day they had hit the hundred thousand dollar mark and that by day's end it grossed 288 thousand dollars in the end glenn

and natalie ended up generating seven hundred thousand dollars based on a ninety seven dollar program with no upsells but the story doesn't end there they were of course delighted with their achievement but they faced one last monumental challenge because of the volatile and uncertain financial climate at the time their bank froze their accounts so they couldn't access the money this meant they couldn't pay commissions to their affiliates or the hundred and twenty thousand dollars they owed to creditors or deliver profit sharing to the people who had helped them launch the business everything hinged on their

funds being released finally after six months of sticking to their vision and watching their mind movie they gained access to their account lifting the financial burden that had nearly sent them into bankruptcy but here's where the story gets really good as the world was still reeling economically the value of the u s dollar against the australian dollar was still grossly different so thanks to the exchange rate when they transferred their money back to australia they ended up earning an extra two hundred and fifty thousand dollars with that as well as with the commissions they received

in exchange for promoting partner affiliate programs glenn and natalie actually met their one million dollar goal they created a huge part of their success which was the complete opposite of what everyone else in the world was experiencing with the fact that they focused on their mind movie every single day while this is a great example of the potential of mind movies and while the options to create your own mind movie are endless the process is relatively the same students first pick their own song one they will never tire of listening to next they choose images

and or videos of either themselves or a future event and lay them out sequentially to tell a story of what their future looks like finally we ask them to come up with specific words phrases or affirmations to add to the scenes which they superimpose over the images in the exact same way that tv commercials program people to be victims or to experience want and lack mind movies can program students to be unlimited in the life they are capable of creating in our advanced workshops our students watch the kaleidoscope video before they watch their mind movies

because it helps them induce and sustain alpha and theta's trance states with their eyes open opening the doorway between the conscious and subconscious mind throughout their meditation while in an alpha or theta brainwave states they are more suggestible to their own reprogramming process this is important because the more suggestible they are while using their mind movie the less likely they are to become analytical and have constant internal thoughts such as how's this going to happen or this is impossible or how am i going to afford that or it didn't happen last time so why should

it happen now while the kaleidoscope induces students into trans to open the subconscious to programming the mind movie is the new program mind movies program our students subconscious minds the same way that television commercials program us but in a more positive unlimited and constructive ways when our brains thoughts are silenced the conscious mind is no longer analyzing incoming information as a result whatever information we are exposed to in the state encodes directly into the subconscious just like recording or videotaping something to be automatically played back later we're recording a new program in the subconscious mind

a great amount of research over the years has documented how the right and left hemispheres of the neocortex relate to one another we now know that the right hemisphere processes spatial non-linear abstract and creative thinking while the left hemisphere processes logical rational linear methodical and mathematical thinking the latest research however also suggests the right hemisphere processes cognitive novelty and the left hemisphere processes cognitive routine this means that when we learn new things the right hemisphere is more active and when new learnings become routine then they're stored in the left hemisphere the majority of people operate

from the left hemisphere of their brain because they're hardwired into automatic habits and programs they've memorized this is why language is stored in the left hemisphere it's routine you can think about the right hemisphere as the territory of the unknown and the left hemisphere as the territory of the known it makes sense then that the right hemisphere would be romantic creative and non-linear while the left hemisphere would be methodical logical and structured we've actually seen this dual processing occurring while watching our students brain scans in real time because the kaleidoscope's flow of geometric fractal patterns

within patterns does not look like anyone anything anywhere in any time its patterns are designed to bypass the perceptual networks and associative centers in the brain that relate to known people things objects places and times its ancient geometrical patterns reflect repeating fractal patterns found all throughout nature thus they activate lower brain centers is for this reason you can't look into the kaleidoscope and see your aunt mary a bicycle you owned in sixth grade or the house where you grew up because you're not activating or triggering the associative centers related to the memories primarily located in

the left hemisphere of your brain as you stop thinking and analyzing and start moving into alpha or the theta brainwave patterns more activity occurs in the right hemisphere if the left hemisphere operates in the known and the right hemisphere operates in the unknown as activity increases in your right hemisphere you are more open to creating something unknown and new graphics nine a one and nine a two in the color insert show brain scans of two students who are in coherent alpha and theta states in graphic nine a three you'll see another student's entire brain in

theta while viewing the kaleidoscope graphic 9a4 shows the brain scan of a student watching the kaleidoscope the right side of their brain is more activated while they engage in the novelty of the experience during a trance state when we play the kaleidoscope in our advanced workshops we play it in a dark room so melatonin levels increase thereby enhancing brain wave changes i ask students to relax and consciously slow down their breathing as their respiration slows down so do their brain waves moving from beta to alpha i then ask them to continuously relax into their body

and to get ever more in touch with it i want to get them into the states somewhere between half awake and half asleep when they're most suggestible further priming their brain to accept the programming of their mind movie just as late night infomercials influence people because the production of melatonin in preparation for restorative sleep causes their guard to drop i want our students melatonin levels to be elevated and their brain waves to be an alpha and theta so they are wide open to the information and possibilities in their mind movie the soundtrack of your future

life music has a way of calling up the memory of a specific time and place in our life is for this reason the entertainer dick clark said music is the soundtrack of your life the moment a magically nostalgic song starts playing your brain begins recalling images of certain times and places and those images connect you to the experience of different people and events neurologically speaking the song acts as an external cue causing a specific set of neural networks in your brain to fire by association you see images in your mind that have been frozen in

time we call this an associative memory if you take the memory of that song further and really feel it get into it and maybe even sing and dance along you might notice that the corresponding emotions connected to your memories begin to move throughout your body whether the memory of that song relates to your first love spring break your senior year of college or what you felt before walking onto the field before the biggest game of your life every one of those memories is strongly embedded with feelings and emotions when you feel the emotion deeply enough

it connects you to the energy of your past and the stronger the emotional response the greater the memory in the moment you feel and experience that memory it brings your past to life and in your mind you are instantly transported through time into the experience just as it did in the past your body comes out of its resting state causing you to feel the same emotions of your past and reproduce the level of mind equal to that past memory for that moment your entire state of being is in the past long-term memories are stronger when

the amplitude of the emotions associated with the event is high whether a long-term memory is positive or negative however has no bearing on how our mind processes the memory for example memories of traumas betrayals and shocking events carry equally powerful emotions except they are negative rather than joyful once we remember and relive the pain fear anger sadness and intensity of the emotions connected to those traumatic memories our internal chemical state changes this causes us to pay more attention to whomever or whatever created the original emotions in our external environment so what if you could create

a movie of your future and pair it with a song that motivates and inspires you so much that it pulls you out of your resting state changes your state of being and connects you to the energy of your future memories if music is the soundtrack of your life then just as certain songs transport you to the past couldn't you bring your future to life in the same way this is where mind movies come in by purposely pairing very powerful and moving images of your future adding words and phrases to reinforce the content and combining them

with elevated emotions and inspiring music you create long-term memories that move your biology out of the past and into the future in other words the images elicit feelings that correlate to the experiences you want to have in your future this could include images of homes you want to live in vacations you want to take a new career the freedom of expression a healed relationship or body interdimensional experiences and so on these are just some of the infinite possibilities that exist in your future timeline when you watch your mind movie as you connect to the feelings

and emotions of your future the higher the emotions you feel the more you pay attention to the images that created those emotions now you're creating long-term memories of your future and you're bringing your future to life the magical interdimensional component of the future is your song because it's the feelings associated with your song to change your energy equal to how you will feel when that future unfolds this is why it's best to choose music that's inspirational motivational or aspirational next you add words of affirmation or knowing to the mind movie that remind you of who

you are what you believe about your future you could even add a timeline if you want to some examples could include the doors of dimension open to me so i may experience the mystical my body is healing every day my words are lore i feel loved deeply and daily wealth flows to me all my needs are always met my body becomes younger every day the divine appears in my life every day my life partner is equal and teaches me by example synchronicities happen to me all the time i feel more whole every day my immune

system gets stronger each day i lead with courage in my life i am an unlimited genius i am always aware of the power within me and all around me i believe in myself i embrace the unknown when i call on spirit it responds if you think of your favorite music video or scene from your favorite musical chances are you know all the words of the song as well as the images that correspond to every note beat melody and harmony most likely the power of that combination evokes a time and place in your life that was

inhabited by a particular set of people feelings emotions and experiences this is exactly what you're doing with your mind movies except instead of remembering the past you're creating memories of the future if you heard your song enough times while observing the images of your future isn't it possible that when you heard your song without viewing your mind movie you'd be automatically transported into those images of a new future just like you were transported back to your past with practice not only are you feeling the emotions that connect you to the memories of your future but

your biology is aligning to that future as well you already know why this happens if your body is the unconscious mind and it doesn't know the difference between the experience that creates the emotion and the emotion you create by thought alone in the present moment your body begins to believe it is living in that future reality since the environment signals the gene and emotions are consequences of experiences in the environment by embracing the emotions of the event before the actual experience you begin to change your body to be biologically aligned to your future in the

present moment since all genes make proteins and proteins are responsible for the structure and function of your body your body begins to biologically change to look like your future is already happening putting it all together what if you invited a group of people to retreat from their lives for four or five days and in the process remove the constant stimulation in their external environment that reminded them of who they thought they were as a personality if you separated them long enough from the people they know the places they go and the things they do every

day at the exact same time they would be reminded of who they really are unlimited human beings and if you spent the first day or two teaching them how to create more coherence in their hearts and brains and they repeatedly practice cultivating these states every day it makes sense that sooner or later they would get better at opening their hearts and making their brains work more proficiently in fact they would be more focused on a vision of a new future without being distracted and at the same time they could more easily feel the emotions of

that new future as they created more coherence in their brains and hearts they would create more coherence in their own energy fields and this would create a clearer electromagnetic signature as they continuously worked on overcoming themselves their bodies their environment and time slowing down and changing their brain waves unfolding into the unified field and transcending this three-dimensional environment it would become increasingly easier and more familiar for them to activate their heart center and create after they practice getting beyond their body emotions habits pain disease identity limited beliefs analytical mind and unconscious programs by the time

the practice of mind movies was introduced they would be ready to absorb a greater degree of information equal to who they were becoming which would increase their ability to connect with their future this is how we use mind movies at our workshops you can think of a mind movie as a 21st century version of a vision board a tool used to clarify focus on and maintain specific life goals except it's dynamic instead of static when used with the kaleidoscope the mind movie technology is a great tool to help you bring your future to life by

repeatedly experiencing it it's also a great way to gain clarity on what you want to unfold in your life and remind yourself on a daily basis what that future holds for you this is called intention because my movie technology is so versatile it can be used across many applications and in a variety of settings not only can the technology be used to create relationships wealth health careers and other material items it's also being used with children and teens to help them create a future vision so they feel they have some control over their lives so

many young people today are overwhelmed because of the frenetic pace pressure and demands of social media in modern society suicide is a leading cause of death for teens in the united states so the founders of mind movie are using the technology in schools to help teens envision a brighter more specific future for themselves mind movies are also used in corporate settings for team building and visioning entrepreneurs use the software to develop businesses create mission statements and strategize and create business plans imagine a team of motivated people not only reading and intellectualizing their mission statement but

also seeing it unfold in a dynamic visual format before it happens integrative healing is another arena in which practitioners use this technology to help patients envision the healthiest version of themselves assist them with their healing process and keep them on task with a new lifestyle that must be maintained daily this includes addiction treatment and recovery facilities helping patients become clear on the future they want to create in the next phase of their recovery mind movies have also supported the generationally unemployed in finding new jobs or careers and living more future orientated and productive lives not

only for themselves but also for their families as you can see the applications for this technology are endless no matter how it's applied the power of mind movies resides in enabling people to construct a new reality by reminding themselves of the daily choices they must make the new behaviors they must demonstrate and the feelings they want to live by once you program these feelings and behaviors subconsciously you can break your addiction to old habits familiar lifestyles and unconscious reactions it's entirely up to you how creative you want to get when piecing together your future while

anytime is a good time to watch your mind movie i suggest watching it first thing in the morning and right before bed because this is when you are most suggestible if you watch it as soon as you wake up you're starting your day off on a positive note by being mindful and focused on what you want to achieve for the day as well as for your future when you view it at night before you go to bed your subconscious mind can contemplate it while you sleep align your body and mind to the future and come

up with solutions that your autonomic nervous system can carry out while you sleep basically you can use it anytime you need motivation or to make a different choice the key is to make sure you're completely present when you watch it since implementing mind movies i've seen our students manifest new homes and heard stories of home selling that have been on the market for years i've seen vacations spontaneously appear and witness new relationships develop out of nowhere i've listened to countless testimonials of abundance freedom new careers new cars healings of all kinds relief from unbearable hardships

and of course profound mystical experiences that have permanently altered the recipients but it's not magic or sorcery it's simply learning how to become a conscious creator learning how to align to your own destiny think of your mind movie as if you are turning on a radar device to track your future then as you repeatedly visit the future in your heart and mind all the thoughts choices actions experiences and emotions you experience between your present reality and your future reality become course corrections that deliver you to your target the more you keep your future alive with

your intention attention energy and love the more it starts to unfold as a new reality because you're remembering your future just as you remember your past your job then is to continuously fall in love with that vision of the future keep your energy up and not let the circumstances environment hardwired attitudes familiar negative feelings or unconscious habits derail you from your goals what makes this technology so profound is that we perceive reality based on pattern recognition links between the neural networks in our brains and the objects people and places in our external environment for example

when you see someone you recognize the neural networks in your brain instantly recall memories and experiences with that person by contrast if someone is not wired in your brain you probably won't recognize them if your brain doesn't have the hardware familiarity with the images thoughts and emotions from the mind movie installed before your future unfolds if you don't have the neural architecture wired into your brain how will you recognize your new partner your new job your new house or your new body think of it like this you can't open a microsoft word document on a

mac computer unless you already have the microsoft word software installed if you can't feel the emotions and create the energy of your future reality you might not recognize or trust that future unknown experience when it finds you that's because your energy and emotional state are not in alignment with that experience so instead of feeling certainty or knowing you may feel fear or uncertainty so many of my advanced students have told me they are on their third fourth even fifth mind movie because everything in their previous ones has come true i'm always amazed and humbled to

hear the stories of how their creations came to be no matter how varied their manifestations are they all share one thing they train the body to follow the mind toward an intentional future this makes sense because if you have been putting in the time to study memorize and create the neural connections of your future that is where you have been placing your attention and as you know by now where attention goes energy flows take a look at graphic 10 in the color insert this shows an example of a student's brain activity while he is watching

his mind movie there is an enormous amount of energy in his brain because he is fully involved in the experience taking it one step further getting dimensional there's one final way we use the mind movie technology in our work once our students have neurologically mapped their entire presentation i ask them to pick a scene from the mind movie and unfold into a particular space and time experiencing that scene three-dimensionally in their mind during their meditation if you notice i never use the word visualize in my teachings visualization usually involves just seeing something in the mind's

eye so it appears as a flat or two-dimensional image for example if you visualize a picture of a car you will create a picture of a car instead i want you to experience everything in the scene using all five sensors so it feels like a real life three-dimensional experience many people who have been introduced to my work have wondered why i spend so much time on becoming aware of the space their body occupies in space as well as opening their focus to the space around their body and the space that the room occupies in space

aside from the coherent changes my cues produce in the brain is all training for this mindful activity of pairing our mind movie with the kaleidoscope during meditation when a student begins the dimensionalizing process before they see anything in their mind they are instructed to unfold as an awareness into the scene when they start i want the participant to become aware that they are in their scene only as a consciousness this means that they are not their body and they lack their senses they begin as an awareness in the emptiness of space as if they are

incapable of seeing hearing feeling tasting or smelling anything once they become aware that they are an awareness i ask them to choose a scene from their mind movie this causes their brain to naturally start adding sensory input which begins to bring dimension to the scene in their mind next they are instructed to start sensing what's to their right their left above them and below them the act of sensing fills in this scene with three-dimensional structures forms and space as they expand their awareness to what else is in the scene their senses begin recruiting other senses

further filling in the scene with more forms structures curves textures sense images feelings and space finally when the scene comes to life in their mind in the future space and time of that scene they start inhabiting their body not the body that is sitting there in the chair meditating but the physical body of their future they are asked to feel their arms legs torso muscles and so on until they can feel their entire body in that scene then they are ready to move about in that scene and experience that reality my theory is that when

they simultaneously activate enough of the neural networks assigned to the objects things and people in a specific space and time their possibility of having a full-on holographic imax type experience increases this is because as the student becomes present and unfolds into a fully dimensional scene a large majority of the brain turns on including the neural architecture that is allocated to both the sensory feeling and motor moving aspects of their body as well as the proprioception awareness of body position of where they are in space the next thing they know they are having a real life

sensory experience of their future with their eyes closed in the present moment take a look at graphic 11 in the color insert it is the brain scan of a student who is experiencing a seemingly real mind movie scene in meditation she has quite a bit of energy in her brain while she is dimensionalizing the scene she described this moment as a full-on virtual sensory experience her subjective experience was quantified objectively in this scan many of our students have reported that the experiences in their meditation were more real than any past external experience their senses were

enhanced without external stimuli to excite their senses yet all they were doing was sitting in their chair with their eyes closed many have reported that in their lucid experience they smelled certain fragrances like colognes the aroma of specific flowers like jasmine and gardenias or the familiar scent of leather in their new car they were sitting in i've also heard students report specific memories like the stubble on their face from not shaving the wind blowing through their hair or the feeling that their body was filled with a powerful energy students have also given testimony to specific

sounds they could clearly hear such as distant church bells coming from a european church near where they were vacationing or the bark of their dog when they were in their new home several students have also said that the colors they saw were incredibly clear and vivid or they experienced amplified tastes like coconut chocolate and cinnamon the combination of all the different senses literally created a new experience for them it's our five senses that plug us into our external reality typically when we have a new experience everything we see hear smell taste and feel is sent

to the brain through those five sensory pathways once all that sensory information makes it to the brain clusters of neurons begin to organize into networks the moment the neurons string into place the limbic brain makes a chemical called an emotion because experience enriches the brain and creates an emotion that signals new genes in the body in the rich sensory moment of a student's internal experience without ever using their external senses they're changing their brain and body to look like their future has already happened isn't that what experience does i love to hear a person who

has just come out of one of those experiences tell me you don't understand i was there i know it is going to happen because it already has and i already experienced it that's because the experience has already happened when we fully experience a reality in this field of consciousness and energy without a body the energy of the new experience serves as the template for physical reality the more energy you invest in your future the more you keep experiencing and emotionally embracing it before it happens the more you leave an energetic imprint in that future reality

and your body should follow your mind to that unknown future because that's where your energy is as you continue to place your attention and energy on it you fall more deeply in love with it and because love bonds all things you are bonding with that future and it is being drawn to you for more information about the mind movie or the kaleidoscope please visit my website at dr joedispenza dot com forward slash mind movies or dr joe defender dot com forward slash kaleidoscope respectively kaleidoscope and mind movie meditation in our advanced workshops we instruct our

students to create a mind movie before they arrive at our event so they can integrate their mind movies with the kaleidoscope video during meditation we begin by getting heart centered which you learned in chapter seven looking into those elevated emotions for several minutes and radiating that energy beyond their bodies into space then we guide them in the following meditation unfold into the present moment and when you attain that state open your eyes and stare into the kaleidoscope once in trance switch to your mind movie spend maybe eight minutes with a kaleidoscope then eight minutes watching

your mind movie and then repeat the cycle when you've watched your mind movie enough that you can predict the next scene you've mapped it neurologically over time you'll associate different parts of the song you've chosen with the different images of your mind movie finally spend seven minutes watching the kaleidoscope or just listening to the music from your mind movie as you gaze into the kaleidoscope in trance and hear your song by association your brain automatically recalls different images from your mind movie this causes you to further remember your future biologically automatically and repeatedly firing and

wiring neural networks now your brain is being programmed to look like the new future has already happened while the emotions are signaling new genes to biologically change your body in preparation for your new future watch the kaleidoscope in tandem with your mind movie every day for a month or at least try to watch your mind movie twice daily as soon as you wake up and right before you go to sleep you might even want to keep a journal to record all the wonderfully unexpected adventures and serendipitous happenings that as you look back you will see

as points on the map that led you to manifesting this future consider creating several mind movies one for health and wellness for example and another for romance relationships and wealth chapter 9 walking meditation most spiritual traditions embrace four meditation postures and at our advanced workshops we practice each of them they're sitting which hopefully you're in the process of mastering there's standing and walking which are combined in the meditations you'll learn in this chapter and then there's lying down while each type of meditation posture serves its own purpose place and time each builds upon the other

to help us maintain and regulate our internal states no matter what is happening in our external environment but what could be the relevance of bridging the sitting meditation with the standing and walking meditation although practicing your meditation when you wake up is an ideal way to start your morning if you can't maintain that energy and awareness throughout the course of your day you're likely to fall right back into the unconscious programs that have been running your life for years for example let's say you just finished your sitting meditation when you open your eyes you probably

feel more alive awake clear empowered and ready to start your day perhaps your heart feels open expanded and connected or perhaps you just overcame an aspect of yourself shifted your energy and emotionally embraced a new future but more often than not you may fall right back into your unconscious programs and all the work you just did to create an elevated internal state dissolves into a never-ending to-do list making lunches and sending your kids off to school rushing to work getting irate at the person who cut you off on the freeway answering calls and returning emails

hustling to appointments and so on in other words you're no longer in a creative state because you've just returned to the habitual programs and survival emotions of your past when this occurs you disconnect from the energy of your future and essentially leave the energy you created right where you were sitting in your meditation as opposed to carrying it with you throughout the day you energetically return to your past since i too have been guilty of this i started thinking about how our students could take this energy with them and embody it during the course of

their day that's why i created a meditation that includes standing and walking so that when you become adept at raising your energy or frequency and marrying it with a clear vision you now have a practice that enables you to maintain that elevated energy all day long so that over time this becomes your natural state of being the purpose of this chapter is to help you do just that walking into your future you've already learned that throughout much of your day you are behaving unconsciously unaware of what you're doing and why for instance you may not

remember driving to work because you were lost in an argument you had a few days prior or you may be focused on how you're going to respond to your significant other's angry text maybe you're simultaneously running three programs at once texting talking and checking emails you may not be aware of your nervous tics or their causes your posture and how it's perceived as shy or how your speech facial expressions and the energy you bring into a room affect your co-workers these unconscious programs and behaviors occur because the body has become the mind and it's the

combination of these unconscious programs that makes up who you are you know by now that when the body becomes the mind you're no longer living in the present moment and so you're no longer in a creative state which means you're keeping your goals dreams and visions at arm's length by becoming aware of these unconscious behaviors and programs however you can work to actively broadcast a new electromagnetic signature that is in line with your future and the more you broadcast that electromagnetic signature into the field the sooner you'll become it and it will become you when

there's a vibrational match between your energy and that future potential that already exists in the quantum field that future event is going to find you or better yet your body will be drawn to a new reality you will become a magnet to a new destiny which will manifest as an unknown new experience for a moment think of your future reality as if it already exists vibrating as unmaterialized energy in the quantum field imagine your future as the vibration coming from a tuning fork that has just been struck the sound it emits is a vibration traveling

on a certain frequency if you also exist as a tuning fork as you change your energy to resonate within the same harmonic of that quantum possibility of your future you connect with and align to that frequency the longer you can maintain and tune your energy into that frequency the more you vibrate at the same harmonic of energy now you're connected to that future reality because you're operating at the same frequency or vibration the closer frequencies come together in space and time the more they influence each other until they entrain to one frequency that's the moment

when your future finds you this is how you create new realities it stands to reason then that the instant your energy changes because you're feeling lower survival emotions there's dissonance and incoherence between you and your future reality you are no longer resonating within the frequency of that possibility and this causes you to become out of sync with the future you are trying to create if you can't give up that reaction because the addiction to those emotions has a grip on you you'll just wind up creating more of the same reality because your energy is vibrating

equal to the reality you're reacting to in chapter three you learn that all possibilities exist in the eternal now and that when you get beyond your identity as a body connected to people objects places and time you become pure consciousness you become no body no one no thing nowhere in no time it is in that elegant moment that you transcend the material realm of matter and enter the quantum field of information and energy now that you are beyond your associations to this physical reality you are creating from the unified field thus you are creating from

a level of energy that is greater than matter for the most part our students have practiced this sitting down the purpose of the standing and walking meditation is to make you more mindful of the present moment to help you maintain and sustain elevated states throughout the day to keep you more connected to that future with your eyes open and to assist you in literally stepping into your new future when you begin practicing walking meditations it's best to find a quiet place in nature so you're not easily distracted the fewer people and less activity around you

the easier it is to stay focused eventually when you get better at it you can practice this in a shopping mall while walking your dog or somewhere else out in public in many ways the standing and walking meditations are just like the seated ones you begin by standing still closing your eyes and resting your attention in your heart all the while slowing down your breath and breathing in and out of this center when you feel heart-centered just as you do in your seated meditations you begin cultivating elevated emotions that connect you to your future once

you feel fully grounded in these elevated emotions for a few minutes open your focus and radiate that energy beyond your body until you feel it within you as well as all around you next lay upon the energy of these elevated emotions the intent of what you want for your day or your future whether it's to radiate a synchronicity lead a noble life make a difference in the world create a new job or relationship or something else now you are broadcasting a new electromagnetic signature into the field the only difference is that instead of sitting with

your eyes closed and radiating loving elevated emotions you're standing up with your eyes closed so that when you open your eyes and begin walking you'll be able to embody that elevated energy as you continue to stand eyes closed with an open focus you take your attention off the outer world and your brain waves slow down from beta to alpha states this causes the thoughts analysis and chatter inside your head to quiet down inducing a trance state and making you more suggestible as you learned in the previous chapter the longer you can remain in this trance

state the less resistance there is to new information entering your subconscious mind when you're in an elevated emotional state that aligns you with your future you will be more prone to accept believe and surrender to the intentional thoughts equal to those emotions this means the thoughts visions pictures and images your mind is creating can make it past the analytical mind and you can program the autonomic nervous system to create the biology of your new future since you have created the energy of your new future while standing with your eyes closed now it's time to open

your eyes and begin walking don't look at anyone and don't pay attention to objects or things or anything else around you simply keep your focus open transfix your gaze on the horizon and remain in trance the more you're entranced the less likely you'll be to think in old familiar ways in the meantime your mind will be connecting to the images of your new future rather than replaying programs of the past now you're ready to walk into your future as someone else because you are walking as your future self you now have to become aware of

the way your current self has always unconsciously walked it's time to alter your stride your pace your posture your breathing and your movements you might smile instead of staring blankly you may have to imagine what walking is a wealthy person feels like by modeling a wealthy person courageous person you admire walk within the elevated energy of your future healthy body energy of your future healthy body or walk as an open-hearted loving accepting person basically you're consciously embodying the person you've always dreamed you could be but walking as if your future self is imperative for example

you might imagine that it's one or two years later and you already have all the things you want the most important ingredient is for you to embody that future person now if you already are that identity you no longer need to wish you will become that person because it already happened you already embody the qualities of your future you are simply thinking acting and feeling your future self as you begin to practice walking differently and continue to practice day in and day out you're going to get into the habit of walking like a wealthy person

thinking like a healthy person standing like a confident person and feeling like a free unlimited grateful person gratitude means it already happened instead of perhaps a beat up worn down stressed out person the more you practice the more this new way of being will become a new habit and these habits will become your new automatic patterns of thought behaviors and emotions once you start naturally feeling and embodying these elevated emotions they will inhabit you and you will actually become the person you want to be graphic 12 in the color insert shows a student who changes

his brain in about an hour after doing a walking meditation priming the brain for future memories the walking meditation is also about creating memories of things that haven't happened yet in linear time in effect remembering your future when you produce elevated feelings with your eyes closed radiate that energy beyond the field of your body and then open your eyes and begin walking and leading with your heart feeling those elevated emotions with your eyes open the more you feel that emotion the more you're going to pay attention to the pictures images and thoughts that are creating

your feelings this process naturally upgrades your neural circuitry by creating a new inward experience experience enriches the brain and creates memories now your brain is no longer living in the past is living in the future the more you embody your elevated emotions correctly the more your brain and body will look like the future experience has already happened that means you're technically remembering your future remaining in trance is important because as you align your body with your future and change your inner world you're creating long-term memories since where you place your attention is where you place

your energy you may even want to flash scenes of your mind movie in your head while you're envisioning embodying and feeling your future as you do this those mind movie scenes will become energetic and biological maps to your future the act of feeling the emotions of your future in the present moment and combining these emotions with your intention does two things it installs new circuits to make your brain an intentional map to the future and it also produces the emotional chemicals for that future event which signals new genes in new ways thus conditioning your body

to prepare it for a new destiny remember that this meditation is not about what you get in life it's about who you become or who you are in the process of becoming if you are trying to get wealth success health or a new relationship you are still conditioned to thinking you are separate from something and you have to go get it but the truth is that the more you become that person the more reality will shape and mold equal to your new state of being is that process of consciously becoming that helps you maintain alignment

to a different destiny the more you practice the walking meditation and walk as your future self the more you should be able to change your state of being with your eyes open just as you did with your eyes closed when you practice this enough times you will not only carry that energy with you throughout the day but you'll embody it this type of repetition will make you feel more mindful in your waking hours and before you know it you'll start automatically behaving thinking and feeling differently this is programming a new personality to a new personal

reality over time who knows you might find yourself naturally walking like a happy person behaving like a courageous and compassionate leader thinking like a noble empowered genius feeling like a worthy abundant entrepreneur in the middle of your day you might become aware of the fact that the pain in your body is gone because you're feeling so whole unlimited and in love with life what you've done has made a habit out of being the person you want to be this is because you installed the circuitry and signal the latent gene to think act and feel in

a new way biologically you have become that person becoming mindful and embodying your future self can occur many times throughout your day imagine that you're waiting for a friend who is running late and instead of feeling frustrated and bothered you're generating energy of your future when you're sitting in traffic instead of getting impatient and angry practice tuning into the energy of your future with your eyes open imagine that when you're in line at the grocery store and judging a person for what they're buying you'd redirect your thoughts to feeling incredibly grateful for your new life

walking as your future self imagine when you walk to your car in the parking lot or to your mailbox you're naturally empowered by the thought of your new life you'll then begin to accept believe and surrender to the thoughts equal to that emotional state and as you surrender to those thoughts your body will make the chemistry equal to that emotional state this is how you begin to program your autonomic nervous system into a different destiny and the more you practice it the less likely you are to return to autopilot and miss the present moment the

walking meditation begin by finding a quiet space in nature disconnect from your external environment and anchor yourself in the present moment by closing your eyes acknowledge your heart center where the soul and heart intersect with the unified field and bring elevated emotions such as gratitude joy inspiration compassion love and so on to this center if you were going to believe in your new future with all of your heart it had better be open and activated rest your attention on the heart allowing your breath to flow in and out of the center ever more slowly more

deeply and more relaxed for about two minutes return to creating elevated emotions within your heart for two to three minutes radiate that energy into the space surrounding your body in space and stay present with that energy tune into the energy of your future after a few minutes hold a clear intention in your mind's eye you might pick a representative symbol that connects you to the energy of your future the way you learned in chapter three change your state of being with the feelings of these elevated emotions and focus on broadcasting that new electromagnetic signature into

the field remain in this state for two to three minutes next open your eyes and without looking at anything or anyone open your focus and keep your awareness on the space around your body in space while maintaining a trance state begin walking with your eyes open while you stay entranced with each step you take embody that new energy that new frequency of whatever you're creating in your future as you take this energy with you during your waking daily life walking is your new self you are activating the same neurological networks and producing the same level

of mind as when you meditate with your eyes closed next remember your future let the images come feeling them and embodying them own them become them continue to walk for about 10 minutes and then stop to recalibrate once again close your eyes and raise your energy stay present with this energy for about five to ten minutes for the next ten minutes with your eyes open and trance walk again with intent and purpose as your future self with each step you take embodying this new energy you move closer to your destiny and it moves closer to

you do this cycle two times when you finish the second round stop and stand still one last time really focusing on how you feel with your fourth energy center open you can use this opportunity to affirm who you are based on how you feel for example if you're feeling unlimited you can literally acknowledge i am unlimited next place your hand over your beautiful heart and be willing to feel valuable and worthy enough to receive what you have created raise your energy to its zenith and feel gratitude appreciation and thankfulness now acknowledge the divine within you

the energy that powers you and gives rise to all of life give thanks for a new life before it's made manifest acknowledging the power within you ask that your life be filled with unexpected wonder synchronicities and coincidences that create a joy for existence radiate your love while loving your new life into existence chapter 10 case studies making it real in the case studies that follow you'll be introduced to people just like you who took time out of their busy lives to create a new future every day they define themselves by a vision of this future

instead of by the memories of their past you could say they were more in love with their future than they were with their past the act of doing the work daily and turning the practices in the last three chapters into a skill led them to become more supernatural pay attention to how simple they made it tim gets the key to his future at an advanced workshop in seattle which typically coincides with halloween we ask our students to dress up as their future selves on the first night tim dressed up as a supernatural swami he'd always

wanted to be a swami subscribe to the lifestyle and a young age had left his hometown in connecticut to study in an ashram at the start of the event participants also received a gift from our company a key to symbolize unlocking the potential of each participant's future self tim had attended several advanced level workshops in the past the first time he made a mind movie he inserted a picture of gold and silver coins in one of his scenes for years he had been trying to surrender the emotion of fear but at a certain point he

realized that behind the fear was unworthiness so for tim the coins were a symbol of worthiness everybody wants wealth he told me but because i was on the spiritual path into yoga and everything else that goes with it i had the mentality that i had to be poor and embrace poverty to truly walk the talk so instead of the gold and silver coins merely representing wealth they represented being worthy to receive for tim's seattle mind movie he added more images to evolve his vision as another symbol for worthiness tim used a chinese character that meant

wealth but because he never desired money below the symbol he placed the word affluence he preferred affluence because when he looked up the words definition he found that its latin root meant to flow toward wouldn't it be great he thought if everything i wanted flowed toward me although tim is very analytical after continuously watching his mind movie in tandem with the kaleidoscope he found he could quickly bypass the analytical mind and get into the subconscious mind the operating system to program his future during the workshop when it came time to dimensionalize a scene in his

mind movie he had a profound experience he started to feel joy and then a wildly enthusiastic love for life almost like a burning sensation in his heart he said he felt as if he could set the world on fire then during the meditation i told the students it was time to open up and receive and that's when tim says energy began to enter his body i don't know where it came from he told me but it was like someone had turned on a spigot i shot straight up the energy came in through the top of

my head and then moved out through my hands my palms were face down yet without conscious control the energy caused them to lift and turn over i lost track of time and space and had no idea where i was but for the rest of the meditation i was in an ecstatic exalted state i knew somehow that everything was going to be different and that i was no longer the same person when the energy downloaded into tim he believed it was carrying a message of worthiness because he was never the same afterward i'm convinced that the

new information that came into my body rewrote my dna erasing the old self because that part of my personality is now gone he says when tim got home to phoenix where he owned and operated a futon shop he returned to business as usual on monday morning on thursday a woman who had purchased a futon from him several years earlier came into his shop since the day she purchased the futon they had formed a friendship and every few weeks she would stop by to chat she was now retired and came into the shop to tell tim

she had just finished making out her will she wanted tim to be her executor tim felt honored and he thanked her here it is she said placing it on the counter along with a key read it tim began scanning the document to discover that not only was he the executor she was also bequeathing him 110 000 worth of gold and silver coins the key she placed on the counter was the key to her safe deposit box where she kept the coins which of course matched the picture in tim's mind movie in an instant tim remembered

the similar key to his future he had received at the advance workshop in seattle now that's being worth it sarah can't touch the ground on labor day 2016 sarah severely injured her back attempting to prevent a five-ton boat from crashing into a dog for seven weeks she was in agony and she endured physical therapy took a cocktail of medications and made countless visits to the chiropractor after nothing else helped the doctors scheduled sarah for surgery but first she decided to attend an advance workshop in cancun because of how much pain sarah was in her son

suggested she bring a wheelchair she decided not to and when she arrived at the hotel she collapsed on the floor in pain later when she got into the pool on a float she had severe spasms when she attempted to get out sarah was not new to my work so she came to cancun with her meditation cushion and her mind movie in her mind movie she was healthy strong and able to run again she could play basketball with her son and lacrosse with her daughter every time sarah saw herself in the scene performing aerial yoga she

embraced the joy she knew she would feel if she could actually do it and when she heard the song from her mind movie her energy rose during the first few days when she was tightening her core muscles and drawing energy up her spine with the breathing technique she felt her sciatic nerve pulsating it was as if a warm electric current was traveling up the nerve at the same time she had the intention that the energy was a healing light ascending her spinal column on the third day she started her morning by searching the internet until

she found an image of a woman doing aerial yoga she carried that image in her mind all day that afternoon our students were working with the kaleidoscope in their mind movies after they unfolded into the quantum field i then asked them to dimensionalize a scene from their mind movie when the meditation was finished i instructed them to lie down on the floor but as sarah told me later she couldn't find the floor she kept reaching lower and lower searching for it but it was no longer there the next thing she knew she was in another

dimension having a full-on imax-like sensory experience but without her senses she was living a future scene of her mind movie enough circuits in her brain had turned on to make her internal experience as real as any external experience she had ever had she was not visualizing the scene she was in it living it i realized i was in another reality a different time and space i was in my future she explained and i was actually performing aerial yoga i was hanging upside down and the floor wasn't there i kept reaching for it but i was

just swinging upside down from this beautiful red silk scarf i felt freedom from my pain i was swinging freely in space eventually she did lie down with tears of joy flowing down her cheeks when she came out of that meditation all of her pain was gone i knew i was healed she said i was in ore the power of my mind and i felt tremendous gratitude i continue to manifest things from my mind movie in fact my mind movie can't even keep up with my life terry walks into a new future in september 2016 while

practicing her walking meditation along australia's beautiful sunshine coast terry had a profound experience toward the end of her meditation when she stopped for the final part she was feeling connected uplifted and expensive as she followed my instructions she opened herself up to the field with the intention of being worthy of her future life with no warning she felt an electric charge enter her body through the crown of her head where it continued to flow down into her heart as the energy course through the rest of her body surging through her thighs and down into her

feet her legs began shaking uncontrollably the only way i can describe it is that there was an intense shaking from the inside she told me but it was a voltage of energy that my body had never experienced i thought i was going to fall over it was at that point i lost all conscious control over my lower body she burst into uncontrollable tears and with that release her mind and body also began to let go time appeared to stand still terry understood that her body was surrendering a lifetime of past unresolved emotions as the surge

of electricity continued to move through her she felt huge amounts of dense dark matter falling away from her body i believe this matter was trauma not only from my lifetime but also past lifetimes she remembered it included the trauma of my father nearly dying from a suicide attempt when i was eight which has cast a shadow of my life by preventing me from allowing myself to receive unconditional love she felt all her limiting beliefs many of which she had acquired through deep emotional conditioning and the unconscious beliefs of others simply dissolve everything that was not

in alignment with who i really am just fell away terry said i experienced true liberation something my soul has been yearning for for a very long time i knew in that moment that my soul had guided me to that very beach at that very moment with all these people to do this important work she fell to her knees an overwhelming amount of love flowing through her kneeling in the sand humbled by this power she saw that every choice she had made up to that point was necessary for her to arrive at this poignant moment in

that instant she observed who she had been for the last year consistently choosing to do the meditations every day all the while falling in love with herself she knew that her future self in that moment was calling her past self to have this experience of profound love when terry came back to the three-dimensional reality of her senses she felt an overwhelming sense of peace and oneness with everything around her she reported a deep reconnection to her physical mental emotional and spiritual self instead she felt more like herself than she had in a very long time

this experience reminded me that i am as we all are an aspect of divine energy she said and that i am worthy of receiving it chapter 11 space time and time space we live in a three-dimensional universe uni mean one where everything that exists is made up of people objects places and time for the most part it's a dimension of particles and matter through our senses we experience these things as form structure mass and density if i place an ice cube your cell phone or an apple pie in front of you for example you cannot

experience any of these objects without your senses it's your senses that give rise to your experience of physical reality while the ice cube cell phone and apple pie all have height width and depth they only exist to you because you can see hear taste smell and feel them if you lost your five senses or they were simultaneously eliminated you would be incapable of experiencing these physical objects because you would have no awareness of them they would literally not exist to you because in this three-dimensional reality you can't experience them without your senses or can you

according to astrophysics in this realm of three dimensions the known universe let's call it space-time reality there's an infinite amount of space take a moment to ponder that concept from the small perch where we sit staring out into the universe when we look up at the night sky we only see a sliver of the universe it appears to us as infinite and yet infinite is even bigger than that in other words in the realm of space-time space is eternal it has no end and goes on forever but what about time the way you and i

typically experience time is by moving our bodies through space for example it might take you five minutes to set this book down walk to the kitchen pour a glass of water in return this occurs because a thought that originated in your mind created a vision of what you were going to do in the kitchen you acted on that thought and consequently you experienced time by moving from one point to another through space before you walk to the kitchen and as you were sitting in your chair when you became conscious of the kitchen in relation to

where you were sitting you experienced the separation of two points of consciousness where you sat and the kitchen to close the gap between those two points of consciousness you moved your body through space and that took time it makes sense then that the greater the space or distance between two points the greater the time it takes to get from one point to the other conversely the faster the speed at which you travel between these two points the shorter the amount of time it takes this measurement of the time it takes an object to move through

space is the foundation for newtonian physics or classical mechanics in the newtonian world if we know certain properties about an object such as its force acceleration direction speed and the distance it will travel we can make time-based predictions therefore newtonian physics is based on knowns and predictable outcomes we can say then that when there's a separation between two points of consciousness as you move from one point of consciousness to another point of consciousness you are collapsing space as a result of collapsing space you experience time take a look at figure 11.1 to further understand the

relationship between space and time in our three-dimensional world here's another example if i'm writing this book and i want to finish this chapter it's going to take time i may not have to move my body very much through space but i still experience time why because where i presently am in the process of writing this chapter represents one point in consciousness and finishing the chapter represents another the completion of this chapter represents a future moment separate from the present moment the space between the closing of the gap between these two points in consciousness is the

experience of time if you look at figure 11.1 again it will help you gain a better understanding about time to achieve my desired goal of arriving at the end of the chapter i repeatedly have to do something this requires me to use my senses to interact and move through my environment with a coordinated set of behaviors and again this takes time if i cease writing and do something else such as watch a movie it's going to take more time for me to reach my intended result therefore to achieve my goal of completing this chapter i

must consistently align my actions to match my intentions in this material world of three dimensions because we use our senses to navigate space we place most of our attention on physical things such as people objects and places they all are made up of matter and they are localized meaning they occupy a position in space and time these all represent points of consciousness from which we experience separation for instance when you observe your best friend sitting across the table from you or look at your car parked in the driveway you notice the space between you and

your friend or the car as a result you feel separate from them you are here and your friend or the car is there in addition if you have dreams and goals then where you are in the present moment and where your dreams exist as a reality in your future also creates the experience of separation it's safe to say then that one in order for us to navigate this three-dimensional reality we need our senses two the more we use our senses to define reality the more we experience separation three because most of this three-dimensional reality is

sensory based space and time create the experience of separation from everyone everything every place and everybody in every time four all things material occupy one position in space and time that's called locality in physics in this chapter we're going to explore and contrast two models of reality space time and time space space time is the physical newtonian world based on knowns predictable outcomes matter and the three-dimensional universe in which we live which is made up of infinite space time space is the non-physical quantum world an inverse reality based on unknowns endless possibilities energy and the

multi-dimensional multiverse where we also live which consists of infinite time i'm going to challenge your understanding and perception of the nature of reality because if you're going to experience the mystery of self as a dimensional being you're going to need a road map to get there stress and the consequences of living in a perpetual state of survival because we use our senses to observe and determine physical reality we identify as a body living in space and time yet separate from everything in our environment over time this interaction creates the experience of our identity throughout our

lives via the different interactions we have at certain times and places with people things and objects our identity evolves into a personality the quality of these interactions with our external environment creates lasting memories and these memories shape who we become we call this process experience and it is life's experiences that shape who we are and as you know the majority of people's personality is based on past experiences as you learned in chapter eight to our brains the material objects things people and places that we perceive daily occur to us as patterns and the recognition of

these patterns is called memory if the self is created from memories of past experiences then memories are based on knowns therefore most of our three-dimensional world is based on knowns this is where most of us focus our attention when you align everything material in your external world with the memories of your past experiences you recognize them as familiar you're matching a physical reality with a set of neurological networks in your brain this is called pattern recognition and it's the process whereby most people perceive reality through a lens of the past we could say then that

we're materialists not only living in this dimension but also enslaved to and limited by it because we've defined ourselves as a body living in an environment at certain times and our focus is more on matter and less on energy from a quantum perspective we're keeping our attention on the physical particle matter instead of the immaterial wave of possibilities energy this is how we become immersed in this three-dimensional reality when stress is thrown into the equation our body begins to draw from the invisible electromagnetic field of energy around us to produce chemistry the greater the frequency

intensity and duration of the stress the more energy our body consumes the very nature of these chemicals endorses our senses causing us to pay attention to matter and knowns as this vital field of energy around our body shrinks we feel more like matter and less like energy in fact when our frequency slows down our bodies become more dense as we run out of energy as we've discussed this is fine for the short term when danger crisis or a predator is lurking around the corner in fact the fight or flight response has been a cornerstone of

our evolution in this state stress chemicals heighten our senses narrowing our focus to whatever matter in our environment represents potential danger when this happens our neocortex the part of our brain involved in sensory perception motor commands spatial reasoning and language fires and becomes aroused for survival purposes this narrows our focus on our body and the external threat causing us to become preoccupied by the time between the moment of the perceived threat and the moment we reach physical safety both of which are points of consciousness the more we experience stress the more we feel separation as

you read in chapter 2 the long-term effect of living in survival mode is that we begin to thrive on and become addicted to these stress chemicals the more addicted we are to them the more we believe we are our bodies that are local that is that are living in a particular place in space and occupying a particular position in linear time the result is a manic frenetic state where we continuously shift our attention from one person to one problem to one thing to one place in our environment the evolutionary trait that once protected us now

works against us and we live in a constant high alert obsessing about time because we view our external environment as unsafe all of our attention is on our environment as our outer world now appears more real than our inner world we're addicted to someone or something in our external environment and the longer we live in this state the more our brain moves into high beta brain waves and as you know by now prolonged high beta brain waves cause us to feel pain anxiety worry fear anger frustration judgment impatience aggression and competition as a result our

brain waves become incoherent and so do we when the emotions of survival have hold on us we need the conditions in our external world our problems with different people financial hardships fear of terrorism disdain for our job to reaffirm our addiction to those emotions these emotional addictions cause us to become preoccupied by whatever we think might be causing the upset in our environment whether it be someone or something and as a result the survival gene switches on now we're living in a self-fulfilling prophecy if you understand that where you place your attention is where you

place your energy you know that the stronger the emotional reaction associated with the cause the more you will consistently place all your attention on a person thing or problem in your external world when you do this you are giving quite a bit of your power away to someone or something now all your attention and energy is anchored in this three-dimensional realm of the material and your emotional state is causing you to continuously reaffirm your present reality you can become emotionally attached to the reality you really want to change this mismanagement of your energy keeps you

enslaved to the world of the knowns trying to predict the future based on the past what's more when you're in the survival state the unknown or the unpredictable is a scary place so for you to truly make changes in your life you would have to step into the unknown and if you don't nothing ever really changes the newtonian 3d space-time reality living as a somebody with something somewhere in some time feelings and emotions are a record of the past and those feelings are driving your hard-wired thoughts and behaviors you'll keep repeating your past and therefore

become predictable now you're firmly ensconced in the newtonian world because newtonian physics is based on predictable outcomes the more you live in stress the more you are simply matter trying to affect matter matter trying to fight force manipulate predict control and compete for outcomes as a result everything you want to change manifest or influence is going to take a lot of time because in this space-time reality you have to move your physical body through space to create the outcomes you want the more you are living in survival and using your senses to define reality the

more you experience separation from a new future between where you are presently as one point of consciousness and where you want to be as another point of consciousness lies a very long distance not to mention that your constant obsession on how it's going to happen is based on how you think and predict it should happen but if you're predicting your thinking is based on knowns so there's no room for an unknown or new possibility in your life if you were trying to buy a house for example you need to save for a down payment look

for a house get a loan go through the application process beat out other buyers and then spend 30 years dragging your body back and forth to work through space trying to pay it off these two points in consciousness having the idea to buy the house and having the house with the mortgage paid off are going to take time to intersect in a similar way if you want a new relationship you might go online set up a profile scroll through countless other profiles make a list of people to reach out to contact each one and eventually

go on many dates in the hope of finding someone intriguing if you want a new job you might take the time to create a resume search for open positions and go on interviews what these processes have in common is they require time which you experience is linear you may get what you want but the more you live in survival the more time it's going to take because your matter trying to influence matter and there's a distinct separation in space and time between where you are and where you want to be we can agree then that

in this three-dimensional reality within your experience of time there's a definite past present and future since you live in linear time you also experience a separation from time because the past present and future appear as separate moments in time you are here and your future is there figure 11.2 graphically represents how the past present and future all exist as distinct discontinuous moments as i said earlier thanks to newtonian physics we've unraveled the natural laws of force acceleration and matter allowing us to predict outcomes if we know the general direction velocity and rotation of an object

traveling through space for the most part we can predict where it's going to end up and how long it will take this is why we can travel from new york to los angeles by plane predict how long it's going to take to get there and know where the plane will land within the understanding of newtonian physics and this three-dimensional world we live in many of us spend most of our lives focusing our attention outward on trying to become someone have somebody own some things go somewhere and experience something in some time when we don't have

the things we want we experience lack and lack and separation cause us to live in a state of duality and polarity it's natural for us to want what we don't have in fact this is how we create things when we experience separation from our future desires we think and dream of what we want and then set about performing series of actions in linear time to get them if we're always under financial stress for example we want money if we have a disease we want health if we feel lonely we want a relationship or companionship because

of this experience of duality and separation we are driven to create and this is how we naturally evolve and grow toward our dreams but if we are matter focused on matter trying to influence matter to get money health love and so on as we've established is going to take quite a bit of time and energy when we finally attain what we're seeking the emotion we feel from the fruition of our creation or the meeting of those two points of consciousness satiates the sense of lack we formally experienced when the new job comes we feel secure

when the new relationship manifests we feel love and joy as we heal we feel more whole if we are living in this state we are waiting for something or someone outside of us to change how we feel internally once we feel relief from the experience of black because we are embracing the emotion correlated with the manifestation of the external event we pay close attention to whomever or whatever caused the relief this cause and effect forms a new memory and to some degree we evolve when something in our world doesn't happen or seems to be taking

a long time to happen we experience more lack because we feel even more separate from what we are trying to create now our own emotional state of lack frustration impatience and separation is keeping our dreams at a distance further increasing the time it will take for our desired outcome to occur from some body to nobody from someone to no one from something to no thing from somewhere to nowhere and from some time to no time if newtonian laws are an outward expression of the physical material laws of space-time a dimension where there's more space than

time we could say in a sense that quantum laws are the inverse the quantum is an inward expression of the laws of nature an invisible field of information and energy that unifies everything material this immaterial field organizes connects and governs all the laws of nature it is a dimension where there's more time than space in other words it's a dimension where time is eternal as you learned in chapters two and three when we take our attention off people and things at certain places in our external world no longer placing our attention on our body and

ceasing to think about time and schedules we become no body no one no thing nowhere and in no time we do this through a process of disconnecting from our body our identity our gender our disease our name our problems our personal relationships our pain our past and so on this is what it means to get beyond the self to go from the consciousness of somebody to nobody from the consciousness of someone to no one from the consciousness of something to no thing from the consciousness of somewhere to nowhere and from the consciousness of being in

some time to being in no time see figure 11.3 and take a glance at figure 11.4 as we move from a narrow focus to an open focus and begin to surrender all aspects of self we move away from the external world of people things places schedules to do lists and so on and turn our attention to the inner world of energy vibration frequency and consciousness our research shows that when we take our attention off objects and matter and instead open our focus to energy and information different parts of the brain work together in harmony the

result of this unification of the brain is that we feel more whole when we do this properly our heart begins to open a bit more rhythmically and thus become more coherent as the heart moves into coherence so too does our brain and because our identity is out of the way meaning we've gotten beyond our body a particular place in our known environment and time the act of eliminating those things causes us to move to alpha and theta brainwave patterns and we connect with the autonomic nervous system as the ans becomes activated its job is to

restore order and balance causing coherence and wholeness in our heart brain body and energy field this coherence is then reflected in all aspects of our biology it is in this state where we begin to connect to the quantum or unified field from the illusion of separation to the reality of oneness if newtonian physics explains the physical laws of nature and the universe on a grand scale the gravitational force of the sun upon planets the speed with which the apple falls from the tree and so on the quantum world deals with the fundamental nature of things

at their smallest scale such as atomic and subatomic particles newtonian laws are physical constants of nature so the newtonian world is an objective world of measurability and predictable outcomes quantum laws however deal with the unpredictable and the unseen the world of energy waves frequency information consciousness and all spectrums of light governing this world is an unseen constant a single field of information called the unified field we can think of the newtonian world is dealing with the objective where mind and matter are separate and of the quantum world as dealing with the subjective where mind and

matter are unified by energy or better yet where mind and matter are so connected that it's impossible to separate the two in the quantum or unified field there's no separation between two points of consciousness it is the domain of oneness or unity consciousness whereas in our three-dimensional reality space is infinite in the quantum world time is infinite if time is infinite and eternal it's no longer linear meaning there is no separation of past or future with no past or future everything is happening right now in this eternal present moment because time is infinite in this

time space reality as we move through time we experience space or spaces in the material world of things when we move through space we experience time yet in the immaterial quantum world of energy and frequency the opposite is true in the world of space time as we increase or decrease the speed with which we go from point a to point b the time it takes to get there changes in the world of time space as we become aware of an increase or decrease in the speed of the frequency or vibration of energy we can go

from one space to another space or from one dimension to another dimension when we collapse space we experience time in the material reality when we collapse time we experience spaces or dimensions in the immaterial reality each of those individual frequencies is carrying information or a level of consciousness that we experience as different realities as we become aware of them in figure 11.5 you can see that as you move through time you experience different dimensions in the eternal present moment in space time you experience the environment with your body your senses and time time appears linear

because you are separate from objects things people and places as well as the past and the future in time space however you experience this realm with your awareness as a consciousness not as a body with senses this realm exists beyond your senses you access this domain when you are totally in the present moment so there is no past or future just one long now since your awareness is beyond the realm of matter because you have taken all of your attention off matter you can become aware of different frequencies all carrying information and these frequencies allow

you to have access to different unknown dimensions so if you are in a realm above the senses and unfolding as a consciousness into the energy of the unified field you can experience many possible dimensional realities i know that this is a big bite to take in all at once so hang in there if you are confused it means you're about to learn something new when i say that as you move through time you experience space or spaces i mean all possible dimensions and possible realities we could say then that in this time-space reality all possible

spaces or dimensions exist in an infinite time this is the unified field the realm of possibility unknowns and new potential realities all of which exist in endless time which is every time let's think of it another way everybody i know is always saying that they want or need more time to get more things accomplished if you had more time you could create more experiences do more things and therefore get more things done this would mean more possibilities could happen and you could live more of life so now imagine that there was an infinite amount of

time because the past and the future no longer exists so time is standing still and you had all the time you needed wouldn't you agree that you could have endless possible experiences and therefore could live many lives we could say then that an infinite number of experiences would be available to you equal to your imagination to say it yet another way if time is eternal then more spaces can exist in that infinite time if we keep elongating or making more time it makes sense that we can fit more spaces in time if there is an

infinite time then there are infinite spaces we can fit in time which are endless possibilities potential realities dimensions and experiences in the quantum field there is no separation of past or future because everything that is exists in the eternal now or the eternal present moment if everything that is exists unified or connected in the quantum field then its infinite frequencies contain information about every body everyone everything everywhere and every time as your consciousness begins to merge with the consciousness and energy of the unified field you will go from the consciousness of somebody to the consciousness

of nobody to the consciousness of everybody from the consciousness of someone to the consciousness of no one to the consciousness of everyone from the consciousness of something to the consciousness of nothing to the consciousness of everything from the consciousness of somewhere to the consciousness of nowhere to the consciousness of everywhere and from the consciousness of being in some time to the consciousness of being in no time to the consciousness of being in every time take a look at figure 11.6 the atom fact and fiction to help you understand how the quantum field is constructed you

first need to revisit the possibilities that exist in the atom when we reduce matter to its smallest unit of measurement we get the atom and the atom vibrates at a very high frequency if we could peel back the atom like an orange we'd find a nucleus and subatomic particles such as protons neutrons and electrons but for the most part we'd find that it's 99.999999999999 percent empty space or energy as you read earlier take a look at figure 11.7 on the left we see the classical model of the atom that we were taught in grade school

but this is in fact an outdated model in actuality electrons don't move in fixed rotations around the nucleus like planets orbiting the sun instead as you see on the right the space around the nucleus is more like an invisible field or a cloud of information and as we know all information is made up of light frequency and energy to get an understanding of just how small these subatomic particles are if the nucleus of an atom were increased to the size of a volkswagen beetle the size of the electron would be equal to the size of

a p meanwhile the space where the electron could exist would be 85 000 square miles that's twice the size of cuba that's a lot of empty space for the electron to exist in according to heisenberg's uncertainty principle we never know where the electron is going to appear in the electron cloud yet from nothing comes something this is why quantum physics is so exciting and unpredictable the electron is not always physical matter rather it exists as the energy or as the probability of a wave it is only through the act of observation by an observer that

it appears once an observer mind comes along and looks for it the act of observation directed energy causes all that potential energy to collapse into an electron matter thus it manifests from the realm of infinite possibilities an unknown to a known it becomes local in space and time when the observer is no longer observing it the electron turns back into possibility that's the wave function in other words it turns back into energy returning to the unknown and to its own agenda when it turns back to energy and possibility it becomes non-local in the realm of

the quantum mind and matter are indivisible therefore if newtonian physics is the world of the predictable the quantum is the world of the unpredictable when we close our eyes in meditation and open our focus to infinite space this is exactly what we are doing we are putting more of our attention on energy space information and possibility rather than on matter we are becoming less aware of the material realm and more aware of the immaterial realm we are investing our energy into the unpredictable and unknown and disinvesting our attention and energy from the predictable and the

known each time we do this we develop a deeper understanding of what the unified field is before we go any further let's briefly review what we just learned take a moment to review figure 11.8 the three-dimensional newtonian world is made up of objects people places matter particles and time basically most of the nouns or everything we know in our external world and in this world there's more space than time as a body we use our senses to define this infinite space we live in a universe of form structure dimension and density this is the realm

of the known and predictable because we experience the material universe with our senses our senses provide us with information that occurs as patterns in our brain which we recognize as structures and it is through this process that things in our external environment become knowns it is also through this process that we become a somebody a someone with some things in some place and in some time finally because we experience the universe with our senses we experience separation therefore this is the realm of duality and polarity now review figure 11.9 if the newtonian world is a

material world defined by the senses in the quantum world the opposite is true this is an immaterial world defined by nonsense in other words there's nothing sensory based here and there's no matter whereas the newtonian world is based on predictable knowns such as matter particles people places things objects and time this is an unpredictable dimension made up of light frequency information vibration energy and consciousness if our three-dimensional world is a dimension of matter where there's more space than time the quantum world is a dimension of antimatter a place where there's more time than space because

there is more time than space all possibilities exist in the eternal present moment whereas the three-dimensional world is our universe meaning one reality the quantum world is a multiverse meaning many realities if the space-time reality is based on separation then the immaterial quantum world or unified field is based on oneness connectedness wholeness and unity non-locality in order for us to go from our known space-time three-dimensional universe a universe made up of matter where we experience duality and polarity to the unknown time space five-dimensional multiverse a place where there is no matter but instead light information

frequency vibration energy and consciousness we have to cross a bridge that bridge is the speed of light when we become pure consciousness and become no body no one no thing nowhere in no time we are crossing that threshold from mata to energy when einstein introduced the equation e equals m c squared in his theory of special relativity for the first time in the history of science he demonstrated from a mathematical standpoint that energy and matter are related what converts matter to energy is the speed of light which means anything material traveling faster than the speed

of light leaves our three-dimensional reality and turns into immaterial energy in other words in the three-dimensional world the speed of light is the threshold for matter or anything physical to retain its form no thing can travel faster than the speed of light not even information anything traveling from one point to another that is traveling slower than the speed of light is going to take time therefore the fourth dimension is time time is the nexus that connects the three-dimensional world to the fifth dimensional world and beyond once something is traveling faster than the speed of light

there is no time or no separation between two points of consciousness because every thing material becomes energy this is how you go from three dimensions to five dimensions from a universe to the multiverse from this dimension to all dimensions let me give you an example to help simplify this complex idea french physicist elaine aspect performed a famous quantum physics experiment in the early 1980s called the bell test experiments in the study scientists entangled two photons causing them to bond together they then shot the two photons in opposite directions creating distance and space between them when

they influenced one photon to disappear the other photon vanished at exactly the same time this experiment was a cornerstone study in the breakthrough of quantum physics because it proved that einstein's theory of relativity wasn't completely correct what it showed was that there is a unifying field of information existing beyond three-dimensional space and time that connects all matter if the two particles of light were not connected by some invisible field of energy it would have taken time for information to travel from one local point in space to the other local point in space according to einstein's

theory if one particle disappeared the other particle should disappear a moment later unless they were occupying the same space at the same time even if the second photon was affected a millisecond later because they were separated by space time would have played a factor in relaying the information this would have reaffirmed that the ceiling of this physical reality is the speed of light and everything material that exists here is separate because the two particles vanished at exactly the same time it proved that all matter bodies people things objects places and even time are connected by

frequency and information in a realm beyond three-dimensional reality in time everything beyond the material is unified in a state of oneness the information was communicated between those two photons non-locally since there is no separation between two points of consciousness in the five-dimensional reality there is no linear time there is only all times mystical quantum physicist david boehm called the realm of the quantum the implicat order where everything is connected he called the explicit order the material realm of separation if you look at figures 11.8 and 11.9 again it will help you to get your mind

around both worlds when you take your attention off being somebody someone something somewhere in some time and you become nobody no one no thing nowhere in no time you are becoming pure consciousness your consciousness merges with the unified field which is made only of consciousness and energy when you connect to the self organizing consciousness of everybody everyone everything everywhere in every time thus as you surrender as an awareness without your senses into this field of oneness where there is no separation and you keep going deeper into the void or blackness because nothing physical exists there

you as a consciousness become less separate from the consciousness of the unified field if you can keep becoming more conscious and aware of it and keep paying attention to it you are investing your energy in it and your attention directly at it thus as you keep moving toward it you will feel less separation and more wholeness finally since only the eternal present moment exists in the unified field because there is no linear time only all time the consciousness and energy of the unified field that is observing all matter into form is always in the present

eternal moment therefore in order for you to connect and unify with it you will have to be completely in the present moment as well if you review figure 11.10 it shows how you can collapse your own separation and individual consciousness to experience the oneness and wholeness of the unified field one last point about the speed of light in this realm of the material world visible light is a frequency based on polarity electrons positrons photons and so on if you look ahead a bit at figure 11.11 according to the scale approximately one third of the way

up from the slowest frequency is where the division of light takes place above this wave or frequency is where matter goes from form to energy and singularity and below this frequency are division and polarity when the division of light takes place photons electrons and positrons come into being because the visible light field holds the information template of matter as organized frequency in patterns of light this division of light is where the big bang occurred where singularity became duality and polarity where the universe eventually appeared as organized information and matter that's why this void is eternal

blackness there is no visible light because mata vibrates at such a slow frequency to enter the time space dimension or the unified field you can't enter as a body or matter so you must become nobody you can't take your identity so you're going to have to become no one you can't take things so you must become no thing you can't be somewhere so you're going to have to get to nowhere finally if you're living by a familiar past or predictable future where time appears linear to get to the place of time space you're going to

have to experience no time how do you do this you keep placing your attention on the unified field not with your senses but with your awareness as you change your consciousness you raise your energy the more you become aware of this invisible field the more you're moving further away from the separation of matter and closer to oneness now you're in the quantum or the unified field this is the realm of information that connects everybody everyone everything everywhere and every time the unified field becoming everybody everyone everything everywhere in every time matter is very dense and

because of its density it vibrates at the slowest frequency in the universe in figure 11.11 you see that as you raise matters frequency by speeding it up faster and faster matter as we know it dematerializes into energy at some point just beyond the visible light spectrum above the realm of duality and polarity any information about mata converts to more unified energy as you can see the higher the frequency the more orderly and coherent that energy becomes at this level of frequency and energy duality and polarity unify to become one we call this love or wholeness

because there is no longer any division or separation it is where positive and negative join where male and female unite where the past and future merge where good and bad no longer exist where right and wrong no longer apply where opposites become one as you continue up this scale away from matter and separation you continue to experience greater and greater degrees of wholeness order and love the orderliness of this more coherent energy is carrying information and that information is more and more love if you continued speeding matter up even faster eventually it would be vibrating

so fast as a frequency that it would exist as a straight line infinite frequencies exist in that line which means infinite possibilities exist there as well this is the zero point field or the point of singularity of the quantum an omnipresent ubiquitous field of information that exists as energy and frequency that is observing all of reality into order from a single point we could call this the mind of god unity consciousness source energy or whatever nomenclature you want to use to define the self-organizing principle of the universe this is the place where all potentials or

possibility exists as a thought the ultimate source of a loving intelligence and an intelligent love that is observing all of this physical reality into form therefore the greater the frequency we experience the greater the energy the greater the energy the greater the information we have access to the greater the information the greater the consciousness the greater the consciousness the greater the awareness the greater the awareness the greater the mind the greater the mind the greater ability we have to affect matter in the hierarchy of universal laws quantum laws trump newtonian or classical laws this is

why einstein said the field is the sole governing agency of the particle for the quantum field governs organizes and unifies all the laws of nature and is always directing energy into order by patterning light into form on our own planet we need only look at nature to see how fibonacci sequence otherwise known as the golden ratio a recurring mathematical formula found throughout nature that brings about order and coherence brings order to matter it's the zero point field made of possibilities or thought because thoughts are possibilities that is slowing its frequency down creating order and form

the unified field is a self-organizing intelligence that is always observing the material world into order and form the more you can surrender to it move closer to it and become one with it the less separation and lack you feel and thus the more wholeness and oneness you experience when you as an awareness unfold into this infinite realm of possibilities you begin to feel connected to the consciousness of everyone everybody everywhere everything in every time including your future dreams since consciousness is awareness and awareness is paying attention the first step to experiencing the unified field is

to become aware of it because if you're not aware of it it doesn't exist thus the more you pay attention to this field the more you will become aware of it there is a caveat however as we've seen the only way you can enter the realm of pure consciousness is to become pure consciousness in other words the only way to enter this kingdom of thought is as a thought this means you have to get beyond your senses by taking your awareness off matter and particles and instead place it on energy or the wave if you

can unfold as an awareness into this unseen immaterial realm of infinite blackness and become aware that you are an awareness in the presence of a greater awareness your consciousness will merge with a greater consciousness if you can do this if you can get out of the way and linger as a consciousness or awareness in this field if you can keep surrendering to this intelligent love the same innate intelligence that creating the universe and giving you life it's going to consume you this loving intelligence is both personal and universal within you and all around you and

when it consumes you it's going to create and restore order and balance in your biology because its very nature is to organize matter in a more coherent way now you are moving through the eye of the needle and on the other side of the eye there is no longer the separation of two points of consciousness there is one consciousness or oneness this is where all possibilities exist because you are entering the domain of consciousness thought information energy and frequency the bridge that gets you from space time to time space is going from being somebody someone

something in some place in some time to being nobody no one no thing nowhere in no time this is the nexus the threshold to the unified or quantum field go back and review figures 11.8 and 11.9 in this realm of infinite unknown possibilities unlimited new potentials and experiences await you not the same old familiar ones that you've experienced time and time again after all isn't that what the unknown is an unknown is just a possibility that exists to you as a new thought when you are in this realm of pure thought as a thought the

only thing limiting you is your imagination but when in this realm of thought if you find yourself thinking again about someone something somebody somewhere in some known time your awareness and thus your energy is back in the known reality of three-dimensional space and time back to the realm of separation since every thought you think has a frequency the moment you start thinking about the pain in your body or the advancement of your disease or the problems at work or the issues you have with your mother or the things you must do within a certain amount

of time you are back in this space and time your awareness is back in the realm of the material world and your thoughts are producing the same frequency equal to matter and particles review figure 11.10 your energy is back to vibrating at the same level of the known physical world of three-dimensional reality so you exert less of an effect on your personal reality you are back to vibrating as matter and we know how that goes as your frequency moves further and further into density you are moving further and further away from the unified field as

a result you feel separate from it in this scenario if your dreams exist as thoughts in the unified field it's going to take a lot of time for your dreams to come true if you're thinking about somebody someone something at some place in some time you are not getting beyond your identity which has been shaped by the totality of your past experiences you are literally still in the same memories habitual thoughts and conditioned emotions that you've associated with all the familiar people and things at certain times and places in your known reality which means your

attention and energy are bound to your past present personal reality you're thinking equal to your identity so your life is going to stay the same you're the same personality trying to create a new personal reality when i say you have to get beyond yourself it means to forget about yourself take your attention off your personality and your past personal reality it makes sense then that to heal your body you're going to have to get beyond your body to create something new in your life you're going to have to forget about your same old life to

change some problem in your external environment you're going to have to get beyond your memory and the corresponding emotions related to that problem and if you want to create a new unexpected event in your future timeline you'll have to stop unconsciously anticipating the same predictable future based on your familiar memories of the past you are going to have to move to a greater level of consciousness than the consciousness that created any of those realities in the unified field there is nowhere to go because you are everywhere there is nothing you can want because you are

so whole and complete that you feel like you have everything you can't judge anyone because you are everyone and it's no longer necessary to become anybody because you are everybody and why would you be worried that there is never enough time if you exist in a domain where there's infinite time the more whole you feel the less lack you experience and therefore the less you want how can you want or live in lack when you feel whole if there is less lack there is less of the need to create from duality polarity and separation how

can you want when you're whole when you create from wholeness you feel like you already have it there is no longer wanting trying wishing forcing predicting fighting or hoping after all hope is a beggar when you create from a state of wholeness there are only knowing and observing this is the key to manifesting reality being connected not separate if time in your three-dimensional world is created by the illusion of space between two objects or two points of consciousness then the more one you are with the unified field the less separation there is between you and

everything material when your consciousness merges or becomes more connected to the unified field to the realm of wholeness and unity there is no longer separation between two points of consciousness this wholeness is then reflected in your biology chemistry circuitry hormones genes heart and brain thus restoring balance to your entire system a greater frequency or energy is now moving through your autonomic nervous system a system that continuously gives you life whose agenda it is to create balance in order this energy is carrying a message of wholeness and as a result you become more holy the greater

the frequency you experience the shorter amount of time it takes to unfold in this three-dimensional space-time reality as we learned earlier in this chapter when you diminish the space between two points of consciousness you collapse time when this illusion of separation no longer exists you perceive less space between you an identity living in a body in a physical environment in linear time and people objects things places matter and even your dreams therefore the closer you move to the unified field the more connected you feel you are to everyone and everything you as a consciousness are

in the realm of oneness and because there is no separation time is eternal and remember when there is infinite time there are infinite spaces possible dimensions and realities to be experienced wherever you think you are or whoever you think you are you are in fact there is nothing to try to create because it already exists as a thought in the realm of all thoughts all you have to do is to become aware of it and observe it into being by experiencing it take a peek at figure 11.12 to follow along as you do this and

move your attention from being somebody to being nobody to becoming everybody you can create anybody as you move from living as someone to becoming no one to being everyone you can become anyone as you can take your attention off something move into the realm of no thing you merge with everything thus you can have anything as you move your awareness from somewhere to nowhere you will be everywhere and you can live anywhere and finally when you shift your consciousness from some time to no time to become every time you can be in any time now

that's becoming supernatural in the work i do around the world i have labored for many years teaching our students how to get beyond themselves i now know the first step in this process is for them to master their body get beyond the conditions in their external environment and transcend time when they accomplish that they find themselves on the precipice of experiencing the unified field once they arrive at this nexus however they must be taught that there is even more to experience if learning means making new synaptic connections the more you learn about something the more

you can appreciate it become aware of it and experience it because now you can engage it with a new set of neural networks it is in the act of learning that you further change or enrich your experience after all if you haven't learned anything new your experience will probably stay the same since you're perceiving reality with the same neural circuitry as before knowledge is the harbinger that evolves your experience for example i love red wine and i lead several wine tours a year in different parts of the world many people who come to these week-long

events initially tell me that they know nothing about wine how i translate this statement is that they probably never learned anything about or have had limited exposure to the fermented grape the truth of the matter is that because they have limited knowledge and experience from their past they have very limited neural hardware installed to perceive any real taste or nuance we could say then that they just don't know what to look for to truly enjoy the experience but what if they learn how winemakers produce wine and understand its history the type of grapes they use

and why they are used then they learn about how the wine is stored in oak barrels for how long and why this would familiarize them with the whole process and reasoning as to what makes a particular wine so enjoyable that's the process but now think of that great wine in the bottle if they are not aware of the plum flavor the notes of black cherry and currants its hints of vanilla and leather the spell of its floral perfumes its percentage of tannins and whether it was aged in oak barrels or stainless steel drums and for

how long then they don't know what to look for and they are not going to be able to fully experience it only in the moment when they know what to look for and what to become aware of does it exist we could say then that their awareness changes their experience i know this to be true because in just one week those same people who initially said they didn't like red wine or knew nothing about it walk away with a whole new experience of interacting with it after many full days of learning and discovering what to

look for repeatedly staying present and focusing all their awareness on specific flavors and aromas day after day experiencing all types of wines and deciding what they like and don't like continuously paying attention and therefore firing wiring and assembling new neural connections those folks get very specific about what type of wine they like in one week they gain a whole new level of appreciation awareness and understanding again the experience changed them the same is true when it comes to the unified field if you are not aware of it then it doesn't exist for you yet the

more you know about it and the more aware you are of what to look for the more you can pay attention to it with your awareness and experience it more deeply and it should change you starting at birth you're trained to keep your attention on matter and not on energy you are conditioned into believing you need your senses to experience reality in other words if you don't see hear feel smell touch or taste something it doesn't exist because of this the majority of people place most of their attention on mata objects and the particle while

taking very little time to put their intention on energy information and the wave for instance you are not aware of your big toe on your left foot until you put your attention on it it has always existed for you but you were unaware of it the moment you put your awareness on it however it comes into being the same is true for the unified field the more you become aware of it the more it will exist in your reality by focusing solely on matter people exclude possibility from their life that's what the wave is an

energy of possibility the more you pay attention to it the more possibilities should show up in your life because wherever you place your attention is where you place your energy the moment you become aware of the unified field your attention upon it causes it to expand for example when you place your attention and awareness on your pain it expands because you experience more of it if you keep attending to your pain and experiencing more and more of it it becomes a part of your life the same thing also happens with the unified field when you

place your attention on it and become more aware of it it expands and just as i said about pain when you experience more of it it exists as part of your life simply by placing your attention on the unified field as you become aware of it notice it experience it feel it interact with it and stay present with it moment after moment it shows up and unfolds in your reality on a daily basis how does it show up and unfold as unknowns serendipities synchronicities opportunities coincidences luck being in the right place at the right time

and moments filled with awe in my best description from experience this unified field is a divine loving intelligence and an intelligent love that is within and around you so each time you focus your attention on it you are becoming aware of the presence of the divine within and all around you as you place your attention on it the divine should appear more in your life since consciousness is awareness and awareness is paying attention when you are aware of it and pay attention to it you begin to merge with it your experience of it will literally

cause you to become it and as you unfold deeper and deeper into this unified field there's more and more for you to explore and experience if you look at figure 11.11 again as you move closer and closer to that straight line that represents source energy or oneness it makes sense that the only way you can move closer to it is by keeping your attention on it and becoming more conscious of it if you do this correctly as you journey away from duality or separation and toward unity and oneness since feelings are the end product of

experience you should feel more and more levels of love unity and wholeness once you feel and experience more of this intelligent love three things happen in your life the first thing that happens is that as you place your attention and awareness on the unified field as you move closer to source and deeper into it you experience more of it that journey carves a neurological path from your thinking brain straight to your autonomic nervous system now each time you venture deeper into it as you slow your brain waves down you're building a neurological highway with more

lanes and that neural pathway becomes thicker because you are using it more over time this enables you to more easily merge with the field the second thing that happens is that because experience enriches the brain each time you interact with this unified field and experience it your brain changes this is what experience does it enriches and refines brain circuitry now you are installing the hardware in your brain to be more aware of this field the next time you merge with it likewise since experience produces an emotion as you feel the unified field you begin to

embody it thus you embody more of the divine according to the quantum model of reality since all disease is a lowering and incoherency of frequency the moment the body experiences this new coherent elevated frequency the energy from that event raises the body's vibration into coherence and order numerous times in our advanced workshops around the world when our students bodies have been upgraded by a new frequency and new information we have witnessed instantaneous changes in their health since the autonomic nervous system's agenda is to create balance and health the instant we get out of its way

stop analyzing sees thinking and fully surrender this intelligence steps in and creates order but this time it's carrying a newer more self-organizing message with a greater frequency from the unified field that very same coherent energy raises the frequency of matter it's like changing the frequency of a static field radio station to one that is carrying a clear frequency and signal the body is receiving a more coherent signal when this happens you will feel intense love a profound joy for existence a heightened sense of freedom indescribable bliss and all for life elevated levels of gratitude and

a humbled sense of true empowerment in that moment the energy from the unified field in the form of emotion is reconditioning your body to a new consciousness and a new mind in a heartbeat the elevated emotions signal new genes in new ways changing your body and moving it out of your biological past the third thing that happens as you move closer toward the unified field is that you begin to hear or experience knowledge and information differently that's because you've changed your brain circuits and are no longer the same person you will meet truth on a

whole new level and things that you thought you knew will seem like a brand new encounter your inner experience has changed your perception of what is happening in your outer world in other words you've awakened once you have an experience a feeling or better understanding of the unified field once it changes your brain circuitry it allows you to experience and perceive reality in new ways in fact you will see a spectrum of life that your brain did not have the circuitry to perceive before the next time your brain fires those networks you already have the

hardware to experience even more of the reality you are now perceiving more of a reality that has always existed you merely lacked the circus to perceive it previously if on a consistent basis you can make this journey all the way to source see figure 11.11 again and connect with it the moment you truly interact with it you will begin to behave more like it its nature becomes your nature and now more intelligent love is being expressed through you what are its innate qualities you will become more patient forgiving present conscious aware willful giving selfless loving

and mindful to name but a few of them you realize that which you have been seeking is seeking you you become it and it becomes you the discipline then is to allow your consciousness to merge with a greater consciousness surrender deeper into intelligent love trust in the unknown continuously surrender some aspect of the limited self to join the greater self lose yourself in nothing to become everything relax into an infinite deep sea of coherent energy keep unfolding deeper and deeper into oneness continuously let go of control feel greater and greater degrees of wholeness and finally

as a consciousness moment by moment become aware pay attention to experience be present with and feel more and more of this unified field all around you without returning your awareness back to three-dimensional reality if you do this properly you won't be using any of your senses because you're beyond your senses you'll simply be awareness space time time space meditation begin by resting your awareness on your heart and once you are locked in on the space your heart occupies in space become aware of your breathing allow it to flow in and out of your heart all

the while deepening and relaxing your breath keeping your attention on your heart call up an elevated emotion and sustain this feeling for a period of time while paying attention to your breathing radiate that energy beyond your body in space next using any song that inspires you like the one you use for the meditation in chapter five do that meditation to pull the mind out of the body take all the energy stored in your body as survival emotions and liberate it into elevated emotions using a level of intensity that is greater than the body as the

mind for the next 10 to 15 minutes listen to one or two songs without lyrics that will induce trance now become pure consciousness becoming no one no body no thing nowhere in no time unfolding as an awareness into the unified field now it's time to become connected to the consciousness of everyone everybody everything everywhere in every time unifying with a greater consciousness in the unified field all you have to do is become aware of this field pay attention to it stay present with it and feel it moment by moment you will begin to feel more

wholeness and oneness which will be reflected in your biology because your body is experiencing more coherent energy moving through it and you are building your energy field maintain this state for about 10 to 20 minutes surrendering deeper and deeper into it when you're done bring your awareness back to a new body to a new environment and to a whole new time chapter 12 the pineal gland as you now know when we as a consciousness move beyond the world of the senses in this three-dimensional reality we can tap into frequencies that carry specific information beyond the

vibration of matter and the speed of light when this happens the brain processes extremely high amplitudes of energy time and time again we've measured and observed this phenomenon in our advanced students brain scans you've also learned that when there is an increase in energy in the brain there will always be an increase in consciousness and awareness and vice versa in fact it's very difficult to determine whether it is the energy or the level of consciousness that causes these extreme measurements but i don't think we can separate the two because you cannot have a change in

energy without a change in consciousness or a change in frequency without a change in information as you connect to deeper levels of the unified field the brain is activated by a greater energy that carries specific information in the form of thoughts and imagery the brain then literally tracks and records this profound inner event and to the person having the experience whatever is happening in their mind seems more real than any past external event in that moment the increased energy in the form of a profoundly powerful emotion captures all the mind's attention this is the instant

the brain and body receive a biological upgrade if someone can sit in a chair with their eyes closed during meditation and have a significantly heightened sensory experience without their senses it begs the question what is happening in the brain to explain this supernatural effect to the person having the experience despite the fact that they're sitting still it seems more real than any other experience determined by their senses that they've ever had this begs more inquiry how can we have a fully amplified sensory experience without our senses what are the specific functions of the brain and

body that translate interactions with the quantum field into profound inner experiences in other words if we can interface with a more coherent field of information which then creates such stimulating inner events there must be a neurological chemical and biological explanation for such supernatural occurrences what are the unique systems organs glands tissues chemicals neurotransmitters and cells involved that could give rise to such intensely profound experiences could there be physiological components that are just sitting dormant waiting to be activated four states of consciousness will help provide a framework for the information in this chapter the first is

wakefulness which of course is when we are aware and conscious next is sleep where we are unconscious and the body is restoring and repairing then comes dreaming which is an altered state of consciousness when the body is catatonic but our minds are engaged in inner visual imagery and symbolism and finally there are transcendental moments of consciousness that are beyond our understanding of reality these transcendent events seem to change us and the way we look at the world forever i want to give you my best understanding about the biology chemistry and neuroscience of those transcendental experiences

let's start with the molecule melatonin which is responsible for all of this melatonin the dreaming neurotransmitter when you wake up in the morning and return to the world of the senses the moment your eye perceives light through your iris receptors in the optic nerve send a signal to a part of your brain called the suprachiasmatic nucleus it then sends a signal to the pineal gland which responds by making serotonin the daytime neurotransmitter as you will recall neurotransmitters are chemical messengers that transmit and communicate information between nerve cells the neurotransmitter serotonin tells your body it's time

to wake up and start your day as you integrate information between all your senses in order to create meaning between your inner and outer world serotonin stimulates your brain waves from delta to theta to alpha to beta causing you once again to realize you're in a physical body in space and time thus when your brain is firing in beta brain waves you put much of your attention on your outer environment your body and time that's normal as night falls and it gets dark a similar but inverse process occurs the inhibition of light sends a signal

along the same route back to the pineal gland but now the pineal gland transmutes serotonin into melatonin the nighttime neurotransmitter this production and release of melatonin slows down your brain waves from beta to alpha making you sleepy tired and less likely to want to think or analyze as your brain waves slow down to alpha you become more interested in returning your attention to your inner world rather than your outer world eventually as your body falls asleep and goes into a catatonic state your brain waves move from alpha to theta to delta thus inducing periods of

dreaming as well as deep restorative sleep by living within the rhythm of our external environment within this diurnal pattern of wavefulness and sleep based on where we live in the world our brain becomes automatically entrained to the daily production of these chemicals at very specific times in the morning and evening this is called this circadian rhythm most of us know that when we move out of this natural rhythm we become out of sorts such as when we travel to another part of the world where the sun rises and sets several hours ahead of our normal

time zone this is jet lag and we need some time to recalibrate when body gets out of its natural circadian rhythm it will usually take a few days to readjust to the new environment's rhythm of sunrise and sunset this is all chemistry produced from our interaction with our external three-dimensional world from our eyes reaction to the sun and the frequency of visible light melatonin induces rapid eye movement rem sleep a phase of the circadian rhythm that causes dreaming as the thoughts and chatter in our head diminish giving way to sleep and eventually the dreaming state

the brain begins to internally see and perceive in images pictures and symbols but before we get into why melatonin is so important let's take a closer look at the molecular structure of this dreaming neurotransmitter the process of creating melatonin starts with the essential amino acid l-tryptophan the raw material responsible for making serotonin and melatonin to be converted into melatonin it must pass through a series of chemical changes known as methylation methylation is the process of taking a single carbon and three hydrogens known as a methyl group and applying it to countless critical functions throughout our

body such as thinking repairing dna turning genes on and off fighting infections and so on in this case it's part of the production of melatonin in figure 12.1 we see methylation in action because this methyl group is made up of very stable chemicals the basic structure of the five and six sided rings stay the same during the series of chemical reactions however as different groups of molecules attached to those rings they change the properties and characteristics of the molecule beginning with l-tryptophan the pineal gland transmutes it into 5-hydroxytryptophan 5-htp which then becomes serotonin serotonin is

a more stable molecule than 5-htp can sustain itself in the brain and has a more useful function as we'll soon see through another chemical reaction the pineal gland converts serotonin into n-acetyl serotonin and then an additional reaction turns it into melatonin and all of this happens in the pineal gland in a 24-hour cycle the production of melatonin is highest between the hours of 1 am and 4 am this is important to remember we now know there's an inverse relationship between our adrenal hormones and melatonin as adrenal cortisol levels go up melatonin levels go down this

is the reason why we can't sleep when we're under stress in antiquity this served as a biological safety mechanism for instance if you were chased by a predator a few times on the way to the watering hole and then you spotted more large beasts in your territory your body in its innate intelligence would want to prevent you from becoming prey yourself in such cases sleep and restoration become less important than surviving more aptly put staying alive by remaining awake through the night is more valuable than sleeping and risking death when the body is trying to

rest in this vigilant state it never gets the restorative sleep it needs because the survival chemicals like cortisol have switched on the survival genes if the perceived stressor is not a saber-toothed tiger but instead your strained relationship with your ex-spouse whom you must interact with daily that chronic stress keeps the survival system activated now this safety valve is no longer adaptive but maladaptive this type of chronic stress alters typical levels of melatonin and even serotonin knocking the body out of homeostasis but if you lower the levels of cortisol melatonin levels will increase in other words

when you break the stress response by overcoming the emotional addiction to those chemicals your body can go back to long-term building projects instead of constantly dealing with the perceived emergency take a look at figure 12.2 to review the relationship between melatonin and cortisol melatonin has many other interesting applications for example it's been proven to improve carbohydrate metabolism this is important because when certain people respond to stress the body takes carbohydrates and stores them as fat and fat is nothing more than stored energy this is a result of primitive genes signaling the body to store energy

in case there's a famine melatonin has also been known to help with depression it's even been proven to increase levels of dhea the anti-aging hormone for more facts about the importance of melatonin the dreaming neurotransmitter see figure 12.3 now let's deepen your understanding of all the information you've been studying in this book up until this point activating the pineal gland for years i spent enormous amounts of time studying the pineal gland and seeking researchers who did extensive measurements of its metabolites and tissue my interest was in tying together my findings with some ancient mysteries one

abstract in particular piqued my interest the pineal gland is a neuroendocrine transducer secreting melatonin responsible for physiological circadian rhythm control a new form of bio mineralization has been studied in the human pineal gland and consists of small crystals that are less than 20 microns in length these crystals are responsible for electromechanical biological transduction mechanism in the pineal gland due to the structure and piezoelectric properties that's a lot of words to digest but let's break it down into two meaningful points the keywords here in reverse order are piezoelectric properties and transducer the piezoelectric effect occurs when

you apply pressure to certain materials and the mechanical stress is changed into an electrical charge to put it in simple terms the pineal gland contains calcite crystals made of calcium carbon and oxygen and because of their structure they express this effect like an antenna the pineal gland has the capacity to become electrically activated and generate electromagnetic fields that can tune into information that's point number one in addition in the same way an antenna pulsates a rhythm or frequency to match the frequency of an incoming signal the pineal gland receives information carried on invisible electromagnetic fields

since all frequency carries information once the antenna connects to the exact signal of the electromagnetic field there must be a way to convert and descramble that signal into a meaningful message that's exactly what a transducer does and that's the second point a transducer is anything that receives a signal in the form of one type of energy and converts it into a signal in another form take a moment to look around you the space you are sitting in is filled with tv radio and wi-fi waves that are all different frequency ranges of invisible electromagnetic energy you

can't see any of them with your eyes but they're still there for example the antenna that picks up a range of frequencies carrying a signal to your tv is transduced into a picture on your tv screen when you tune into an fm station you are tuning your antenna to a specific electromagnetic frequency the information carried in that frequency range is then transduced into a coherent signal which is the music you hear with your ears the study i quoted says the pineal gland is a neuroendocrine transducer capable of receiving and converting signals within the brain when

the pineal gland acts as a transducer it can pick up frequencies above our three-dimensional space-time base reality once the pineal gland is activated it can tune into higher dimensions of this space and time which we learned in the previous chapter is the realm of time space and like a tv it can then turn the information carried on those frequencies into vivid imagery and surreal lucid transcendental experiences in our mind including profoundly heightened multi-sensory visions beyond our vocabulary this is a bit like experiencing a multi-dimensional imax movie at this point you may be wondering since this

little gland exists inside my skull how am i going to exert mechanical stress on the crystals in it create a piezoelectric effect and activate the pineal gland so it becomes like an antenna and how will that antenna pick up frequencies and information beyond matter and light so that it can transduce those electromagnetic signatures into a meaningful imagery like a transcendental experience beyond this three-dimensional reality for the pineal gland to become activated four important things must happen i will address three of them now and then i will give you the fourth step and it's time to

learn the meditation one the piezoelectric effect critical to creating the piezoelectric effect in the pineal gland are the calcite crystals mentioned above and shown in figure 12.4 remember these are very tiny crystals approximately one to twenty microns in length to put this in context their size can range anywhere from one hundredth to one quarter the width of a human hair for the most part they are octahedron hexahedron and rhombohedron in shape as we already learned in chapter five the purpose of the breathing technique we do before many meditations is to pull the mind out of

the body by liberating potential energy stored as emotions in the lower three energy centers as we inhale and contract those intrinsic muscles follow our breath from the perineum all the way up our spine to the top of our head and then hold our breath and squeeze those muscles more we're increasing intrathecal pressure as i mentioned earlier in the book this is the internal pressure created when you push up against your insides for example when you hold your breath and lift something heavy the word piezoelectric is derived from the greek words peasian which means to squeeze

or press and piezo which means to push so it's no coincidence that i ask you to hold your breath and squeeze those intrinsic muscles when you do this you are pushing cerebral spinal fluid up against the pineal gland exerting mechanical stress on it this mechanical stress translates into an electrical charge and it's this exact action that compresses the stacked crystals in the pineal gland and creates a piezoelectric effect the crystals of the pineal gland generate an electric charge in response to the stress you're applying one of the unique characteristics of the piezoelectric effect is that

it's reversible meaning that the materials exhibiting the direct piezoelectric effect the crystals also exhibit a converse piezoelectric effect once the crystals in the gland are compressed and are creating an electrical charge the electromagnetic field that is emanating from the pineal gland causes the crystals in it to stretch as the field increases when the crystals generating the electromagnetic field reach their limit and can stretch no further they contract and the electromagnetic field reverses direction and moves inward towards the pineal gland when the electromagnetic field reaches the pineal gland crystals it compresses them again producing yet another

electromagnetic field this cycle of expanding and reversing the field perpetuates a pulsating electromagnetic field it's no wonder then that i ask you to hold your breath squeeze and contract those muscles and it's no surprise that i insist you repeat this process over and over as you keep doing the breath and holding and squeezing again and again with every cycle of breathing you are activating the piezoelectric properties of the pineal gland the more you do this the more you speed up the cycles per second of the expansion and contraction of this electromagnetic field making the pulses

get faster and faster now the pineal gland becomes a pulsating antenna capable of picking up subtler and subtler faster electromagnetic frequencies take a close look at figure 12.5 we talked about the movement of cerebrospinal fluid during the breath in chapter five but let's build on the teaching as the fluid enters the brain it moves up through the central canal through the space between the spinal column and the spinal cord from this juncture it flows in two directions first the fluid moves into the fourth ventricle followed by the third ventricle as the fluid travels from the

fourth to the third ventricle it passes through a narrow path or channel and nestled right at the back of the third ventricle rests what looks like a tiny pine cone that's what pineal means this is the pineal gland and it's about the size of a large grain of rice second the cerebrospinal fluid also flows around the back of the cerebellum to the other side of the pineal gland surrounding the entire gland with pressurized fluid by increasing the intrathecal pressure you funnel a greater volume of fluid into the chamber of the third ventricle as well as

from the space around the cerebellum so when you hold your breath and squeeze this extra volume of fluid exerts pressure from both directions up against the crystals causing them to compress and create the piezoelectric effect this is the first event that must take place to activate the pineal gland two the pineal gland releases its metabolites cerebrospinal fluid moves through a closed system called the ventricular system review figure 12.5 the ventricular system facilitates the movement of this fluid from the base of the spine up through the spinal column through the four chambers of the brain called

aqueducts or ventricles and back down to the sacrum the base of the spine when you inhale and follow your breath to the top of your head and then hold your breath and squeeze up and in you are accelerating the cerebrospinal fluid on the surface of the pineal gland are tiny hairs called cilia latin for eyelashes see figure 12.6 the action of the accelerated fluid moving faster than normal through the chambers of the ventricular system tickles the tiny hairs which over stimulates the pineal gland because the pineal gland is shaped like a phallus the stimulation produced

by the acceleration of fluid moving past it combined with the electrical activation created by an increase in intrathecal pressure in a closed system causes the gland to ejaculate some very profound upgraded metabolites of melatonin into the brain you're now one step closer to activating the pineal gland and having a transcendental experience three energy is delivered directly to the brain much like sending a rocket ship into space overcoming gravity to get it off the ground is the part that requires the most energy so to move that energy from our lower centers demands a great deal of

intensity and effort the breath becomes our passionate intention to free ourselves from the self-limiting emotions of our past the spinal column becomes the delivery mechanism for this energy and the top of the head becomes the target as you know by now every time you perform the breath you send charged particles up the spinal column as these particles increase in velocity and acceleration they create what's known as an inductance field see figure 12.7 this inductance field reverses the flow of two-way information that typically facilitates communication from the brain to the body and the body to the

brain much like a vacuum the inductance field draws the energy from those lower centers energy involved with orgasm consumption digestion fight or flight stress and control and delivers it directly to the brain stem in a spiraling motion as the energy travels up through each vertebrae it passes the nerves that run from the spinal cord to different parts of the body and some of that energy is then transferred through the peripheral nerves that affect the tissues and organs of the body the current that runs along these nerve channels activates the body's meridian system resulting in all

other systems of the body getting more energy once the energy reaches the brain stem it must pass through the reticular formation it's the job of the reticular formation to constantly edit information going from the brain to the body as well as from the body to the brain this formation is part of a system called the reticular activating system ras which is responsible for levels of wakefulness for instance when you wake up from a deep sleep because you hear a sound in your house it's the ras that alerts you and arouses you that's a rudimentary function

however as the sympathetic nervous system is activated and merges with the parasympathetic nervous system instead of depleting the body's stored energy it releases that energy back to the brain once this energy reaches the brain stem the thalamic gate opens like a door and energy moves through the reticular formation to the thalamus where it relays information to the neocortex now the reticular formation is open and you experience greater levels of awareness in a sense you become more conscious and awakened think of the thalamus as a big train station with tracks leading to higher centers of the

brain that's how the brain goes into gamma brainwave patterns as a side note there are two individual thalami in the midbrain one on each side which feed each hemisphere in the neocortex the pineal gland sits right between them facing the back of the brain see figure 12.8 when the energy reaches each thalamic junction remember the thalamus is like a relay station to all other parts of the brain these thalami send a message directly to the pineal gland to secrete its metabolites into the brain the effect is that the thinking neocortex becomes aroused and goes into

higher brainwave patterns like gamma the nature of those chemical derivatives of melatonin relaxes the body and at the same time awakens the mind if you remember when you're in beta brainwaves your sympathetic nervous system is aroused for an emergency in your outer world and utilizes energy to survive the difference with gamma brain waves is that instead of losing vital energy you're liberating and creating more energy in your body you're not in any emergency or survival state when this occurs you're in bliss and your sympathetic nervous system is switching on to arouse you to pay more

attention to whatever is happening within your mind in chapter five i said that when energy moves from the body to the brain a torus field is created around the body as you run a current up your spinal column by accelerating the movement of cerebrospinal fluid your body becomes like a magnet and you create an electromagnetic field around it a torus field represents a dynamic flow of energy at the same time the torus field is moving up out and around your body when the pineal gland becomes activated a reverse torus field of electromagnetic energy is drawing

energy into your body through the top of your head since all frequency carries information now your pineal gland is receiving information from beyond the visible light field and from beyond your senses see figure 12.9 when these three happenings occur in tandem it's going to feel like you're having an orgasm in your head you've now created an antenna in your brain and this antenna is picking up information from realms beyond matter and beyond space and time information is no longer coming from your senses or your eyes interaction with your environment instead you're getting information from the

quantum field moving to another eye your third eye from the pineal gland in the back of your brain when melatonin gets an upgrade magic happens when your pineal gland or the third eye is awakened because it is picking up higher frequencies these higher energies alter the chemistry of melatonin the higher the frequency the greater the alteration it's this translation of information into chemistry that primes you for those transcendental mystical moments now you're opening the door to higher dimensions of space and time this is why i like to call the pineal gland an alchemist because it

transmutes melatonin into some very profound radical neurotransmitters take a look at figure 12.10 as higher frequencies and higher states of consciousness interact with the pineal gland one of the first things to happen is that these frequencies transmute melatonin into chemicals called benzodiazepines benzodiazepines are a class of drugs from which valium is created that anesthetize the analytical mind so all of a sudden the thinking brain relaxes and stops analyzing according to functional brain scans benzodiazepines suppress neural activity in the amygdala the brain survival center this limits chemicals that cause you to feel fear anger agitation aggression

sadness or pain now your body feels calm and relaxed but your mind is awakened another chemical created from melatonin produces a class of very powerful antioxidants called pinolines see figure 12.10 pinolines are important because they attack free radicals which harm your cells and cause aging these antioxidants are anti-cancer anti-aging anti-heart disease anti-stroke anti-neurodegenerative anti-inflammatory and antimicrobial that's a perfect formula to upgrade melatonin's normal role as an antioxidant to the role of a supercharged antioxidant that further restores and heals the body to a greater degree than the melatonin molecule normally does see the powerful antioxidants listed

in figure 12.10 that are all produced from metabolites of melatonin if you take that molecule and tweak it again into a cousin of melatonin you find the same chemical that makes animals hibernate when melatonin which makes us sleepy and dreamy alters just slightly into this more powerful molecule it carries a message to extend rest and repair even further this message also causes the body's metabolism to slow in some cases for months it makes sense then that when mammals hibernate they break the typical habits of their habitat for example they lose their sex drive their appetite

their interest in or need to move about in their environment and their connection to social networks they hide to protect themselves and to feel safe and during this time of going within their body goes into stasis the same might be true for us as these values elevate because the body is no longer the mind we temporarily lose our interest in the outer world and because we have no biological drives and aren't distracted with bodily needs we're able to move more fully into the present moment and go deeply within if you're going to dream the dream

of the future wouldn't it be a good idea to get your body out of the way if you take that molecule and advance it yet again you produce the same chemical found in electric eels a phosphorescent bioluminescent chemical that amplifies energy in the nervous system you can refer to figure 12.10 again this chemical can be powerful enough to cause a significant shock i have a strong hunch this is the rare chemical that influences the brain to process those increased amplitudes of energy that we've repeatedly measured in our students just imagine an electric eel that literally

lights up with energy when it gets stimulated that's what happens in the brain when it gets activated but the energy and information that are created do not come from an experience in our environment that we perceive through our senses but instead from within the brain caused by an upgrade in frequency when we see those high energy levels in the brain we know that the person is having a profound subjective experience that can be measured objectively think about that for a moment via sensory input from our environment through our eyes the pineal gland makes serotonin and

melatonin this visible light coming from the sun causes us to move into harmony with our environment which we call the circadian rhythm as a result of this process serotonin and melatonin carry information equal to the frequency coming from the physical world because we perceive visible light through our senses those molecules are inherent to humans thus they are equivalent to the realm of our three-dimensional reality remember as einstein said that the ceiling of this material world is the speed of light but what happens is the brain processes an increase in frequency and information from a realm

beyond the sensors and beyond the speed of light is it possible that information and energy coming from the unified field change the chemistry of melatonin to become another chemical counterpart in the brain and could our brain translate those frequencies into a message if energy is the epiphenomenon of matter it makes sense that the information coming from a frequency faster than visible light would be able to alter the molecular structure of melatonin into profound elixirs within our brain pineal gland is responsible for translating that information into a chemical variation of melatonin therefore that molecule carries a

different message equal to that frequency that new frequency is now influencing an enhanced superchemical that's no longer natural that's supernatural melatonin gets an upgrade not only does this phosphorescent bioluminescent chemical increase the energy in the brain but it enhances the imagery the mind internally perceives so that everything looks as though it's made of vivid surreal luminescent light as a result people have reported experiencing colors they've never seen before because they exist outside their known experience of the visible light spectrum these colors appear as profound otherworldly glowing lights in a technicolor lucid opalescent world of suspended

beauty everything appears as if it's emitting beautiful light made of vivid radiant energy that you can feel this world of golden shimmering bright halos within and around everything appears more illuminated than your sensory-based reality and of course it will be difficult to take your attention off all its beauty because all your attention is on this experience it will seem as though you are actually there totally present in this other world or dimension take a look at figure 12.10 again alter melatonin one more time and you produce the chemical dimethyltryptamine dmt one of the most powerful

hallucinogenic substances known to man this is the same chemical found in ayahuasca the traditional spiritual plant medicine used in ceremonies by the indigenous people of the amazon dmt's primary active ingredient is said to create spiritual visions and profound insights into the mystery of the self when ayahuasca or other plant chemicals containing this molecule are ingested the body receives only dmt but when the pineal gland is activated it receives the whole blend of aforementioned chemicals and this causes some very profound inner experiences some of these experiences have been reported to create profound time dilation time appears

infinite time travel journeys to paranormal realms visions of complex geometric patterns encounters with spiritual beings and other mystical interdimensional realities many of our students during the pineal gland meditation report amazing encounters beyond their known physical world when these chemicals are released in the brain the mind has experiences that appear more real than anything that person has ever encountered in their sensory-based reality this new dimension is difficult to articulate with language the novel experience that results will occur as a complete unknown and if you surrender to it it's always worth it tuning in to higher dimensions

the pineal gland as a transducer depending on the translation you're using in matthew chapter 6 verse 22 jesus said if thine i be single thy whole body shall be full of light i believe he was talking about activating the pineal gland because this allows us to experience a broader spectrum of reality many of our students can attest to the fact that when their pineal gland becomes activated when they fully connect with the unified field their whole body becomes filled with energy and light beginning from the cosmic field energy from beyond their senses enters through the

top of their head and travels down throughout their whole body when this occurs they experience downloadable information beyond their memory base or the predictable knowns of their daily lives and it all begins with a chemical alteration of melatonin in the pineal gland in all of my research about the pineal gland i've evolved my own understanding of it into the following definition the pineal gland is a crystalline superconductor that sends as well as receives information through the transduction of energetic vibrational signals frequency beyond sensors also known as the quantum field and translates it into biological tissue

the brain and the mind in the form of meaningful imagery the same way as an antenna translates different channels onto a tv screen when the pineal gland is activated because you now have this tiny antenna in your brain the higher the frequency it picks up the more energy it exerts towards altering and transmuting the chemistry of melatonin as a result of this change in chemistry you're going to get a very different experience from what melatonin normally produces perhaps a better way to say it is that you're going to get a clearer picture think of it

this way the higher the frequency the more your experience will feel like you've gone from the picture of a 1960s television screen to a 360 degree imax 3d experience complete with surround sound melatonin the dreaming neurotransmitter evolves into a more powerfully lucid neurotransmitter to make our dreams more real throughout this process the pineal gland has a co-conspirator called the pituitary gland the pituitary gland looks like a pear and it sits behind the bridge of the upper nose right in the middle of the brain the front anterior part of it is responsible for making most of

the chemicals that influence the glands and hormones associated with each of our energy centers once the pineal gland is activated and it releases certain upgraded metabolites the back posterior of the pituitary gland awakens causing it to produce two important chemicals oxytocin and vasopressin the first chemical oxytocin is known to produce elevated emotions that cause your heart to swell with love and joy it's been referred to as the chemical of emotional connection or the bonding hormone when oxytocin levels are elevated above normal most people experience intense feelings of love forgiveness compassion joy wholeness and empathy not

an inner state you'd probably be willing to trade for something outside of you these states are after all the beginning of unconditional love when oxytocin levels go up beyond a certain level research shows that it's difficult to hold a grudge in a study conducted by scientists at the university of zurich 49 participants played a variation of what is known as the trust game 12 consecutive times in this game an investor with a certain amount of money must decide either to keep it or to share some of it with another player called the trustee whatever some

the investor shares with the trustee is automatically tripled the trustee is then faced with a decision keep all the money leaving the investor with nothing or share the tripled some with the investor who is obviously hoping to make a profit basically the either or decision comes down to betrayal while a selfish act is a win for the trustee it leaves the investor at a loss but what if oxytocin is introduced into the equation in the study the researchers gave some players the squirt of oxytocin in their nose before the game giving the others a squirt

of placebo the researchers then took fmri functional magnetic resonance imaging scans of the investors brains as they made their decisions regarding the amount to invest and whether or not to trust after the first six rounds the investors were given feedback on their investments and were notified that their trust had been betrayed about half of the time the participants who received the placebo before playing the game felt angry and betrayed so they invested much less in the closing six rounds the participants who received the squad of oxytocin however invested the same amount as they had in

the first rounds despite having been betrayed the fmri scans showed the key areas of the brain affected with the amygdala associated with fear anxiety stress and aggression and the dorsal striatum which guides future behaviors based on positive feedback participants who received the oxytocin had much lower activity in the amygdala equating to less anger and fear of being betrayed again as well as less fear of financial loss they also had much lower activity in the dorsal striatum meaning they no longer needed to rely on positive results to make future decisions as this study demonstrates the moment

the posterior pituitary releases its chemicals and oxytocin levels go up this shuts down the survival centres in the brain's amygdala meaning it cools off the circuits for fear sadness pain anxiety aggression and anger then the only thing we feel is a love for life we've measured the levels of oxytocin in our students before and after our workshops at the conclusion of the event some of them had elevated their levels significantly when we interviewed those students many of them kept saying i'm just so in love with my life and everyone in it i never want this

feeling to go away i want to remember this feeling forever this is who i really am the other chemical the pituitary gland makes as the pineal gland is activated is called vasopressin or anti-diuretic hormone as vasopressin levels go up the body naturally retains fluids causing the body to become more water-based this is important because if you're going to process a greater frequency you need water to act as a conduit to better handle the higher frequency in the body and to then translate that frequency into your cells the moment vasopressin goes up it creates a more

stable thyroid gland which affects the thymus in the heart which affects the adrenals which affects the pancreas which produces a chain cascade of positive effects all the way down to the sexual organs when we tune into these higher frequencies we have access to a different kind of light a frequency faster than visible light and all of a sudden we are activating a greater intelligence within us now because the pineal gland is activated we can pick up higher frequencies which in turn produces a change in chemistry the higher the frequency we pick up the more it

alters our chemistry which means the more visual hallucinogenic and higher energy experiences we have the crystals in our pineal gland acting like a cosmic antenna are the doorway to these higher vibrational realms of light and information this is how we have internal experiences that are more real than our external ones these pineal metabolite chemicals your body produces fit into the same receptor sites as serotonin and melatonin but they carry a very different chemical message from a realm beyond sensory-based material reality as a result the brain is now primed for a mystical experience opening the door

to other dimensions and moving the individual from space-time reality to a time-space reality since all frequency carries a message and that message is a change in chemistry once the pineal gland gets activated and you start experiencing and processing these higher frequencies energies and elevated levels of consciousness they often present themselves as complex changing geometric patterns usually perceived in the mind's eye this is good this is information when you have these mystical experiences because your nervous system is so coherent it's able to tune into these super coherent messages in the darkness of the void the pineal

gland becomes the vortex for these very organized patterns and packets of information and as you place your attention on them just like a kaleidoscope they constantly change and evolve the same way a tv picks up frequencies and turns them into pictures on the screen the pineal gland chemically transduces higher frequencies into vivid surreal images in graphic 13 in the color insert you can see some of these geometric patterns which are called divine or sacred geometry such patterns have been around for thousands of years in chapter eight i mentioned that these patterns appear to look like

ancient mandalas their energy and information in the form of frequency and if you can surrender to them your brain via the pineal gland will transduce those forms messages and information into very vivid pictures imagery or lucid experiences the best thing to do when you see or experience these patterns is to surrender to them and not try to make anything happen these patterns and forms usually do not appear as two-dimensional or static instead they are alive have depth and comprise mathematical and very coherent fractal patterns never-ending and infinitely complex another way to see this is through

the concept of cymatics derived from the greek word for wave cymatics are a phenomenon based on vibration or frequency here's a way to picture them imagine if you took the cover off an old speaker box and laid it flat if you filled that speaker with fluid shined a light on it and began playing classical music up through it the frequency and vibration of the music would eventually create coherent standing waves these waves would interfere with each other and eventually create geometric patterns within patterns within patterns as with a kaleidoscope you would see these evolving geometric

arrangements become more highly organized the difference between the images in the kaleidoscope and cymatics is that the images in the kaleidoscope appear two-dimensional geometric patterns such as cymatics however appear to be alive and are three-dimensional or even multi-dimensional in addition to water the vibrational effects of cymatics are translatable to sand and air in other words these three mediums pick up vibration and frequency and turn them into coherent geometric patterns if you search you can find several videos showing this on youtube when your pineal gland picks up information it's picking up these same types of waves

in the environment around you these coherent highly organized standing waves that exist beyond the visible light spectrum are constantly being consolidated into packets of information and transduced into images by your pineal gland they are just patterns of information that are intersecting in a very coherent way and when you put your awareness on them they change and evolve to become increasingly more fractal intricate beautiful and divine it's all information and just like a transducer your pineal gland takes that information and descrambles it into imagery this is one of the reasons i decided to use the kaleidoscope

as a tool in our advanced events to train students brains to be disarmed when they experience this mode of complex imagery as well as to more easily recognize and open up to receiving this type of information additionally as the kaleidoscope causes the brain to move into alpha or theta brain waves and you become more suggestible you can see how gazing into it in a state of trance primes your subconscious mind for a mystical experience once your pineal gland picks up the imagery fasten your seat belts because things are going to get exciting you might come

out of your body and travel down a tunnel of light or your entire body might become filled with light you might even feel like you've become the entire universe and when looking down at your body even find yourself wondering how you're going to get back into it when you start having these very profound unknown experiences you have one of two choices you can contract in fear because it's the unknown or you can surrender and trust because it's the unknown the more you surrender and trust the deeper and more profound your experiences become and because the

experience is so profound you're not going to want to rouse yourself back to wayfulness thereby changing your brainwaves back to beta instead this is the time to surrender relax and go even deeper into this transcendental state of consciousness in this moment you are not sleeping you are not awake you are not dreaming you are transcendent of this reality if your brain chemistry is right your body will be totally and completely sedated this is what we are training for to experience greater levels of wholeness oneness love and higher consciousness but there's more alteration in chemistry creates

a new reality imagine if in this moment all your senses were increased by 25 percent if that were the case everything you were seeing hearing tasting smelling and feeling would cause you to become more aware of everything around you if awareness and consciousness are the same then as your consciousness is heightened the energy your brain is receiving would also be increased because you can't have a change in consciousness without a change in energy or vice versa as your brain connects to a different frequency that is processing a new stream of consciousness it is literally turning

on and because your senses feel amplified you've produced an elevated level of awareness the higher the energy or frequency the greater the alteration in your chemistry and the greater the alteration in your chemistry the more lucid your experience will be so when you're in this transcendental state you feel more awake and more aware than you are in your day-to-day reality as your awareness amplifies you would feel as if you were truly in that transcendental reality if you're picking up information from beyond your senses information that is not originating from visible light or the sun then

it makes sense that it's called the third eye because you had such a profound internal experience and since new experiences assemble new neural networks that experience enriches the circuitry in your brain as your body processes these higher energies that energy alters your chemistry and if the end result of an experience is an emotion then this experience creates elevated feelings and emotions when it's activated you are seeing with a different eye with inner vision if the accumulation of feelings equals an emotion and emotion is energy then we know that when you experience survival emotions because they

are a lowering of frequency you feel more like the density of matter and chemistry but as you experience these higher states of consciousness because they vibrate at a higher frequency you will begin to feel less like matter or chemistry and more like energy that's why i call this energy in the form of feelings elevated emotions the environment signals the genes in a cell and experiences from the environment creates emotions and emotions are the chemical feedback from the experience in the environment then if nothing ever changes in the external environment nothing changes in the internal environment

of the body which is still the outer environment of the cell for example when you live by the same self-limiting emotions for years your body never biologically changes because it doesn't know the difference between the emotion coming from the outer environment and the emotion coming from your inner environment instead the body believes it is living in the same environmental conditions because the same emotions are producing the same chemical signals just as the body lives in an external environment in which nothing is changing the cell too lives in a chemical environment in which nothing is changing

but when you start having these internal experiences of heightened awareness and expanded consciousness experiences that are more real and sensory than any in the past the moment you feel that new heightened emotion or ecstatic energy you've altered your internal state and as a result you're going to pay more attention to the images of the reality created within you and if you have a new experience that is so real it captures all the brain's attention that new experience or awakening embosses the event neurologically in your brain that new emotion now creates a long-term memory and those

new emotions signal new genes but this time the experience that's creating the long-term memory is not coming from your outer environment it is coming from your inner environment which is still the outer environment of the cell because the event is so powerful that you cannot not be aware therefore the higher the energy the higher the consciousness the higher the consciousness the greater the awareness the greater the awareness the broader experience of reality you have as we know all perception is based on how the brain is wired from our experiences in the past we don't perceive

things in our reality the way they are we perceive reality the way we are if you just had an internal experience in which you saw profound mystical beings witnessed a glow a halo or light around everything felt the wholeness oneness and interconnectedness of everything and everyone or experienced a completely different time and space when you open your eyes after the experience your spectrum of reality in your waking state will be broadened that's because the inner experience changed your brain and now you're neurologically wired to perceive a greater expression of reality this is how you begin

to change who you are from the inside out this is how you alter your experience of the three-dimensional world of matter evolution on both an individual and a species level is a slow process you have experiences you get hurt you learn your lesson you grow a little bit then you have some more pain you get the next lesson you move on to the next challenge you succeed and achieve goals you set more goals you grow again and the cycle continues it's a slow process because you're not receiving much new information from your outer environment but

once you have these unknown internal experiences that are more real than anything in your external world you can never again see reality in the same manner because the experience changes you so profoundly another way to say it is that you receive an upgrade or a software update if all of the reality you perceived is based on your experiences and you've just had an interdimensional experience your brain is now going to be able to perceive what has always existed but you have never before had the brain circuitry to perceive if you continuously have these expansive experiences

you will continuously experience a broader and broader spectrum of reality this lifts the veil of illusion and when that veil is lifted you can see reality as it truly is vibrating shining connected and shimmering in luminescent light and energy is driving the whole process you're now tuning in to a greater spectrum of information where all of a sudden everything looks and feels different than it did when you saw it simply as matter and your relationship changes this is how the mystics and masters made their way by tuning into their inner world and thus broadening their

perception of the nature of reality in their outer world imagine who you could become if you stop living by the hallmarks of the lower three energy centers including survival fear pain separation anger and competition and instead live from the heart and operated out of love oneness and connection to all things both seen and unseen by having enough interdimensional experiences from information beyond the senses the mystics and the masters no longer saw equal to the genes they were born with they no longer process things the way the brain had been given at birth had been wired

the way the human brain has been imprinted for thousands of years instead because of their interaction with the field they created the awareness the circuitry and the mind to perceive a different reality one that's always been there these mythic and magical properties of the pineal gland the brain's alchemist are certainly not new information although it seems modern science is just now catching up to what ancient civilizations have always known melatonin mathematics ancient symbols and the pineal gland on july 23 2011 a crop circle that looks very much like the chemical structure of melatonin appeared in

the english countryside in round way near divisors wiltshire sea figure 12.11 the crop circle an elaborate hoax or is somebody somewhere in another dimension trying to tell us something as you read this section you can decide for yourself whether such things happen by coincidence or intelligent design the brain has two hemispheres and if you divided them in half by slicing the brain down the middle you would perform what is known as a sagittal cut when looking at a sagittal cut in figure 12.12 pay particular attention to the location and collective formation of the pineal gland

thalamus hypothalamus pituitary gland and corpus callosum does that formation remind you of anything meant to signify protection power and good health it's the ancient egyptian symbol called the eye of horus is it possible that there was an ancient teaching about the autonomic nervous system the reticular activating system the thalamic gate and the pineal gland the egyptians must have known the significance of the autonomic nervous system and realized that activating the pineal gland meant they could enter the other world or other dimensions in the egyptian system of measurement the eye of horus also represented a fractional

quantification system to measure parts of the whole in modern mathematics we call this the fibonacci constant or fibonacci sequence as i mentioned earlier in the book this is a mathematical formula that shows up everywhere in nature displayed in patterns you can see in sunflowers seashells pineapples pine cones eggs and even the structure of our milky way galaxy also known as the golden spiral the golden mean or the golden ratio the fibonacci constant is characterized by the fact that every number after the first two is the sum of the preceding two if you superimpose this formula

over the brain and began dividing squares while adding another square and another square you'd get a fractal pattern a never-ending pattern that repeats itself at every scale starting at the pineal gland this formula outlines the exact structure of the brain see figure 12.13 are you beginning to think that there might be something special going on with the pineal gland in greek mythology hermes was a messenger of the gods who could move in and out of earthly and divine realms he was considered a god of transitions and dimensions as well as a guide to the afterlife

his main symbol was the caduceus which consists of two snakes wrapped around a rod the top of which unfolds into wings or birds sea figure 12.14 the caduceus which hermes used as a staff is often considered a symbol of health do you think those snakes moving up the staff represent the movement of energy up the spine from the body to the brain and the wings the liberation of the self when the energy arrives at the pineal gland to signify enlightenment the crown represents our highest potential and our greatest expression of the divine when we activate

our pineal gland represented by the pine cone the crowning of the self is the conquering of the self this is why i chose this image for the cover of this book tuning in to higher dimensions of time and space meditation since melatonin levels are at their height between 1am and 4am that's the best time to do this meditation start by activating your heart center for one song then bless your energy centers starting with the lowest one as you learned in the blessing of your energy centers meditation in chapter four bless this energy center by resting

your attention first in the space of that energy center and then in the space around it do this for the first and then for the second energy center and then focus your attention on the first and second center at the same time continue this process with each energy center creating a bigger field by connecting each new energy center to the prior centers eventually you'll align all eight centers and the energy around your entire body simultaneously this should take about 45 minutes then lie down for 20 minutes and let your autonomic nervous system take the orders

to balance the body now sit up and do the breath bringing that energy all the way up to the top of your head hold it and squeeze compressing the crystals of the pineal gland thus activating it and creating an electromagnetic field that field is going to stretch as far as it can go and then it's going to reverse and compress those crystals as you increase the frequency you're going to pick up higher and higher vibrational realms and then your brain is going to take that information and turn it into imagery one last point about this

breath i want to emphasize that it is not necessary to take a fast deep breath and then squeeze your intrinsic muscles and then hold your breath to the point that you turn purple instead i want you to take a very slow long steady breath coordinating the breath with the contraction of your intrinsic muscles equally as you inhale and slowly follow that breath all the way to the top of your head this is the fourth way you can activate the pineal gland when you're done with the breath rest your attention between the back of your throat

and the back of your head in space you are locating that bland and by placing your attention there you are placing your energy there keep your attention there for about five to ten minutes as a thought an awareness and consciousness get really tiny and move into the chamber of the pineal gland and sense the space of that room in the center of this organ in space linger there for about five to ten minutes then sense the frequency in space beyond the boundaries of the gland radiate the energy beyond that room into the big black space

direct that energy to carry the intention that this gland release its sacred metabolites for the mystical experience broadcast that information into the space beyond your head in space now open up tune into the energy beyond your head in that vast eternal black space and just receive the longer you're conscious of this energy and the more you can receive that frequency the more you are altering and upgrading melatonin to its radical metabolites don't expect anything to happen don't try to anticipate just keep receiving finally lie down again and let the autonomic nervous system take over enjoy

the scenery chapter 13 project coherence making a better world we are living in a time of extremes and these extremes are both a reflection of an old consciousness that can no longer survive and a future consciousness in which planet earth herself and all of us on earth are transforming this old consciousness is driven by survival emotions like hatred violence prejudice anger fear suffering competition and pain emotions that serve to seduce us into believing we are separate from one another the illusion of separation taxes and divides individuals communities societies countries and mother nature herself the mindless

careless greed and disrespect of human activity is threatening life as we know it by pure logic and reason this type of consciousness cannot sustain itself for much longer because everything is moving toward extreme polarities undeniably many of the current systems whether political economic religious cultural educational medical or environmental are being pulled apart as antiquated paradigms collapse we can see this most prominently in journalism where no one knows what to believe anymore some of these changes reflect people's choices while others reflect increasing levels of personal awareness one thing is apparent however in this age of information

everything that is not in alignment with the evolution of this new consciousness is coming to the surface if you aren't aware that there is an increase in frequency and energy occurring at this time an increase in anxiety tension and passion then you might not be paying attention to your own state of being and mankind's interconnectedness to this energy in addition to the upheavals in our highly charged political social economic and personal environments many people also feel as if time is speeding up or that more momentous happenings are occurring in a shorter amount of time depending

on your outlook this could be either an exciting time of awakening or an anxiety inducing moment in history regardless the old must fall away or break down so that something more functional can emerge in its place this is how people species consciousness and even the planet itself evolve this excitement in energy both within humans and nature begs several questions could greater influences be at play that are affecting mankind's correlation to violence war crime and terrorism and conversely peace unity coherence and love and is there a reason why all of this is happening at this particular

time the history of peace gathering projects to date the power of temporary peace gathering projects has been exhibited and thoroughly field tested in more than 50 demonstration projects and 23 peer-reviewed scientific studies scrutinized by independent scholars around the world the results have consistently demonstrated a positive effect in the immediate reduction of crime warfare and terrorism by an average of greater than 70 percent think about that for a moment when a group of people come together with this specific intention or collective consciousness to change something or to produce an outcome if they create it with the

energy and emotions of peace unity or oneness without physically doing anything that unified community can produce changes seventy percent of the time to quantify the results of these studies scientists use a measurement called lead lag analysis the purpose of lead lag analysis is to uncover correlations between people and incidents for example if you looked at the lead lag analysis of a chain smoker it would show that the more a person smokes the greater chance they will have of developing lung cancer in relation to peace gathering projects the studies have found that the greater the number

of meditators or peace gatherers combined with the amount of time they meditate the greater influence the gathering has upon decreasing incidences of crime and violence in society a powerful example is the lebanon peace project which brought together a group of meditators in jerusalem in august in september of 1983 to demonstrate the radiating influence of peace although the number of meditators fluctuated over time it was often large enough to achieve the super radiance effect for both israel and nearby lebanon this effect happens when a group of specially trained meditators come together at the same time on

a daily basis to create and radiate a positive effect on society the results of the two-month study showed that on days when there was a high participation of meditators a 76 reduction of war deaths occurred other effects included reduced crime and fires decreased traffic accidents less terrorism and increases in economic growth the results were then replicated in seven consecutive experiments over a two year period during the peak of the lebanon war all of this was achieved simply by combining people's intentions for peace and coherence with the elevated emotions of love and compassion this clearly demonstrates

that the more unified the consciousness of a group of people within a specific elevated energy is the more it can change the consciousness and energy of others in a non-local way in what's considered one of the top three peace gathering studies in the western hemisphere the rand corporation think tank assembled a group of nearly 8 000 and sometimes more trained meditators to focus on world peace and coherence during three periods ranging from eight to 11 days each from 1983 to 1985. the results showed that during this time worldwide terrorism was reduced by 72 percent can

you imagine the results and positive effects as well as the speed with which they would occur if this type of meditation and mindfulness was part of the education curriculum and still another study this time in india from 1987 to 1990 7000 people gathered to focus on world peace during that three-year period the world witnessed remarkable transformations toward world peace the cold war ended the berlin wall came down the iran iraq war came to an end south africa began to move towards abolishing apartheid and terrorist attacks subsided what surprised everyone was the swiftness with which these

global changes occurred all in a relatively peaceful manner in 1993 from june 7th to july 30th approximately 2 500 meditators gathered in washington dc in a highly controlled experiment to focus on peace and coherent energy for the first five months of the year violent crime had been steadily on the rise yet soon after the study began a significant statistical reduction in violence as measured by fbi uniform crime reports crime and stress in washington dc began to occur these results point to the fact that a relatively small group of people united in love and purpose can

have a statistically significant effect on a diverse population on september the 11th 2001 due to the immediacy of global media human beings all over the planet felt horror shock fear terror and grief as planes crashed into the new york city's world trade center the pentagon in washington dc and a field near shanksville in an instant the world's collective consciousness tuned into this event powerful emotional outpourings around the globe occurred as people bonded formed communities and took care of one another during the unfolding of events on 911 scientists at princeton university's global consciousness project were collecting

data via the internet from more than 40 devices around the world as data poured into a central server in princeton new jersey the scientists witnessed dramatic changes in the patterns in their random event generator think of a random event generator as a computerized coin toss is measuring heads or tails or ones and zeros so according to statistics it should produce nearly 50 50 results the dramatic changes in patterns right after the event caused the scientists to determine that the collective emotional response of people's outpouring was enough that it could actually be measured in the earth's

magnetic field what all of these studies ultimately point to is that there's significant evidence that group meditations of the right size with skilled meditators who change their emotions and energy can influence and create non-local measurable effects on peace and global coherence if these peace-gathering projects are a force for coherence throughout a society are there anti-theatrical forces that could be working against humans to produce incoherence the earth's relationship to solar cycles as the earth rotates daily on its axis every morning the sun brings light to the darkness warmth and comfort to the chill of night photosynthesis

to plants and security to humans is for this reason that as far back as 14 000 bce adoration of the sun has been sketched onto stone tablets and cave walls countless mythologies including civilizations in ancient egypt and mesopotamia the mayans and the aztecs and the australian aborigines to name just a few have extolled the sun as worthy of worship as well as a source of enlightenment illumination and wisdom no matter the location most cultures have recognized the sun as the prime controller of all life on earth because without it life here could not exist for

the most part humans are electromagnetic beings entities that constantly send and receive messages via vibrational energies whose bodies are made up of gravitationally organized light and information in fact everything material in this three-dimensional world is gravitationally organized light and information just as we are individual electromagnetic beings we are but a small link in the chain of an electromagnetic world the individual parts of which cannot be separated from the whole on a grand scale it is impossible to deny the interconnectivity between the sun's energy the earth's energy and the energy of all living species on a

micro level all you have to do is look at the life cycle of a fruit or vegetable to understand this interdependence the vegetable or fruit begins as a seed when environmental conditions such as water temperature nutrient-rich soil and photosynthesis conspire these conditions enable the seed to germinate eventually the blossom of the seed becomes an integral part of an ecosystem as well as the source of sustenance and nourishment for various forms of life this complex chain and delicate balance of events all begins with the earth's uniquely situated location in our solar system known as the circumstellar

habitable zone this is a range of orbital distance around a star our sun in which a planet can support liquid water while the sun may be almost 93 million miles away when it becomes active it has significant consequences to life on earth because the earth and the sun are related by electromagnetic fields the purpose of the earth's electromagnetic field see figure 13.1 is to protect it from the harmful effects of solar radiation and sunspots cosmic rays and other forms of space weather although not totally understood sunspots are relatively dark cool areas of the sun caused

by interactions within the sun's magnetic field they can be up to 32 000 miles in diameter you can think of sunspots as a cap on a seltzer bottle if you shake the bottle and then remove the cap it's going to produce a large release of photons light and other forms of high frequency radiation if it were not for the protection and insulation of earth electromagnetic fields life as we know it could not exist for we would be constantly bombarded by a steady stream of deadly particles for example when there are solar flares the earth's electromagnetic

field protects the planet by deflecting trillions of tons of photonic emissions called mass coronal ejections mass coronal ejections are huge explosions of plasma and magnetic fields from the sun's corona that can extend millions of miles into space their effects tend to reach the earth an average of 24 to 36 hours after they occur these ejections compress the earth's field heating the earth's iron core as this core becomes altered it changes the planet's electromagnetic field these ejections are part of solar cycles that occur approximately every 11 years and they have the potential to disturb all living

organisms on earth the recording of solar cycles began in 1755 but in 1915 an 18 year old russian boy named alexander chizewski took mankind's understanding of the sun and its relation to the earth to the next level when he spent his summer observing our sun during that summer he began hypothesizing that periods of solar activity might have effects on the organic world a year later he entered world war one and when not fighting for russia he again cast his observations towards the sun he noticed in particular that battles tended to wax or wane depending on

the strength of solar flares see graphic 14 in the color insert czechovsky later compiled the histories of 72 countries from 1749 to 1926 comparing the annual number of important political and social events such as the start of wars revolutions outbreaks of diseases and violence with increased solar activity demonstrating a correlation between the sun's activity and human excitability equally interesting solar activity has also been associated with great human flourishing including innovations in architecture science the arts and social change every place where you see the red line spiking in the graphic represents an active solar flare or

sunspot that occurred between the years 1750 and 1922. the blue lines represent historically important events that took place within the same period czechski eventually determined that 80 of these countries most significant events occurred during solar events and geomagnetic activity the solar release of energy which is always carrying information seems to be in almost perfect coherence with the activities the energy and the consciousness of our planet it just so happens that at the time of this writing in 2017 we are in the midst of a very active solar cycle in the past decade much has been

said about how this solar energy is affecting the planet and all of life that inhabits it in 2012 doomsayers thought the end of the mayan calendar which correlates to the december solstice meant the end of the world was at hand today astrologers talk about the age of aquarius an astrological age is a period consisting of approximately 2 150 years that corresponds to the average time it takes for the vernal equinox to move from one constellation of the zodiac into the next and how it will usher in a new awareness for humanity astronomers and cosmologists talk

about galactic alignment a rare astronomical event occurring every 12 960 years that brings the sun into alignment with the center of the milky way galaxy regardless of what you believe all of these occurrences point to solar cycles that increase the energy coming toward the earth from the sun since we are electromagnetic beings connected to the earth through electromagnetic fields and shielded from the sun by electromagnetic fields this increase in energy from the sun is going to change both the energy of the earth and our personal energy this means that this new energy has the potential

to influence human beings in either positive or negative ways depending on our individual energy for example if you are feeling separation living by survival emotions and enslaved to the hormones and chemicals of stress your brain and heart are going to fire incoherently this will cause your energy and awareness to become divided and out of balance and the increase in energy from the sun is going to enhance that state of being therefore if you are living in incoherence that incoherence is going to become amplified by the same means if you are living in the coherent alignment

of head and heart working daily in your meditations to connect to the unified field and to overcome your limited beliefs and attitudes you are going to be propelled even further into the truth and understanding of who you are and what your purpose is the bottom line is that we are in the midst of an initiation and it is going to take a tremendous amount of will awareness and consciousness to stay focused so as not to succumb to these excitable energies if we can maintain our focus then instead of being victims of the uncertainty we can

transmute this energy into greater degrees of orderliness coherence and even peace both personally and globally in the simplest terms this energy is going to endorse who you are being that is how you are thinking and feeling the human resonance in 1952 german physicist and professor w o schumann hypothesized that there were measurable electromagnetic waves in the atmosphere in the cavity or space between the earth's surface and the ionosphere according to nasa the ionosphere is an abundant layer of electrons ionized atoms and molecules that stretches from approximately 30 miles above the surface of the earth to

the edge of space about 600 miles up this dynamic region grows and shrinks and further divides into sub-regions based on solar conditions and it's a critical link in the chain of sun earth interactions it's this celestial power station that makes radio communications possible in 1954 schumann and h.l koenig confirmed humans hypothesis by detecting resonances at a main frequency of 7.83 hertz thus the schumann resonance was established by measuring global electromagnetic resonances generated and excited by lightning discharges in the ionosphere you can think of this frequency as a tuning fork for life in other words it

acts as a background frequency influencing the biological circuitry of the mammalian brain the subconscious brain below the neocortex which is also the home of the autonomic nervous system the human frequency affects our body's balance health and very nature as mammals in fact the absence of the human resonance can cause serious mental and physical health issues in the human body this was demonstrated through research by german scientists rutger weaver from the max planck institute for behavioral physiology in erling andex germany in the study he took young healthy student volunteers for four weeks at a time and

placed them in hermetically sealed underground bunkers that screened out the schumann frequency throughout the four weeks the student circadian rhythms changed causing them to suffer emotional distress and migraine headaches when weaver introduced the schumann frequency back into the bunkers after only a brief exposure to 7.83 hertz the volunteer's health returned to normal as far back as we know the earth's electromagnetic field has been protecting and supporting all living things with this natural frequency pulsation of 7.83 hertz you can think of the schumann resonance as the earth's heartbeat the ancient indian rishis referred to this as

om or the incarnation of pure sound whether by coincidence or not 7.83 hertz also happens to be a very powerful frequency used with brainwave entrainment as is associated with low levels of alpha and the upper ranges of theta brainwave states it is this range of brainwaves that allows us to get beyond the analytical mind and into the subconscious thus this frequency has also been associated with high levels of suggestibility meditation increased human growth hormone levels and increased cerebral blood flow levels it appears then that the earth's frequency and the brains frequency have very similar resonances

and that our nervous system can be influenced by the earth's electromagnetic field perhaps this is why getting out of the city and into nature often provides such a calming effect the concept of emergence in 1996 researchers at the heart math institute discovered that when an individual's heart is in a state of coherence or harmonious rhythm it radiates a more coherent electromagnetic signal into the environment and that this signal can be detected by the nervous systems of other people as well as animals in fact as you know by now the heart generates the strongest magnetic field

in the body and it can be measured several feet away this provides a credible explanation for the fact that when someone walks into a room you can feel or sense that individual's mood or emotional state independent of their body language from a purely scientific standpoint we can then ask if this phenomenon works on an individual level can it work on a global level in 2008 more than a decade later the heart map institute launched the global coherence initiative gci a science-based international effort that seeks to help activate the heart of humanity to promote peace harmony

and a shift in global consciousness gci is based on the beliefs that one human health thoughts behaviors and emotions are influenced by solar geomagnetic the earth's magnetic field activity two the earth's magnetic field is a carrier of biologically relevant information that connects all living systems three all human beings influence the earth's electromagnetic field of vital information four collective human consciousness where large numbers of people are intentionally focused on heart-centered states creates or affects the global information field therefore elevated emotions of care love and peace can generate a more coherent field environment that can benefit others

and help offset the current planetary discord and incoherence because human heart rhythm and brain frequencies as well as cardiovascular and autonomic nervous systems overlap with the earth's resonance field gci scientists suggest we are part of a biological feedback loop in which we not only receive relevant biological information from the field but we also feed information into this field in other words human thoughts consciousness and emotions energy interact with and encode this information into the earth's magnetic field and this information is then distributed on carrier waves a signal on which the information is impressed or carried

around the globe to further their research and test this hypothesis using state-of-the-art sensors located in various locations around the globe the heart math institute created the global coherence monitoring system gcms to observe changes in the earth's magnetic field designed to measure global coherence the gcmf uses a system of highly sensitive magnetometers to continuously measure magnetic signals that occur in the same range as human physiological frequencies including our brain and cardiovascular systems they also continuously monitor activity caused by solar storms flares and solar wind speed activity resulting from solar storms disruptions of the human resonances and

potentially the signatures of major global events that have a strong emotional component why are they doing this and what does it point to if you can intentionally create a coherent electromagnetic field around your body and you are related or connected to someone in your life who is also intentionally creating an electromagnetic field around their body the waves of this shared field would begin to synchronize in a non-local way as the waves from both individuals synchronize they generate bigger waves and stronger magnetic fields around you connecting you to the earth's electromagnetic field with an increased field

of influence if we could create a community of people scattered all over the world with each individual intentionally raising the energy of their own personal field toward greater peace isn't it possible that this community could begin to produce a global effect within the earth's electromagnetic field this intentional community could then create coherence where there is incoherence an order where there has been disorder the evidence from peace gathering studies suggests that our thoughts and feelings do in fact have a measurable effect on every living system you may have heard of this as the concept of emergence

envision the synchronicity of a school of fish or a flock of birds flying in unison where all creatures appear to be operating from one mind connected by an invisible field of energy in a non-local way what is unique about this phenomenon is that it is not a top-down phenomenon meaning there is no leader instead it is a bottom-up phenomenon meaning everyone is leading because they are acting as one mind when a global community comes together in the name of peace love and coherence according to emergence we should be able to produce an effect in the

earth's electromagnetic field as well as in each other's fields just imagine then what it would be like if we were all behaving living thriving and operating as one if we understood we were of one mind one organism connected and united through consciousness we would understand that to hurt another or affect another in any way is to do the same to ourselves this new paradigm in thinking would be the largest evolutionary leap our species has ever made causing the need for warring fighting competing fearing and suffering to become an antiquated concept but how could this possibility

become a reality coherence versus incoherence in order for us to create some type of effect in the earth's field which in turn can influence another individual's field as you might guess we have to activate two significant centers in the human body the heart and the brain as we learned in chapter four while the brain is of course the center of consciousness and awareness the heart the center of oneness wholeness and our connection to the unified field has its own brain when people can regulate their internal states of care kindness peace love gratitude thankfulness and appreciation

as their hearts become more coherent and balanced they send a very strong signal to the brain causing the brain to become more coherent and balanced this is because the heart and the brain are in continuous communication with each other by the same means once someone moves beyond the association to their body their environment and time and takes their attention off matter and objects they become no body no one no thing nowhere in no time as you well understand by now when they get beyond themselves and put their awareness on the immaterial world of energy they

connect to the unified field the place where there's no longer separation between anybody anyone anything and anywhere in any time this causes them to unify with the consciousness of everybody everyone everything and everywhere in every time as a consciousness they have now entered the quantum field of energy and information the place where consciousness and energy can influence the material world in non-local ways the side effect of this process is that it creates more coherence in the brain and in our energy so our biology becomes more whole in our research we found that when the brain

becomes more coherent it affects the autonomic nervous system in the heart the heart our connection to the unified field then acts like a catalyst to amplify the process of coherence back into the brain because the heart sends more information to the brain that the brain sends to the heart the more coherence you can achieve through the elevated emotions of the heart the more the brain and the heart synchronize this synchronization produces measurable effects not only within the body but also within the electromagnetic field surrounding the body and the bigger the field we produce around our

body the more we can affect others in a non-local way how do we know this because we've seen this over and over in our students hrv measurements evidence of the influence of the heart's electromagnetic field upon the field of another's heart can also be seen in a heart math study in which 40 participants were divided into groups of four around 10 card tables while the heart rhythms of all four participants at the table were being measured only three people were trained to raise their emotions through heart math techniques when the three trained participants raised their

energy and sent positive feelings to the untrained participant that person also went into higher states of coherence the authors of the study concluded that evidence of heart-to-heart synchronization across subjects was found which lends credence to the possibility of heart-to-heart bio-communications key to the process of coherence is getting beyond the analytical mind we know this because we've measured it enough times in the brain scans of our students their participation has also demonstrated that with enough practice coherence can be achieved in a relatively short amount of time when the thinking brain is quieted it moves into alpha

or theta brainwave states and this opens the doorway between the conscious and subconscious mind the autonomic nervous system then becomes more receptive to information by raising our energy through the feelings of elevated emotions we become less matter and more energy less particle and more wave the bigger the field we can create with these energies as energy awareness and consciousness the more we can influence others in a non-local way the greater energy you can create through the elevated emotions of the heart the more you're going to connect with the unified field which means you're going to

experience more wholeness connection and oneness but you can't experience that connection when you're incoherent feeling separate or living by the hormones of stress when the chemicals released during stress rouse the brain we feel disconnected from the unified field and we tend to make less evolved choices we know without a doubt that the emotions of competition fear anger unworthiness guilt and shame keep us separate from one another because they produce slower and lower frequencies than elevated emotions like love gratitude care and kindness which produce faster and higher frequencies we also know that the faster the frequency

the more energy is present this prompted us to ask several questions what if we assembled a community of several hundred people in one room had them open their hearts and generate elevated energetic states and then asked them to send the intention for the greatest good of a select group of people gathered in the same room what would happen if the electromagnetic field around each person's body merged with the field of the person sitting next to them could those elevated emotional states then begin to produce a change in energy in the room is it possible that

everybody experiencing elevated emotions and energy could begin to create coherence within a community building a collective coherent field since early 2013 we've partnered with our friends at the heart math institute to further our research since we began measuring our students physiological states we've scanned thousands of brains and hearts resulting in a significant amount of information we have been overwhelmed and mystified by some of the data we've collected when common people start doing the uncommon over the course of this journey in collaboration with heartmath we've witnessed amazing measurements in our students we've taken equally amazing measurements

of the collective energy in the rooms where our students have gathered measurements that show consistent daily increases in energy using a sophisticated sensor from russia called sputnik mentioned briefly in chapter two since elevated emotions related to the activity of the autonomic nervous system produce electromagnetic fields increasing those emotions results in changes in blood microcirculation perspiration and other functions of the body because sputnik is so sensitive it can quantify environmental fluctuations by measuring barometric shifts relative humidity air temperature electromagnetic fields and more take a look at graphics 15a and 15b in the color insert in these

measurements from our workshops you can see a trend that demonstrates an increase in the collective energy of the room the first line in red is our baseline measurement and shows the room's energy before the start of the event as you look at the red blue green and finally the brown lines each color representing a different day you can see that each day the energy steadily increases in graphics 15c and 15d the same color scale applies however these measurements reflect specific time intervals during each day's morning meditations this means our students are getting better at raising

the energy of the room by creating more unified coherence the sputnik readings demonstrate that the collective energy created by our students from the first day of the workshop to the final day consistently makes incremental increases within that trend we've found that most groups are extremely focused and the energy rises every day about one quarter of the time the energy stays relatively the same for the first day or two but in the following days the energy increases significantly we believe this is because during the first day or two the group is working on overcoming themselves by

breaking the energetic emotional bonds that keep them connected to their past present reality so during this time they are drawing from the unified field to build their own personal electromagnetic fields this siphoning from the field tends to cause the collective energy in the room to drop but once those individual fields become greater more enhanced and coherent they entrain to one another which is when we tend to see dramatic increases in the energy of the room figure 13.2 shows that when two coherent waves come together they create a bigger wave this is called constructive interference the

bigger the wave the higher the amplitude of energy as a result of our students more coherent waves coming together during our workshops the energy of the group field increases and then there's more energy to heal and create or access greater levels of mind which can sometimes lead to mystical experiences my team and i have been consistently humbled by our students profound healings their ability to increase and regulate elevated states and their reports of mystical experiences or acute insights into their lives as a result of learning how to regulate their brain waves open their hearts and

go into coherence some of these occurrences could be labeled as miracles but we believe it's just a part of the process of becoming supernatural this led us to wonder if our students could affect the nervous systems of others and if so what the implications of that would be these questions would spark the birth of project coherence project coherence in collaboration with the heart map institute we performed numerous experiments whereby we took a small random sampling of about 50 to 75 people at our advanced workshops attached hrv monitors to their chests and placed them in the

front row of the room for three meditations over the course of 24 hours since hrv not only provides insight into the coherence of the heart but also gives us information about the brain and emotions we wanted to measure subjects hrv for a full 24 hours to start the meditation everyone in the room placed their attention on their heart center and began breathing through this centre slowly and deeply as you learned to do in chapter seven next they cultivated and sustained an elevated emotion for two to three minutes broadening their hearts electromagnetic fields and moving from

a state of selfishness to a state of selflessness then we had the collective of 550 to 1500 students broadcast the energy of their elevated emotions beyond their body into the space of the entire room next we have them lay the intentional thought in that frequency for the greatest good of the students sitting in the front of the room wearing the hiv monitors that their lives be enriched their bodies be healed and mystical experiences find them our goal was to measure the collective energy in the room and its potential non-local effect on the people wearing the

hiv monitors could those elevated levels of energy and frequency in the form of love gratitude wholeness and joy cause another person's heart to go into coherence even if they were on the other side of the room our results confirmed our hypotheses not only did the broadcast energy produce a coherent effect on the people wearing the hiv monitors but each of their hearts went into coherence at the exact same time in the exact same meditation on the exact same day and this was not a one-time occurrence we repeatedly found consistent results across our events what does

this mean our data supports the heart math global coherence initiatives belief that an invisible field exists upon which information is communicated this field links and influences all living systems as well as our collective human consciousness because of this field information is communicated non-locally between people at a subconscious level through the autonomic nervous system in other words we are bound and connected by an invisible field of energy and this energy field can affect everyone's behaviors emotional states and conscious and unconscious thoughts because all frequency carries information the magnetic fields produced in the hearts of the student

body acted as carrier waves for this information if at our workshops we can produce non-local effects on others shouldn't our elevated heart-centered emotions be able to produce non-local effects on our children partners co-workers or anyone we have a relationship or share a connection with if you look at figure 13.3 you notice 17 people going into hard coherence at the exact same time on the exact same day during the exact same meditation all of these students who went into heart coherence were being entrained by the energy of others the students sending the energy embraced the intention

for the greatest good of those people wearing the heart rate monitors the results show that when we get out of our own way we can become one mind and non-locally connect to one another through that connection we can influence the autonomic nervous system of others so they will feel more balanced coherent and whole imagine what could happen if you had thousands of people all doing the same for the entire world shortly after these global meditation events our students began sending us emails asking that since we showed that we could indeed create a measurable change in

the energy of a room where 550 to 1500 people were gathered could we then produce the same effect on a global scale so it was our students who requested we organize global meditations giving birth to project coherence we broadcast our first project coherence over facebook in november 2015 with more than six thousand people from all over the world joining together online to collectively create a more loving and peaceful world in our second meditation more than thirty six thousand online viewers participated and in our third global meditation more than forty three thousand joined forces it is

our intention to continue to host these project coherence events each time creating a stronger radiating influence of peace and love over the planet in time we hope to measure these effects project coherence meditation start by acknowledging your heart center with focus and awareness lock into that center open your focus and begin to become aware of the space it occupies in space as well as the space around the space your heart occupies in space then move as a thought and an awareness into the center of the earth and radiate your light beyond the earth in space

all i want you to do is raise your frequency and hold on to that emotion still as a consciousness and awareness slowly move away from the earth and then take the earth as a thought and place it in your heart as you hold the entire planet in your heart raise the frequency of the earth as a thought and broadcast that energy beyond your body and space radiate your love into the earth chapter 14 case studies it could happen to you in this final set of supernatural case studies please note that none of the people you

read about here tried to make anything happen they simply had an intention and at the same time surrendered the outcome to something greater when they hit that moment whether it was a healing or a mystical experience their personality wasn't creating the experience something greater came through them and did it for them they connected to the unified field and it was their interaction with this intelligence that moved them in some way as you know by now after everything you have read in this book that intelligence also lives within you divine can you hear me in 2014

stacy began experiencing severe headaches for 25 years she had worked in healthcare as both a registered nurse and an acupuncturist she had always maintained a healthy lifestyle and rarely took medications so the sudden appearance of headaches so excruciating they nearly caused her to black out was alarming after a year of exploring countless alternative therapies she finally went to a doctor who ordered a cat scan the diagnosis was a meningioma a benign tumor that wraps around certain nerve tissue in the spinal nerves stasis was sitting on or near her eighth cranial nerve which began obstructing her

acoustic nerve and creating significant changes in her neurological functions the acoustic nerve has two branches one for hearing and the other for balance so in addition to unrelenting pain and loss of hearing she was dizzy and nauseated as the lesion grew it also began pushing against another cranial nerve that ran along her face and continued down into her shoulder resulting in a diagnosis of pitcher's shoulder soon she also experienced pain in her eye according to her physician the only solution was a craniotomy which basically entailed drilling a large hole in the back of her head

to remove the tumor stacy did not want to pursue this path so she continued exploring other healing modalities by the time she attended her first weekend workshop in seattle in 2015 she estimated she had lost 70 percent of her hearing in her left ear in the fall of 2016 she attended her first advanced workshop in cancun where she felt herself surrender at a whole new level then in the winter of 2017 she attended another advanced workshop in tampa upon arrival on thursday she had a very intense earache that became much worse the next day she

said the sensation she felt was that her ear was closing up by the end of that day after the blessing of the energy center's meditation her earache curiously ended then on sunday morning during the pineal gland meditation stacy lost track of time and space i almost felt like i was going to fall off my chair she said in that moment this amazing flash of light consumed the left side of my head imagine if you put a thousand diamonds together and shined a light on them that wouldn't even begin to touch this light then boom the

body shot upright and a bluish white light like nothing she had ever seen or experienced entered her ear it was the most divine loving feeling that i've ever had she reported i felt like the hand of god was caressing me with grace it was so powerful and amazing that i struggled to put it into words but every time i think of it i still cry first her sinuses cleared then the whole left side of her head cleared and then her left shoulder relaxed and let go finally for the first time in three years she could

hear out of her left ear i just sat there in ore laughing and crying as tears flowed down my face she said music was playing and i could hear it crystal clear it was as if i could hear the celestial sound of angels singing above the song i knew that what i was hearing was beyond the normal auditory range the energy continued to move through the back of the left side of my head which for years had felt like cement when i instructed everyone to lie down relax and let the autonomic nervous system take the

orders the energy continued to move through stacy's whole body down her arms and into her hands she began to shake uncontrollably it was as if i could feel every synapse and muscle in my body firing in my toes my legs my head and my neck and chest my heart center felt wide open i just remember thinking whatever this is i'm taking the ride she completely surrendered to the unknown and once again she lost track of time and space when that portion of the meditation ended she found herself sitting in a chair with the energy slowing

and quieting down the thinking brain began to kick in even though she could hear she began to doubt what had just occurred perhaps her ear was not totally healed perhaps the tumor was still present or perhaps she wasn't even worthy of healing no sooner did she have that thought then the energy and light appeared in front of her but this energy was different it was red like the heart and blue like energy and it was three-dimensional she remembered it was about two feet in front of me and was almost slithering like a snake all this

was happening with my eyes closed it was multi-dimensional beautiful crazy gorgeous fractal and it came right up to my face it was almost as if this energy wanted to say you have doubts we'll show you then it shot into my heart my chest opened up i sat back on the chair and my arms fell wide open i knew it was the energy of everything the energy of qi of spirit of the divine of the universe life is different now she told me for one my hearing is at a hundred percent but it's more than that

it's hard to put into words but i know that no matter what i'm going to be okay life will never be the same because i know underneath everything it's spirit who is looking to be heard and healed janet hears you are mine while janet occasionally meditated it was never a regular habit yet one afternoon 25 years ago during a meditation she had what she calls a spontaneous experience with her eyes closed she was suddenly in the presence of an incredibly bright light yet the light had a softness that didn't hurt her eyes she described it

as the purest most intense perfect love she had ever experienced for the next 25 years she prayed meditated and did everything else she could to try to recreate that transcendental experience in the spring of 2015 janet attended an advanced workshop in carefree arizona she was in a state of deep depression and exhaustion unable to see any solutions to the problems in her life yet she was determined to have a healing or breakthrough above all else she was excited to be with more than 500 people united in the belief that they were greater than their physical

bodies for the duration of the workshop janet went after the mystical with a level of intensity that was greater than her depression during the pineal gland meditation she was sitting in the lotus position and resting her loving intention in the space of a pineal gland all of a sudden the gland activated and a brilliant white light coming from inside her head illuminated her pineal gland it was the same light she had experienced 25 years earlier the light came into the space of my pineal gland and illuminated all of the crystals in that little cave of

that tiny gland she later explained the light continued to illuminate my entire being down to the cellular level my spine then straightened my head went back and i just embraced it i just let it all happen i was simultaneously in ecstasy bliss gratitude and love next an inverted triangle of light came down from above her through the top of her head she knew this triangle was the presence of a loving intelligence the point of the inverted triangle joined the peak of her pineal gland forming a double geometric shape the intense frequency of coherent light was

carrying a message for janet the light kept saying to janet over and over you are mine you are mine which he took to mean i love you more than anything else in the world please enter and take charge of my life janet responded and as she surrendered to it she started to experience a download of information coming through the top of her head in the form of the brilliant light the light was threaded with strands that looked like luminous cobalt blue pearls the light moved slowly and descended through her entire body this energy was the

result of a reverse torus field the field that moves in the opposite direction of the upward field created during the breath and it was energy from the unified field from beyond the visible light spectrum and beyond our senses the inner experience was so real that it rewired her brain and sent a new emotional energetic signal to her body and in an instant her past was washed away the download of the frequency of coherence and wholeness gave her body a biological upgrade by the time she left the workshop her depression and her exhaustion were completely gone

this ecstatic experience she insisted has changed my life forever connected beyond time and space by love during a project coherence meditation broadcast from lake gada italy participants from all over the world joined us in the belief that we are more than just matter bodies and particles and that consciousness influences matter and the world during the meditation sasha was in new jersey visualizing bringing the earth into her heart when we went to the heart i felt all these shoots and leaves growing from my heart center and through my body she told me there were branches leaves

and blossoms coming out of my arms fingers and ears as well as white blossoms all over my face i had literally become the surface of the earth garden as soon as the meditation was over sasha looked down at her phone and saw that her best friend heather had sent her a picture from ireland while we had been doing the meditation heather had been walking through a garden she happened to look down and saw a mosque growing on a rock in the shape of a heart heather took a picture of the mosque with her phone and

sent it to sasha with a note that says saw this and had the overwhelming feeling of your presence love you donna helps souls cross over when donna attended her first weekend workshop in 2014 in long beach california she never would have called herself a meditator she'd only meditated a handful of times before a technical writer she had a very analytical mind but that's the beauty of this work when you have no expectations you are often more open to wherever the experience takes you so she was totally taken by surprise when at some point during one

of her meditations that weekend she slipped out of her everyday consciousness and found herself surrounded by hundreds of interdimensional beings they weren't angry or malevolent she told me but it was very clear to me that they wanted something from me some of them were fairly young like 12 or 13. i knew immediately that they were the people my fiance had killed donna was engaged to a former united states army ranger and during his service in iraq he had been a sniper when donna returned home from the workshop and told her fiance about her experience he

confirmed that some of the people he killed to protect his fellow soldiers were quite young while she found the connection curious and fascinating she didn't know what to do with the information but there was no question in her mind that the experience was real because it was beyond anything she could have simply conjured two years later donna was at an advanced workshop in carefree arizona after completing the first meditation she turned to a friend sitting next to her and said in a daze without even being aware of what she was saying there are beings in

this room and they are here to help us early sunday morning for the pineal gland meditation donna was slated to have her brain scanned once again at some point during the meditation donna found herself suddenly in the company of the same interdimensional beings who had surrounded her during her first workshop two years earlier but this time they were standing in a line off to her right again i felt like they wanted something from me but i didn't know what it was she said then in my mind's eye as though i was looking through a virtual

reality headset i saw another line forming on my left there were two types of beings in this line one type looked human-like but they were very large and had a shimmering golden look and the other type seemed to have a blue hue to them she innately knew that if she took the people who were killed by her fiance in the war who were lined up on the right and gave them to the beings on the left the people on the right would receive what they needed because the people who had been killed by sniper fire

had died so suddenly without any warning some were confused about whether they were alive or dead some weren't sure where to go or what to do while others were trying to stay in this dimension because they were attached to their loved ones and couldn't move on they were stuck in between matter and light yet somehow they recognized that donna was the bridge or the facilitator who could help them cross over and it was all happening in a very real very lucid experience to say i handed them over to the other beings is not quite right

she explained but it was something like me passing them over it's really beyond language but when they passed to the other side it seemed like they passed through the other beings and then i could see them running across a field of waist high red mist i could feel all the freedom joy and happiness they were experiencing as they ran across this field again as if looking through a virtual reality headset donna turned to the right in her mind's eye and saw a winding dirt road filled with people stretching far into the distance she says they

were from bosnia and serbia which he couldn't quite make sense of it felt almost as if the word got out i didn't have the sense that they were unaware they were dead it was more like they were stuck in limbo they didn't know how to get to the other side this was the longest meditation of the workshop perhaps two to three hours but to donna it seemed like it was ten minutes donna attended another advanced workshop in cancun in the fall of 2016. this time when i asked the students to surrender their consciousness to merge

with the consciousness of the unified field donna had the experience of becoming the universe she went from the consciousness of somebody something someone somewhere in some time to the consciousness of nobody no thing no one nowhere in no time to the consciousness of everybody everything everyone everywhere in every time in the instant her consciousness connected with the unified field the field of information that governs the laws and forces of the universe she became the universe she was in bliss since that experience my life has become magical and i'm experiencing a new energy and vitality like

never before she reported later i keep having one powerful experience after another and i can never go back to the way my life was before starting to practice this work jerry returns from the brink of death on august 14 2015 jerry was putting a project together on his back deck as he was reading the directions he felt a sudden sharp pain right below his sternum he thought perhaps it was gas so he took some medication but it didn't go away instead he lay down to rest and it got worse by the time he tried to

get up he started losing his ability to stand and thought he might pass out as the pain became more intense and his breathing grew shorter he called an ambulance with all his might he dragged himself about 15 feet outside to the driveway so the paramedics wouldn't have to kick in his door kneeling on the driveway he collapsed waiting for the emergency medical technicians when they arrived they assumed he was having a heart attack and immediately began to follow that protocol you guys don't understand i'm having a really hard time breathing he told them we have

to get to the hospital right away jerry knew what he was talking about he'd worked for 34 years as a medical technician in the very emergency room where they're about to take him jerry knew everyone in the er and once he arrived doctors nurses technicians and specialists began frantically running lab work on him when a doctor who was also jerry's friend told jerry that red flags had come up in every test administered jerry knew things were not looking good one test in particular was particularly alarming his levels of protease amylase and lipase enzymes produced by

the pancreas were four thousand to five thousand units per liter way above the norm of about 100 to 200 they put jerry in the intensive care unit the pain soon worsened and none of the drugs they were giving me worked jerry said they told me that a duct to my gall bladder had been blocked and it was causing trouble in my pancreas worst of all fluids started to develop in my lungs i was now down to 80 breathing capacity in both lungs that's when the doctors put me on a ventilator and i knew things were

bad the doctor then asked his team to turn on the tv to boston allowing the doctor to have an immediate tele conference with other doctors in a larger hospital in the nearest big city in all the time i'd worked at the hospital i'd only seen the tv to boston come on a few times for the most serious of traumas or for people who are dying jerry said it means they have no idea what is happening when a doctor you have trusted for years tells you they don't know what's going on well that's when my stress

hormones started to kick into high gear while all of this was happening the medical staff told jerry's wife that if there was any end-of-life paperwork she needed to get in order now would be the time to go home and get it she left sobbing jerry soon realized he needed to start taking care of himself he knew that if he allowed the stress hormones to start taking over he was not going to win i went from being a guy who hadn't been sick in years who did yoga all the time and ate well to all of

a sudden being in the icu i kept telling myself i can't go down this road i can't give in to the fear so i didn't since he'd recently read my book you are the placebo he started thinking i gotta change these thought patterns i can't allow these thoughts to make more cortisol to get into the body and start doing more damage to what's left of me the doctors eventually found out that jerry had a large mass blocking a duct in his pancreas the mass was not letting the mucus drain so everything in the gland was

backing up and spilling over into his bloodstream my doctors stayed with me for three days straight he says they put an oxygen mask on me because i couldn't breathe i had ivs on both sides and meanwhile i kept thinking watch your thoughts relax put something into the quantum field that's going to help you and not hurt you because you're already knocking on the door i'm gonna be okay this too shall pass i'm gonna be all right whenever he was conscious jerry placed his energy on overcoming himself changing his state of being and creating a different

outcome constantly tuning in to a different potential in the unified field fortunately he had a private room giving him plenty of opportunity to do his meditations whenever he wanted to jerry spent a week in the icu and by the end of that time when he moved to a progressive care unit the oxygen mask was gone and jerry was walking around even so he could not eat or drink anything for nine weeks if he ate anything or even had water his pancreas would release acid into his body eventually killing him the only nourishment he received was

through an iv when jerry was admitted to the hospital he weighed 145 pounds when he was discharged he weighed 119. when he finally went home still with an iv pole he continued to do the work as october drew near the mass was still present his doctors suggested he see a specialist in boston to undergo surgery because jerry was a medical professional two days before the surgery he suggested his medical team take some more tests and scans so the doctors would have the most up-to-date information i know all the x-ray technicians and yet when they told

me i no longer had a mass i didn't believe them i called in the radiologists and the doctors they just kept saying jerry we're looking at your film right now we're telling you there's nothing there i'm calling the guys in boston to tell them there will be no surgery jerry later realized that by constantly raising his energy moving into a feeling of health and changing the thoughts and beliefs that he was sick to the thoughts and beliefs he was going to be fine the higher frequency caused him to heal i wasn't going to allow myself

to think woe is me this is going to be bad i kept working on this every day for as much of the day as i could i put the right message intention and energy out into the quantum field to heal myself and eventually i did afterward being peace what i hope you take away from this book is that it's not enough to change your state of being only when you meditate it's not sufficient to just think and feel peace with your eyes closed and then open them and carry on throughout the day in limited unconscious

states of mind and body in many of the peace gathering projects and studies mentioned in chapter 13 when the experiments concluded very often the reduced violence and crime returned to their former baseline levels this means that we actually have to demonstrate peace which requires us to get our bodies involved and that means we have to move from thinking to doing every time we change our state of being and begin our day by opening our hearts to the elevated states that connect us to a love for life a joy for existence the inspiration to be alive

a state of gratitude that our future has already happened and a level of kindness toward others we must carry maintain and demonstrate that energy and state of being throughout the day whether we are sitting standing walking or lying down then when upsetting events occur in our lives or in the world if we demonstrate peace rather than unconsciously act in predictable so-called natural reactionary ways expressing anger frustration violence fear suffering or aggression we are no longer contributing to the world's old consciousness by breaking that cycle and demonstrating peace by example we give others permission to do

the same because knowledge is for the mind and experience is for the body when we move from thinking to doing and experience the corresponding emotions of peace and inner balance the moment we begin to embody peace is when we really begin to change the program by tempering those reactive behaviors and thus no longer creating the same redundant experiences and emotions we no longer fire and wire the same circuits in the brain this is how we cease conditioning the body to live in the self-limiting emotions of the mind and this is how we change ourselves and

our relationship to the world around us every time we do this we are literally teaching our body to chemically understand what our mind has intellectually understood this is how we select and instruct the latent genes that cause us to thrive not just survive now peace is within us and we are knocking on the genetic door to biologically become exactly that isn't that what every great charismatic leader saint mystic and master throughout history has continually preached of course it's going to feel unnatural in the beginning to go against years of automatic conditioning unconscious habits reflexive emotional

reactions hard-wired attitudes and generations of genetic programming but that is exactly how we become supernatural to do what feels unnatural means going against how we have all been genetically programmed or socially conditioned to live when we are threatened in some way i'm sure any creature that is broken from the consciousness of the tribe the pack the school or the herd in order to adapt to a changing environment must have felt the discomfort and uncertainty of the unknown but let's not forget that living in the unknown means that we are in the realm of possibility the

real challenge is not to return to the level of mediocrity that the prevailing social consciousness agrees on merely because we don't see anyone else doing what we are doing true leadership never needs confirmation from others it just requires a clear vision and a change in energy that is a new state of being that is sustained for a long enough period of time and executed with a strong enough will that it causes others to raise their own energy and become inspired to do the same once they do raise themselves from their own limited state of being

to a new energy they see the same future that their leader sees there is power in numbers after all my years teaching people about personal transformation i know no one changes until they change their energy in fact when someone is truly engaged in change they are less likely to talk about it and more prone to demonstrate it they are working on living it this requires awareness intent staying present and constant attention to the interstates perhaps the biggest hurdle is not only being uncomfortable but also being okay with being uncomfortable because discomfort is our challenge to

grow it makes us feel more alive after all if stress and the survival response are the result of not being able to predict our future thinking or believing that we are unable to control an outcome or that things are going to get worse then opening our minds and hearts to believe in possibility requires going against thousands of years of genetically hardwired survival traits we must lay down the very thing that we have always used to get what we want for something much better to occur to me that's true greatness if we can do it once

disturb those neural networks equated with anger resentment and retribution and instead activate the neural networks related to experiences of caring giving and nurturing and so create the corresponding emotions then we should be able to do it again and the repetition of these choices will neurochemically condition our mind and body to become one when the body knows how to do this as well as the mind it becomes innate familiar easy and second nature then thinking and demonstrating peace which once required focused awareness becomes a subconscious program now we've created a new automatic peaceful state of being

and again that means that now peace is within us this is how we memorize a new internal neurochemical order that's greater than any conditions in our external environment now we're not just being peace but mastering it as well as mastering ourselves and our environment once enough of us can achieve this state of being once everybody is locked into the same energy frequency and elevated consciousness just like schools of fish or flocks of birds moving as one in a unified order will begin to act as one mind and emerge as a new species but if we

continue to act as a cancerous organism at war with itself our species will not survive and evolution will continue its grand experiment take time out of your busy life to invest in yourself because when you do you are investing in your future if your familiar environment is controlling how you think and feel it's time to retreat from your life and go inward so you can reverse the process of being a victim of life and instead become a creator of it after reading this book by now you know that it's possible to change yourself from within

and that when you do it will be reflected in your outer world this is a time in history when it's not enough to simply know this is a time to know how according to the philosophical understanding and scientific principles of quantum physics neuroscience and epigenetics we now understand that our subjective mind influences the objective world because mind influences matter we are compelled to study the nature of mind our understanding then allows us to assign meaning to what we're doing if knowledge is the precursor to experience then the more knowledge we have about how powerful we

are as well as understanding the science behind how things work the more we can understand the limitlessness of our potential both as individuals and as a collective because we are constantly deepening and broadening our understanding of the interconnectedness of all living systems and because each of us is a contributor to the earth's field i believe we can collectively create and guide a new peaceful and prosperous future upon this planet it all begins by making a habit of practicing leading with our hearts raising our energy and tuning in to greater information and frequencies of love and

wholeness with effort and intention we should begin to produce a coherent electromagnetic signature just like dropping pebbles in a still lake over and over as we continue to raise our energy and open our hearts we're producing bigger and bigger electromagnetic fields this energy is information and we each have the power to direct our energy with intention to produce non-local effects on the nature of reality when we direct our energy as an observer a consciousness or a thought we can begin to affect a downward causation of matter in other words we can literally make our minds

matter when we practice these concepts on a consistent basis changing our levels of energy from survival states to greater levels of awareness compassion love gratitude and other elevated emotions these coherent electromagnetic signatures in train to one another the effect should then be that we can unify communities that were once separated by the belief that we are just matter once we transition our state of being from survival into love gratitude and creation then instead of reacting to violence terrorism fear prejudice competition selfishness and separation which by the way the media commercials video games and all types

of stimulation are constantly reminding and programming us to live within we can come together during crisis we will have no further need for splintering assigning blame or seeking revenge every time we meditate as a global community we're casting a larger stronger coherent wave of love and altruism around the world if we do this enough times we should be able to not only measure the changes in energy and frequency around the world but measure our efforts by the positive changes in the events that take place in our future to stand up for justice and peace then

you must first find peace within yourself you must then demonstrate peace to others which means you can't make a stand for peace or be peace while you're warring with your neighbor hating your coworker or judging your boss if everybody and i mean everybody chose peace and if we came together at the exact same time imagine the type of positive change we could create in our collective future there would be no conflict what's equally powerful is that when we are the living embodiment of peace we show up as unpredictable to others and then they pay attention

thanks to mirror neurons a special class of brain cells that fire when we see someone perform an action we are biologically wired to mimic each other's behavior modeling peace justice love kindness care understanding and compassion allows others to open their hearts and move from fearful aggressive states of survival to feeling wholeness and connectedness think what would happen if we all understood how interconnected we were to one another and to the field rather than feeling separated and isolated we might actually begin to take responsibility for our thoughts and emotions because we would finally understand our state

of being affects all of life this is how we begin to change the world by first changing ourselves the future of humanity does not rest on one person leader or messiah with a greater consciousness to show us the way rather it requires the evolution of a new collective consciousness because it is through the acknowledgement and application of the interconnectedness of human consciousness that we can change the course of history while it appears old structures and paradigms are collapsing we should not face this with fear anger or sadness because this is the process by which evolution

and new things occur instead we should face the future with a whole new light energy and consciousness as i have mentioned the old has to fall apart and fall away before something new flourishes integral to this process is not squandering our energy by emotionally reacting to leaders or people in power when they capture our emotions they capture our attention and thus they have captured our energy this is how people gain power over us instead we must make a stand for principles values and moral imperatives like freedom justice truth and equality when we achieve this through

the power of the collective we will unite behind the energy of oneness rather than be controlled by the idea of separation this is when standing up for truth is no longer personal but through unifying and building community becomes universal i believe we are on the verge of a great evolutionary jump another way to say it is that we are going through an initiation after all isn't an initiation a right of passage from one level of consciousness to another and isn't it designed to challenge the fabric of who we are so we can grow to a

greater potential maybe when we see remember and awaken to who we truly are human beings can move as a collective consciousness from a state of surviving into a state of thriving it's then that we can emerge into our true nature and fully access our innate capacity as human beings which is to give to love to serve and to take care of one another and the earth so why not ask yourself every day what would love do this is who we really are and this is the future i'm creating one in which each and every one

of us becomes supernatural thank you for listening for more information about dr joe dispenza's workshops meditations and products please visit dr josephspenzer.com becoming supernatural how common people are doing the uncommon by new york times best-selling author dr joe dispenza read by adam boyce audible hope you have enjoyed this program